diff options
| author | Roberto C. Sanchez <roberto@connexer.com> | 2014-10-21 22:48:19 -0400 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roberto C. Sanchez <roberto@connexer.com> | 2014-10-21 22:48:19 -0400 |
| commit | 1af3b165c9377702ca62a64112bc089a6f575c30 (patch) | |
| tree | 4df9cca5543b2cab5ca56dbb1214d7d3b1f291e3 /docs | |
| parent | 5b5fd0dce407556f98ed8edee89dc830bf1437b1 (diff) | |
Imported Upstream version 2.0~beta2
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
497 files changed, 30561 insertions, 6181 deletions
diff --git a/docs/Makefile.am b/docs/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 456909a..0000000 --- a/docs/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -SUBDIRS = handbook $(HOWTODIR) - -EXTRA_DIST = tips - -rcdir = $(kde_datadir)/bibletime -rc_DATA = tips diff --git a/docs/Makefile.in b/docs/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 362e55d..0000000 --- a/docs/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,763 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -#>- RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ -#>- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ -#>- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ -#>- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ -#>- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ -#>- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ -#>- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive -#>+ 7 -RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ - html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ - install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ - install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ - install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ - installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ - ps-recursive uninstall-recursive nmcheck-recursive bcheck-recursive -am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; -am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ - $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ - *) f=$$p;; \ - esac; -am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; -am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(rcdir)" -rcDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA) -DATA = $(rc_DATA) -RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ - distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive -ETAGS = etags -CTAGS = ctags -DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) -#>- DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -#>+ 1 -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(KDE_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -SUBDIRS = handbook $(HOWTODIR) -EXTRA_DIST = tips -rcdir = $(kde_datadir)/bibletime -rc_DATA = tips -#>- all: all-recursive -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-recursive - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -install-rcDATA: $(rc_DATA) - @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) - test -z "$(rcdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(rcdir)" - @list='$(rc_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ - f=$(am__strip_dir) \ - echo " $(rcDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(rcdir)/$$f'"; \ - $(rcDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(rcdir)/$$f"; \ - done - -uninstall-rcDATA: - @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) - @list='$(rc_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \ - f=$(am__strip_dir) \ - echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(rcdir)/$$f'"; \ - rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(rcdir)/$$f"; \ - done - -# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd -# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. -# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, -# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' -# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); -# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. -$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): - @failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - dot_seen=yes; \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done; \ - if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ - fi; test -z "$$fail" - -$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): - @failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - case "$@" in \ - distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - esac; \ - rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ - rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - rev="$$rev ."; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - for subdir in $$rev; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done && test -z "$$fail" -tags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ - done -ctags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ - done - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonemtpy = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - mkid -fID $$unique -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - tags=; \ - here=`pwd`; \ - if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ - include_option=--etags-include; \ - empty_fix=.; \ - else \ - include_option=--include; \ - empty_fix=; \ - fi; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ - tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ - test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - $$tags $$unique; \ - fi -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - tags=; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ - || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ - $$tags $$unique - -GTAGS: - here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ - && cd $(top_srcdir) \ - && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here - -distclean-tags: - -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || exit 1; \ - distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \ - top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \ - (cd $$subdir && \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \ - distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \ - am__remove_distdir=: \ - am__skip_length_check=: \ - distdir) \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-recursive -all-am: Makefile $(DATA) -installdirs: installdirs-recursive -installdirs-am: - for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(rcdir)"; do \ - test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ - done -install: install-recursive -install-exec: install-exec-recursive -install-data: install-data-recursive -uninstall: uninstall-recursive - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-recursive -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-recursive -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-recursive - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-recursive - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags - -dvi: dvi-recursive - -dvi-am: - -html: html-recursive - -info: info-recursive - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-rcDATA - -install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-recursive - -install-info: install-info-recursive - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive - -install-ps: install-ps-recursive - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-recursive - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-recursive - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-rcDATA - -.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) install-am \ - install-strip - -.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ - all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - ctags ctags-recursive distclean distclean-generic \ - distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ - html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ - install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ - install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ - install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ - install-ps install-ps-am install-rcDATA install-strip \ - installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-rcDATA - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -KDE_DIST=bibletime.1 ksgmltools-bug-read-me.txt Makefile.in bibletime.de.1 Makefile.am - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-recursive - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/development/bibletime.spec.in b/docs/development/bibletime.spec.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..509f444 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/development/bibletime.spec.in @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +%define name @PACKAGE@ +%define version @VERSION@ + +# this needs to be changed depending on build number +%define release 1 + +# This should be set to your os. +# Possible values are Mandrake, Red Hat, Turbolinux, Caldera, SuSE, Debian, etc. +# In bibletime.spec.in this is automatically filled in by configure +%define ostype @DISTRIBUTION@ + +# This should be set to the version of your OS (6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 8.0, etc.) +# Done by configure in bibletime.spec.in +%define osversion @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ + +# This is your cpu i486, i586, i686, ppc, sparc, alpha, etc. +%define buildarch i586 + +# This the RPM group on your system that this will installed into. +# Graphical desktop/KDE, X11/apps, etc. +%define rpmgroup @RPM_GROUP@ + +Summary: BibleTime %{version} is an easy to use Bible study tool for KDE. +Name: %{name} +Version: %{version} +Release: %{release} +Copyright: GPL +Vendor: BibleTime's developer (info@bibletime.info) +Url: http://www.bibletime.info/ +Packager: Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net>, Joachim Ansorg <junkmail@joachim.ansorgs.de> +Group: %{rpmgroup} +BuildArch: %{buildarch} +Source0: %{name}-%{version}.tar.bz2 +BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}--rootbibletime +Prefix: @RPM_PREFIX@ +Requires: sword >= 1.5.8 +Distribution: %{ostype} %{osversion} +BuildRequires: kdelibs-devel +BuildRequires: sword-devel >= 1.5.8 + +%description +BibleTime %{version}-%{release} is a free and easy to use bible study tool for UNIX systems. + +BibleTime provides easy handling of digitalized texts (Bibles, commentaries and lexicons) and powerful features to work with these texts (search in texts, write own notes, save, print etc.). BibleTime is a frontend for the SWORD Bible Framework. + +This is a relocatable package, you can install it on different target with +rpm -Uvh bibletime-%{version}-%{release}.rpm --prefix /usr/local/opt/apps/noncommercial +default is %{_prefix} + +The SWORD Project is an effort to create an ever expanding software package for research and study of God and His Word. The SWORD Bible Framework allows easy manipulation of Bible texts, commentaries, lexicons, dictionaries, etc. Many frontends are build using this framework. An installed module set may be shared between any frontend using the framework. + +This rpm was compiled on a %{ostype} %{osversion} system for %{buildarch} class cpu's. + + +%prep +rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT +rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{version} + +%setup -q +make -f Makefile.cvs + +# Look for common rpm-options: +if [ -f /etc/opt/kde3/common_options ]; then + . /etc/opt/kde3/common_options + ./configure $configkde +else + ./configure --prefix=${_prefix} +fi + +# Setup for parallel builds +numprocs=`egrep -c ^cpu[0-9]+ /proc/stat || :` +if [ "$numprocs" = "0" ]; then + numprocs=1 +fi + +make -j$numprocs + +%install +make DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT install-strip + +#cd $RPM_BUILD_ROOT +#find . -type d | sed '1,2d;s,^\.,\%attr(-\,root\,root) \%dir ,' > $RPM_BUILD_DIR/bt-files.list +#find . -type f | sed 's,^\.,\%attr(-\,root\,root) ,' >> $RPM_BUILD_DIR/bt-files.list +#find . -type l | sed 's,^\.,\%attr(-\,root\,root) ,' >> $RPM_BUILD_DIR/bt-files.list + + +%post +/sbin/ldconfig + +%postun +/sbin/ldconfig + +%clean +#rm -f $RPM_BUILD_DIR/master.list +rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT + +%files +%defattr(-,root,root) +%{prefix}/bin/* +%{prefix}/share/applnk/Applications/bibletime.desktop +%{prefix}/share/apps/bibletime/ +%{prefix}/share/doc/HTML/en/bibletime/ +%{prefix}/share/icons/* + +%changelog +* Sat Dec 27 2003 Joachim Ansorg <junkmail@joachim.ansorgs.de> + +-We require curl 7.10 or later now + +-Update to BibleTime 1.4 and Sword 1.5.7 + +* Sun Jun 22 2003 Joachim Ansorg <junkmail@joachim.ansorgs.de> + +-Cleanup. We require no an Sword RPM file to be installed. + +-Removed Mandrake menu stuff because there's an own SPEC file for this. + + +* Fri Feb 14 2003 Joachim Ansorg <junkmail@joachim.ansorgs.de> + +-Removed locales.d source and management of Sword files because we require a Sword RPM now. + + +* Mon Apr 8 2002 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> bibletime-1.1 + +- Added to the spec to better handle mandrake menus during compile. Now should be compatable with all os's. + +- added locals.d source to build. This removes dependecy on sword being installed. Will make seperate package for this later. + + +* Fri Mar 31 2002 Joachim Ansorg <jansorg@gmx.de> + +- Made including the book translations working finally. + +- Fixed SPEC files to work with SuSE + + +* Thu Feb 7 2002 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> bibletime-1.0.2 + +- changed compile time options to mach bibletime spec included with source files + +- compiled on mandrake 8.2 + + +* Fri Sep 7 2001 Joachim Ansorg <jansorg@gmx.de> + +- Added the bookname files in the file list + +* Tue Jul 10 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> bibletime-1.0.1-Mandrake8.0.4mdk + +- Recompile because of dependecy problems. + +* Tue Jul 10 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> bibletime-1.0.1-Mandrake8.0.1mdk + +- bug fix release bibletime-1.0.1 + +- adda extra compile options to spec file. + +- Merged in suse changes for compileing on SuSE + +* Sun May 27 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- Trying different variations of static compiles again. + +- Still using cvs sources while waiting for 1.0 release. + +* Thu May 24 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- Trying for x static and whatever else we can get into it. + +- No X for today Got libz to compile in but it causes segfault. + +* Wed May 23 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- Yet another try at static qt. + +- Qt static works now. + +* Mon May 21 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- Static is working for kde and a few other libs but not qt yet. + +- Testing another patch today to try to get qt compiled static. + +* Sun May 20 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- Cleaned up spec some more(stupid spelling error's) + +- static compile not working today so added option to compile kde and sword as static seperately + +* Sat May 19 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- Cleaned up spec some more and added a few more comments + +- Changed spec to automaticly do parts concerning static and Mandrake menus + +- All info can be set in defines at top of spec file no other changes should need to be made + +- Fixed patch to compile static should now compile static with kde libs + +- Test to compile with qt as static also + +* Sun May 13 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- cleaned up spec file and added more comments for easier reading. + +- changed sword.conf instelation to check for previous versions of sword.conf + +- If found a new sword.conf is not created + +- Made a patch to hopefully compile kde and other libs as atatic + +- static compile didn't work for today. + +* Tue May 8 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- Updated package to be relocatable + +- added sword directories and sword.conf to install + +* Mon Apr 30 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- Changed to build staticly + +- added more mandrake macros to spec file + +* Mon Apr 23 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- made changes to enable compile of cvs tree + +* Wed Mar 14 2001 Brook Humphrey <bah@webmedic.net> + +- updated to use mandrake menu sysem + diff --git a/docs/development/format_sourcecode.sh b/docs/development/format_sourcecode.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c0b20ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/development/format_sourcecode.sh @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#!/bin/sh + +#kr = Kernigham & Ritchie +# Identically to +# -nbad -bap -bbo -nbc -br -brs -c33 -cd33 -ncdb -ce -ci4 -cli0 +# -cp33 -cs -d0 -di1 -nfc1 -nfca -hnl -i4 -ip0 -l75 -lp -npcs +# -nprs -npsl -saf -sai -saw -nsc -nsob -nss +#nce = +#bbo = + +#indent -kr -fc1 -nce -cdb -cli2 -cbi2 -ts4 -sc -l120 -ncs -cdw $@ + +echo "Formatting source code files..."; +for f in $(find . -name \*.cpp -or -name \*.h); do + echo " $f"; + astyle --style=java -t -T --indent-cases --brackets=break-closing-headers $f; + #Fix that line\\ntext is turned into line\n\\t\t\ttext + perl -e 'undef $/; my $t=<>; $t =~ s/\\\n\t+/\\\n/g; print $t;' < $f > $f.new; + rm -f $f.orig; + mv $f.new $f; +done + +echo "...done."; diff --git a/docs/ksgmltools-bug-read-me.txt b/docs/development/ksgmltools-bug-read-me.txt index 5a40a7f..5a40a7f 100644 --- a/docs/ksgmltools-bug-read-me.txt +++ b/docs/development/ksgmltools-bug-read-me.txt diff --git a/docs/development/packaging-howto.txt b/docs/development/packaging-howto.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bce35fa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/development/packaging-howto.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +This is a small explanation how to create packages of BibleTime +--------------------------------------------------------------- + +-Source packages of BibleTime: +------------------------------ + Builidng source packages is only required after a new release and not necessary for users. + To build source packages like bibletime-1.5.tar.bz2 execute these commands and procedures: + + 1. Change in configure.in.in the version number to the right one. + Check README.in and INSTALL.in if the requirements and their version numbers changed. + + 2. "./autogen.sh && ./configure && make distclean && rm +bibletime-*.tar*" to cleanup the source directory + + 3. "make dist" to create the package bibletime-1.5.tar.bz2 + + 4. Test the package. Execute "tar -xjf bibletime-1.5.tar.bz2" +somewhere, then "cd bibletime-1.5" and then "./configure && make && make +install". Start BibleTime to test if the installation was successful and if all +icons etc. are present. + + 4. Upload the bibletime-1.5.tar.bz2 file. + + +-Binary RPM of BibleTime +------------------------ + 1. Locate where your RPM base directory is. On SuSE this is +/usr/src/packages. We continue with this dir. + + 2. "cp bibletime-1.5.tar.bz2 /usr/src/packages/SOURCES/" + + 3. "cp bibletime/bibletime.spec /usr/src/packages/SPECS/" + + 4. "cd /usr/src/packages/" + + 5. "rpm -ba SPECS/bibletime.spec". If this works you're on the good +side, otherwise it's not so good ;) Before you exec the rpm command make +sure you have a standard configuration, for example special graphic card +drivers will lead to wrong dependencies (e.g. NVidia drivers). Deinstall +them first if there are some, then build and then reinstall them. + Also make sure you installed the x11-devel, qt3-devel and kdelibs-devel packages. + + 6. Test the binary RPM. The binary package is normally located in +/usr/src/packages/RPMS/<arch>/, source RPMs are in /usr/src/packages/SRPMS/. +Often <arch> is "i586". Try to install the binary package by "rpm -U +bibletime-1.5-1.rpm" and check dependencies by executing "rpm -q --requires +bibletime". + + 7. Rename the RPM to have the right name, including the distribution +it was built on, e.g. "bibletime-1.5-1.i586.rpm" should be renamed to +"bibletime-1.5-suse9.2-1.i586.rpm" so users know what distribution this package was built for. + + 8. Release the binary and source package. The source package should +have it's original name because it's distribution independant. diff --git a/docs/tips b/docs/development/tips.xml index c8bda33..c8bda33 100644 --- a/docs/tips +++ b/docs/development/tips.xml diff --git a/docs/handbook/Makefile.am b/docs/handbook/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index c4da710..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -SUBDIRS = unicode html - - -html-files: - if test -e unicode/index.docbook; then \ - olddir=$$PWD; \ - cd html;\ - echo "Validating the XML files..."; \ - if meinproc ../unicode/index.docbook; then\ - echo "HTML files created successfully."; \ - fi; cd $$olddir; \ - fi; - diff --git a/docs/handbook/Makefile.in b/docs/handbook/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 8e39f3a..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,740 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/handbook -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -#>- RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ -#>- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ -#>- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ -#>- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ -#>- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ -#>- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ -#>- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive -#>+ 7 -RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ - html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ - install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ - install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ - install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ - installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ - ps-recursive uninstall-recursive nmcheck-recursive bcheck-recursive -RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ - distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive -ETAGS = etags -CTAGS = ctags -DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) -#>- DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -#>+ 1 -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(KDE_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -SUBDIRS = unicode html -#>- all: all-recursive -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-recursive - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/handbook/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs - -# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd -# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. -# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, -# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' -# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); -# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. -$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): - @failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - dot_seen=yes; \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done; \ - if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ - fi; test -z "$$fail" - -$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): - @failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - case "$@" in \ - distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - esac; \ - rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ - rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - rev="$$rev ."; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - for subdir in $$rev; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done && test -z "$$fail" -tags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ - done -ctags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ - done - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonemtpy = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - mkid -fID $$unique -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - tags=; \ - here=`pwd`; \ - if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ - include_option=--etags-include; \ - empty_fix=.; \ - else \ - include_option=--include; \ - empty_fix=; \ - fi; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ - tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ - test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - $$tags $$unique; \ - fi -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - tags=; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ - || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ - $$tags $$unique - -GTAGS: - here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ - && cd $(top_srcdir) \ - && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here - -distclean-tags: - -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || exit 1; \ - distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \ - top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \ - (cd $$subdir && \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \ - distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \ - am__remove_distdir=: \ - am__skip_length_check=: \ - distdir) \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-recursive -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: installdirs-recursive -installdirs-am: -install: install-recursive -install-exec: install-exec-recursive -install-data: install-data-recursive -uninstall: uninstall-recursive - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-recursive -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-recursive -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-recursive - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-recursive - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags - -dvi: dvi-recursive - -dvi-am: - -html: html-recursive - -info: info-recursive - -info-am: - -install-data-am: - -install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-recursive - -install-info: install-info-recursive - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive - -install-ps: install-ps-recursive - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-recursive - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-recursive - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: - -.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) install-am \ - install-strip - -.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ - all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - ctags ctags-recursive distclean distclean-generic \ - distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ - html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ - install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ - install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ - install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ - install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ - installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ - maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ - mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \ - uninstall uninstall-am - - -html-files: - if test -e unicode/index.docbook; then \ - olddir=$$PWD; \ - cd html;\ - echo "Validating the XML files..."; \ - if meinproc ../unicode/index.docbook; then\ - echo "HTML files created successfully."; \ - fi; cd $$olddir; \ - fi; -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -KDE_DIST=Makefile.in Makefile.am - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/handbook/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-recursive - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14e9844 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-config"> + <title>Nastavenà &bibletime; </title> + <para> V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavenà &bibletime; které najdete pod volbou +<guimenu>NastavenÃ</guimenu> v hlavnÃm menu.</para> + <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> + <title>Nastavenà Dialogu BibleTime</title> + <para>Uživatelské rozhranà programu &bibletime; může být uzpůsobeno mnoha smÄ›ry v +závislosti na vaÅ¡ich potÅ™ebách. K dialogu nastavenà můžete pÅ™istoupit +výbÄ›rem<menuchoice> <guimenu>NastavenÃ</guimenu> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Natavit &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <title> + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Můžete uzpůsobit chovánà po spuÅ¡tÄ›nÃ. Vyberte z následujÃcÃch možnostÃ: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Zobrazovat uvÃtacà obrazovku</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + <para>Å ablony zobrazenà urÄujà způsob zobrazenà textu (barvu, velikost +atd.). PÅ™Ãmo dostupných je vÃce Å¡ablon. Když jednu z nich zvolÃte, objevà se +náhled v pravém poli.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <title> + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud +je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cÃtit doma.</para> + + <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Dialog nastavenà - pÃsma</phrase> + </textobject> + <caption> + <para>Dialog nastavenà - PÃsma</para> + </caption> + </mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; umà použÃvat vÅ¡echna podporovaná pÃsma. Pokud jsou dÃla o které +se zajÃmáte zobrazena správnÄ›, nenà potÅ™eba zde nic mÄ›nit.Pokud se dÃlo +zobrazuje jen jako Å™etÄ›zec otaznÃků (?????) nebo prázdných Ätverců, pak +vÃte, že standardnà pÃsmo neobsahuje znaky užité v tomto dÃle. </para> + + <para>K nápravÄ› vyberte jazyk tohoto dÃla z rozbalovacÃho menu. ZaÅ¡krtnÄ›te použÃt +vlastnà pÃsmo. Nynà vyberte pÃsmo. NapÅ™Ãklad, pÃsmo podporujÃcà mnoho znaků +je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných pÃsem neumà zobrazit dÃlo o které +se zajÃmáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizaÄnà balÃÄek pro teno jazyk.</para> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> + <title>Instalace pÃsem</title> + <para>Detailnà popis instalace pÃsem pÅ™esahuje rozsah této pÅ™ÃruÄky. Pro vÃce +informacà můžete použÃt <ulink +url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> Unicode +HOWTO</ulink>.</para> + <tip> + <para>Pokud použÃváte malé pÃsmo jako napÅ™Ãklad Clearlyu (asi 22kb), &bibletime; +poběžà rychleji nž s velkým pÃsmem jako napriklad <trademark +class="registered">Bitstream Cyberbit</trademark>(asi 12Mb).</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> + <title>ZÃskánà pÃsem</title> + <para>PÃsma můžete zÃskat z mnoha zdrojů:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>VaÅ¡e *nixová distribuce.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>LokalizaÄnà balÃÄky vaÅ¡Ã distribuce.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ExistujÃcà instalace <trademark class="registered">Microsoft +Windows</trademark> na stejném poÄÃtaÄi.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Kolekce pÃsem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Online kolekce pÃsem</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>PÃsma Unicode podporujà vÃce znaků než ostatnà pÃsma, nÄ›která z nich jsou +dostupná zdarma. Žádné z dostupných pÃsem neobsahuje vÅ¡echny znaky +definované standardem Unicode, takže budete možná chtÃt použÃt různá pÃsma +pro různé jazyky.</para> + <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> + <title>PÃsma Unicode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> + Code2000</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Možná nejlepÅ¡Ã svobodné pÃsmo Unicode, pokrývá Å¡iroký výbÄ›r znaků.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> + SIL unicode fonts</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> + FreeFont</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> + Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Různá pÃsma pÅ™Ãstupná z ftp Crosswire Bible Society.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> + Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Pokrývajà vÄ›tÅ¡inou celý výbÄ›r Unicode, ale mohou spomalit &bibletime; v +závislosti na jejich velikosti.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Clearlyu</entry> + <entry>Obsaženo v mnoha distribucÃch. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>ČásteÄnÄ› odpovÃdajÃcÃ, pro informacese podÃvejte na odkazovanou stránku.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Dobré seznamy pÃsem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( +<ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">VÃcejazyÄná Unicode TrueType +Fonts na internetu</ulink>), nebo jedno od Alana Wooda ( <ulink +url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> výbÄ›r znaků Unicode +a pÃsma Unicode, která je podporujÃ</ulink>).</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <title> + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Horké klávesy jsou speciálnà klávesové pÅ™Ãkazy, které můžete použÃt namÃsto +položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho pÅ™Ãkazů v &bibletime; má definovány horké +klávesy (kompletnà seznam naleznete v <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">této sekci</link>). VÄ›tÅ¡inÄ› pÅ™Ãkazů +&bibletime; zde může pÅ™iÅ™adit horké klávesy. To je velmi užiteÄné pro rychlý +pÅ™Ãstup k funkcÃm, které nejvÃce potÅ™ebujete.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4de78e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-intro"> + <title>Úvod</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> + <title>O &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para> + + <para>&bibletime; je navržen k použità s dÃly v jednom z formátů podporovaných +projektem Sword. Kompletnà informace o podporovaných formátech dokumentů +naleznete ve<ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> +vývojářské sekci</ulink> na stránkách projektu Sword, Crosswire Bible +Society.</para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> + <title>Dostupná dÃla</title> + <para>PÅ™es 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycÃch jsou dostupné ze stránek <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. To zahrnuje: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bible</term> + <listitem> + <para>Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými vÄ›cmi jako Strongova ÄÃsla, nadpisy, nebo +poznámky v textu. Bible jsou dostupné v mnoha jazycÃch, nejen v modernÃch +verzÃch, ale také ve starovÄ›kých jako Codex Leningradensis ( Kodex +Leningradský; "WLC", Hebrejsky), nebo Septuaginta ("LXX", Řecky). Toto je +nejmodernÄ›jÅ¡Ã sekce knihovny projektu Sword.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Knihy</term> + <listitem> + <para>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The +Complete Works"</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Komentáře</term> + <listitem> + <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to +sections of the Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Dennà zamyÅ¡lenÃ</term> + <listitem> + <para>Mnoho lidà oceňuje tyto dennà porce BožÃho slova. Mezi dostupná dÃla patřà +"Dennà svÄ›tlo na cestu" a "Losungen".</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lexikony/slovnÃky</term> + <listitem> + <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> + <title>Motivace</title> + <para>PÅ™ejeme si sloužit Bohu a pÅ™ispÄ›t svým dÃlem ostatnÃm v růstu ve vztahu s +NÃm. Chceme, aby byl tento výkonný a kvalitnà program stále jednoduchý a +intuitivnÃ. PÅ™ejeme si chválit Boha, neboÅ¥ on je zdroj vÅ¡eho dobrého.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jakubův 1:17</attribution> + <para>Každý dobrý dar a každé dokonalé obdarovánà je shůry, sestupuje od Otce +nebeských svÄ›tel. U nÄ›ho nenà promÄ›ny ani stÅ™Ãdánà svÄ›tla a stÃnu.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>Bůh vám žehnej pÅ™i použÃvánà tohoto programu.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b22bcc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-op"> + <title>Operace programu</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> + <title>Náhled programu</title> + <para>Takto vypadá typická relace &bibletime;: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Okno aplikace &bibletime;</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + Můžete si jednoduÅ¡e prohlédnout různé Äásti aplikace. Knihovna na levé +stranÄ› se použÃvá pro otevÃránà dÄ›l a správu vaÅ¡ich záložek. Malé okno +Äaopisu pod knihovnou se použÃvá pro zobrazenà dalÅ¡Ãch informacà vložených +do dokumentů. Když pÅ™emÃstÃte myÅ¡ napÅ™Ãklad nad znaÄku poznámky, Äasopis +zobrazà aktuálnà obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý pÅ™Ãstup +k důležitým funkcÃm, na ploÅ¡e vpravo skuteÄnÄ› pracujete.</para> + + <para>Nynà se podÃvejme na vzhled různých Äástà aplikace individuálnÄ›.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> + <title>Části okna aplikace &bibletime;</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> + <title>Knihovna</title> + <para>Knihona obsahuje vÅ¡echna nainstalovaná dÃla, setÅ™ÃdÄ›ná podle kategorià a +jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii "Záložky" To je mÃsto, kam můžete uložit své +záložky a poté k nim pÅ™istupovat.</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> + <title>ÄŒtenà dÄ›l</title> + <para>Pro otevÅ™enà dÃla z knihovny jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým tlaÄÃtkem +myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, +Knihy, ZamyÅ¡lenà nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazenà jejÃho obsahu. Poté kliknÄ›te na +jedno z dÄ›l k jeho otevÅ™enà pro ÄtenÃ. Okno pro Ätenà dÃla se objevà na +ploÅ¡e.</para> + + <tip> + <para>ChyÅ¥ & pust dÃlo</para> + </tip> + + <para>Pokud Ätete nÄ›jaké dÃlo a chcete otevÅ™Ãt jiné dÃlo ve stejné pasáži, můžete +použÃt zkratku. jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým tlaÄÃtkem +myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na odkaz verÅ¡e nebo kapitoly (kurzor se zmÄ›nà v ruku) a +pÅ™etáhnÄ›te ho do knihovny. UpusÅ¥te ho na dÃlo, které chcete otevÅ™Ãt ,a to +bude otevÅ™eno na požadovaném mÃstÄ›. Můžete také pÅ™etánout odkaz verÅ¡e na +existujÃcà okno, které se pÅ™esune na požadované umÃstÄ›nÃ.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> + <title>DalÅ¡Ã informace o dÃlech</title> + <para>Pokud kliknete <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na symbol +dÃla, objevà se nabÃdka s dalÅ¡Ãmi možnostmi, které jsou relevantnà pro toto +dÃlo. <guimenuitem>"O tomto dÃle"</guimenuitem>otevÅ™e okno s mnoha +zajÃmavými informacemi o zvoleném dÃle. <guimenuitem>"Odemknout toto +dÃlo"</guimenuitem> otevÅ™e malý dialog pro zabezpeÄené dokumenty, kde můžete +vložit pÅ™Ãstupová kód k otevÅ™enà dÃla. Pro dalÅ¡Ã informace o zamÄených +dÃlech se podÃvejte na <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> tuto +stránku</ulink> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> + <title>Vyhledávánà v dÃlech</title> + <para>Vyhledávat v dÃle můžete kliknutÃm <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄÃtkem +myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na jeho symbol a vybránÃm položky<guimenuitem>"Hledat v +dÃle(ch)"</guimenuitem>. Stiskem klávesy &Shift; a kliknutÃm na dalÅ¡Ã dÃla +můžete vybrat vÃce než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevÅ™enÃm +vyhledávacÃho dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve vÅ¡ech tÄ›chto +dokumentech. Kompletnà popis obsluhy vyhledávacÃch funkcà naleznete <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">zde</link>.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> + <title>Práce se záložkami</title> + <para> + + <tip> + <para>ChyÅ¥ & pust dÃlo</para> + </tip> + + KliknÄ›te <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na kategorii +záložek v knihovnÄ› a vyberte <guimenuitem>"VytvoÅ™it novou +složku"</guimenuitem>, pokud chcete vytvoÅ™it novou podsložku záložek. Můžete +použÃt běžnou funkci "drag & drop " k pÅ™etáhnutà odkazu verÅ¡e z +otevÅ™ených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávánà do adresáře záložek, stejnÄ› jako +pro pÅ™esouvánà záložek mezi složkami.</para> + <para>Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatnÃch, nebo je exportovat a sdÃlet. K +tomu otevÅ™ete <guimenu>kontextové menu</guimenu> adresáře záložek jak bylo +popsáno pÅ™edtÃm a vyberte <guimenuitem>"Exportovat +záložky"</guimenuitem>. To otevÅ™e dialog pro uloženà vaÅ¡Ã kolekce +záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.</para> + + <para>KliknÄ›te <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na adresáře a +záložky, pokud chcete zmÄ›nit jejich jméno nebo popis.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> + <title>ÄŒasopis</title> + + <para>Toto malé okno v levém spodnÃm rohu okna &bibletime; pasivnÃ. Kdykoli je váš +kurzor umÃstÄ›n nad nÄ›jakým textem s dalÅ¡Ãmi informacemi (e.g., Strong's +numbers), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v oknÄ› Äasopisu, ne v textu +samotném. ProstÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> + <title>Plocha</title> + <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> + <title>ÄŒtenà dÄ›l</title> + <para>Jak <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">už jsme vidÄ›li</link>, +můžete jednoduÅ¡e otevÃrat dÃla pro Ätenà kliknutÃm na jejich symbol v +knihovnÄ›. Okno dÃla se otevÅ™e na ploÅ¡e. Každé okno dÃla má nástrojovou +liÅ¡tu. Zde najdete nástroje k navigaci propojené s dÃlem, napÅ™Ãklad tlaÄÃtka +historie jako ve vaÅ¡em webovém prohlÞeÄi.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> + <title>UmÃstÄ›nà aktivnÃho okna</title> + <para>SamozÅ™ejmÄ› můžete mÃt otevÅ™eno vÃce dÄ›l ve stejné dobÄ›. Máte nÄ›kolik +možnostà jak umÃstit okna na ploÅ¡e. ProsÃm podÃvejte se na položku +<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavnÃm menu. Tam uvidÄ›Ãte, že umÃstÄ›nà oken +můžete ovládat buÄ osobnÄ›, nebo zvolit automatické umÃstÄ›nà &bibletime;. To +můžete cÃlit volbou jednoho z automatických můdů umÃstÄ›nÃ, které jsou +pÅ™Ãstupné pÅ™es <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód +rozvrženÃ</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. ProstÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte, je to snadné a +funguje to.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> + <title>Úpravy vaÅ¡ich vlastnÃch komentářů</title> + <para>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastnà komentáře Äástà Bible, musÃte nainstalovat +dÃlo z knihovny <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible +Society</ulink>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary".</para> + + <para>Pokud otevÅ™ete osobnà komentář kliknutÃm <mousebutton>levým</mousebutton> +tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol v knihovnÄ›, otevÅ™e se pro ÄtenÃ. V tomto módu +nenà možné komentář editovat. Pokud si pÅ™ejete do nÄ›j zapsat poznámku, +musÃte ho otevÅ™Ãt pomocà <mousebutton>pravého</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtka myÅ¡i a +zvolit <guimenu>Editovat toto dÃlo</guimenu> a potom také +<guimenuitem>Prostý text</guimenuitem> (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</para> + + <tip> + <para>If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</para> + </tip> + + <tip> + <para>PÅ™etáhnÄ›te & upusÅ¥te dÃla zde. PusÅ¥te odkaz verÅ¡e a bude vložen jeho +text.</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> + <title>Vyhledávánà v dÃlech</title> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> + <title>Vyhledávánà textu v aktivnÃm oknÄ›</title> + <para>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevÅ™eném aktivnÃm oknÄ› +(napÅ™. kapitolu bible, kterou Ätete), je to stejné jako v jiných +programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutÃm +<mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i a vyránÃm +<guimenuitem>NajÃt...</guimenuitem>, nebo použitÃm horké klávesy <keycombo +action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. PÅ™eÄtÄ›te si jak hledat +v celých dÃlech.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> + <title>PÅ™Ãstup k dialogu vyhledávánÃ</title> + <para>V dÃle můžete hledat kliknutÃm <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem +myÅ¡i na symbol v <guimenu>knihovnÄ›</guimenu> a vybránÃm <guimenuitem>Hledat +ve vybraných dÃlech</guimenuitem>. PÅ™idrženÃm &Shift; nebo &Ctrl; a +kliknutÃm na jména dalÅ¡Ãch dÄ›l můžete vybrat vÃce než jedno dÃlo. Poté +následuje stejný postup otevÅ™enà dialogu hledánÃ. Budete hledat ve vÅ¡ech +tÄ›chto dÃlech najednou.</para> + + <para>Vyhledávacà dialog spustÃte kliknutÃm na <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> </menuchoice> z hlavnÃho menu a vybránÃm +odpovÃdajÃcà položky.</para> + + <para>TÅ™età možnost jak spustit vyhledávánà je kliknutÃm na symbol hledánà v +aktuálnÃm oknÄ›.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> + <title>Nastavenà vyhledávánÃ</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Nastavenà dialogu hledánÃ</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> + <title>VýbÄ›r dÄ›l</title> + <para>NahoÅ™e v oknÄ› nastavenà vyhledávánà najdete tlaÄÃtko <guibutton>Vybrat (nebo +Choose)</guibutton> (dÃla). Pokud chcete vyhledávat ve vÃce dÃlech, kliknÄ›te +na toto tlaÄÃtko, poté vám bude nabÃdnuto menu s možnostà výbÄ›ru dÄ›l ve +kterých chcete vyhledávat.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> + <title>Použità oblastà vyhledávánÃ</title> + <para>Můžete použÃt rozsah hledánà zvolenÃm urÄitých Äástà Bible pomocà jedné z +definovaných oblastà v seznamv <guimenu>Rozsah hledánÃ</guimenu> Můžete +definovat vlastnà vyhledávacà rozsahy kliknutÃm na tlaÄÃtko +<guibutton>Nastavit rozsah</guibutton>.></para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> + <title>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávacà syntaxe</title> + <para>Vložte výrazy a oddÄ›lte je mezerami. PÅ™i výchozÃm nastavenÃ, vyhledávánà +vrátà výsledky, které odpovÃdajà libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů (logická +spojka NEBO). pro vyhledánà vÅ¡ech výrazů oddÄ›lte jednotlivá slova spojkou +AND.</para> + <para>Můžete využÃt znaky: '*' odpovÃdajÃcà libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?' +zastupujÃcà libovolný jeden znak. Použità závorek vám dovoluje seskupovat +hledané výrazy, napÅ™. '(JežÃÅ¡ OR duch) AND Bůh' --výsledky hledánà budou +obsahovat nejménÄ› jedno ze slov v závorce, JežÃÅ¡ nebo duch, a slovo Bůh.</para> + <para>Pro vyhledávánà jiného než hlavnÃho textu vložte urÄitou pÅ™edponu +následovanou'dvojteÄkou ':' a hledaným výrazem. NapÅ™Ãklad pro vyhledávánà +Strongova ÄÃsla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'</para> + <para>Dostupné pÅ™edpony: + <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <title>Search Types</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>PÅ™edpona</entry> + <entry>Význam</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>heading:</entry> + <entry>hledá nadpisy</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>footnote:</entry> + <entry>hledá poznámky</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>strong:</entry> + <entry>hledánà Strongových ÄÃsel</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>morph:</entry> + <entry>hledá morfologické kódy</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + <para>BibleTime použÃvá pro hledánà vyhledávacà engine Lucene, který má mnoho +pokroÄilých vlastnostÃ. VÃce si o nÄ›m můžete pÅ™eÄÃst zde: <ulink +url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> + <title>Výsledky hledánÃ</title> + <para>Zde vidÃte kolik pÅ™Ãpadů hledaného Å™etÄ›zce bylo nalezeno, setÅ™ÃdÄ›no podle +dÄ›l. Kliknutà na dÃlo <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i vám +umožnà kopÃrovat, uložit, nebo tisknout vÅ¡echny verÅ¡e které byli v daném +dÃle nalezeny. To pÅ™i kliknutà na jeden nebo vÃce odkazů. Kliknutà na urÄitý +odkaz otevÅ™e verÅ¡ v jeho kontextu v oknÄ› náhledu.</para> + <tip> + <para>PÅ™etáhnÄ›te odkaz a upusÅ¥te ho na symbol dÃla v knihovnÄ› k otevÅ™enà dÃla na +tomto verÅ¡i v novém oknÄ›.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>PÅ™etáhnÄ›te odkaz a upusÅ¥te ho na otevÅ™ené okno, které se pÅ™esune na +požadovanou pozici.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>K vytvoÅ™enà záložek vyberte odkazy a pÅ™etáhnÄ›te je do knihovny.</para> + </tip> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> + <title>Analýza výsledků hledánÃ</title> + <para>KliknÄ›te na <guibutton>Analýza vahledávánÃ</guibutton> pro zobrazenà analýzy +vyhledávánÃ. Zobrazà jednoduchou grafickou analýzu množstvà nalezených +Å™etÄ›zců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</para> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Dialog analýzy vyhledávánÃ</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> + <title><guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem></title> + <para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> + <title>Nastavenà cesty ke knihám</title> + <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</para> + <tip> + <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</para> + </tip> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> + <title>Instalace/aktualizace dÄ›l</title> + <para>TÃmto nástrojem se můžete pÅ™ipojit k repositáři dÄ›l (je zvaný "knihovna", +"library") a nahrát jedno nebo vÃce dÄ›l do své lokálnà knihovny. Tyto +knihovny mohou být lokálnà (napÅ™. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (napÅ™. Crosswire's +online repository of Sword modules nebo jiné stránky nabÃzejÃcà moduly +Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocà <guibutton>PÅ™idat +knihovnu</guibutton> a <guibutton>Smazat knihovnu</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Pro zahájenà procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke které se +chcete pÅ™ipojit a umÃstÄ›nà lokálnà knihovny pro instalaci dÄ›l. Potom +kliknÄ›te na tlaÄÃtko <guibutton>Spojit s knihovnou</guibutton>. &bibletime; +prověřà obsah knihovny a pÅ™edložà vám seznam dÄ›l, které můžete do své +knihovny pÅ™idat, nebo dÄ›l, které jsou již nainstalované, ale jsou dostupné v +novÄ›jÅ¡Ã verzi, a tak mohou být aktualizovány. Poté můžete oznaÄit vÅ¡echna +dÃla, která chcete nainstalovat nebo aktualizovat a kliknout na +<guibutton>Instalovat dÃla</guibutton>. Ty budou poté nahrány do vaÅ¡Ã +knihovny.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> + <title>Odebránà dÄ›l</title> + <para>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo vÃce dÄ›l z vaÅ¡Ã knihovny, což uvolnà +mÃsto na disku. JednoduÅ¡e oznaÄte položky a kliknÄ›te na <guibutton>Odstranit +dÃla</guibutton>.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> + <title>Vyhledávacà indexy</title> + <para>Tyto možnosti vám umožnà vytvářet nové vyhledávacà indexy a vymazat opuÅ¡tÄ›né +indexy smazaných dÄ›l.</para> + <tip> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </tip> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> + <title>Export a tisk</title> + <para>Na mnoha mÃstech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutÃm +<mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i. V závislosti na kontextu +je možné <guimenuitem>Vybrat</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>KopÃrovat</guimenuitem> (do schránky), +<guimenuitem>Uložit</guimenuitem> nebo +<guimenuitem>Tisknout</guimenuitem>. to funguje napÅ™. v aktivnÃm oknÄ› když +kliknete na běžný text nebo na odkaz verÅ¡e, nebo na stránce výsledků hledánà +pÅ™i kliknutà na dÃlo nebo na jeden Äi vÃce odkazů veršů. Je to krásnÄ› +pÅ™ÃmoÄaré, prostÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte.</para> + + <para>Tisk z &bibletime; spÃÅ¡e základnà a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud +vytvářÃte dokument nebo prezentaci obsahujÃcà text dÄ›l z &bibletime;, +doporuÄujeme formátovat dokument za použità systémových nástrojů pro tvorbu +prezentacÃ, nebo editaci textu, radÄ›ji než tisknout pÅ™Ãmo z &bibletime;.</para> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2534d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,652 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> + <title>Odkazy</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> + <title>Odkazy HlavnÃho menu</title> + <para>V této sekci najdete detailnà popis vÅ¡ech položek základnÃho menu +&bibletime;. Jsou roztÅ™ÃdÄ›né stejnÄ›, jak se objevujà v &bibletime;, vÄetnÄ› +podÅ™Ãzených položek zaznamenaných pod hlavnà položkou menu ke které +náležÃ. Horké klávesy můžete vidÄ›t u každé položky; kompletnà seznam vÅ¡ech +horkých kláves naleznete v <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">této +sekci</link>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <title> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + </title> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>ZavÅ™e BibleTime.</action> BibleTime se vás zeptá, jestli si pÅ™ejete +zapsat neuložené zmÄ›ny na disk.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <title> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F5</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to +maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F6</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show toolbar</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>PÅ™epÃná zobrazenà nástrojů.</action> Aktivujte tuto možnost pokud si +pÅ™ejete zapnout nebo vypnout Hlavnà nástrojovou liÅ¡tu.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Zapne zobrazenà knihovny.</action> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutÃ, +nebo vypnutà zobrazenà knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud +potÅ™ebujete vÃce Äasu pro Äasopis.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Zapne zobrazenà Äasopisu.</action> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutà +nebo vypnutà zobrazenà Äasopisu na levé stranÄ›.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <title> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>OtevÃrá dialog vyhledávánà pouze pro vyhledávánà ve výchozà +Bibli</action>. Do vyhledávacÃho dialogu mohou být pÅ™Ãdána dalÅ¡Ã dÃla.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>OtevÃrá dialog vyhledávánà ve vÅ¡ech dÃlech</action>. Do +vyhledávacÃho dialogu mohou být pÅ™Ãdána dalÅ¡Ã dÃla.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <title> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Ukládá aktuálnà sezenÃ.</action>. OtevÅ™e kontextové menu, kde můžete +zvolit již uložené sezenÃ, které bude pÅ™epsáno vaÅ¡Ãm aktuálnÃm. PodÃvejte se +na dalÅ¡Ã položku jak uložit nové sezenÃ.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Ukládá aktuálnà sezenà pod novým jménem</action>. Zeptá se na jméno +pro uloženà sezenÃ.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>NaÄte existujÃcà sezenÃ</action>. OtevÅ™e kontextové menu, kde můžete +vybrat existujÃcà sezenà a naÄÃst ho.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Vymaže existujÃcà sezenÃ</action>. OtevÅ™e kontextové menu, kde +můžete vybrat existujÃcà sezenÃ, které má být vymazáno.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Ovládá chovánà jednoduchého rozvrženà oken</action>. V otevÅ™eném +kontextovém menu můžete zvolit, že se chcete o rozvrženà oken starat osobnÄ› +(RuÄnà mód) nebo použÃt pÅ™ipravené možnosti &bibletime; (Automatické módy, +tak je vyzkouÅ¡ejte!)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>ZavÅ™e vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna</action>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <title> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>OtevÅ™e hlavnà konfiguraÄnà dialog &bibletime;</action>. Můžete +nastavit vÅ¡echny vlastnosti &bibletime;, které potÅ™ebujete. ProsÃm navÅ¡tivte +<link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">tuto sekci</link> pro vÃce informacÃ.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>OtevÅ™e dialog kde můžete zmÄ›nit vaÅ¡e nastavenà Sword a spraovat svou +knihovnu</action>. DalÅ¡Ã inormace naleznete v <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">této sekci</link>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <title> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bible Study Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of +the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> +contains information about &bibletime; software version, project +contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the +license agreement.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <title>Seznam horkých kláves</title> + <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> + <informaltable> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colname="hotkey" /> + <colspec colname="desc" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Klávesová zkratka</entry> + <entry>Popis</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Posune zpÄ›t v historii aktivnÃho okna.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Posune vpÅ™ed v historii aktivnÃho okna.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve výchozà +bibli</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevÅ™e vyhledávacà dialog pro +vyhledávánà ve výchozà bibli.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód +rozvrženÃ</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky dlaždice +vertikálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> zapne automatické skládánà oken.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód +rozvrženÃ</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky dlaždice +horizontálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> zapne automatické skládánà oken.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód +rozvrženÃ</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky kaskádovat</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> zapne automatické skládánà oken do kaskády.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód +rozvrženÃ</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>RuÄnà mód</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +zapne manuálnà skládánà oken.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Uložit jako novou relaci</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>uložà aktuálnà náhled jako novou relaci.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>ZavÅ™Ãt vÅ¡e</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>zavÅ™e vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Oddálit. ZmenÅ¡Ã velikost pÃsma v aktivnÃm oknÄ›.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>PÅ™iblÞit. ZvÄ›tÅ¡Ã velikost pÃsma v aktivnÃm oknÄ›.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Vybrat vÅ¡e. Vybere vÅ¡echen text v aktivnÃm oknÄ›.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>KopÃrovat. ZkopÃruje vybraný text do schránky.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Hledat. Vyhledává v textu aktivnÃho okna</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat v otevÅ™ených +dÃlech</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> otevÅ™e dialog pro vyhledávánà ve +vÅ¡ech otevÅ™ených dÃlech.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Soubor</guimenu> <guimenuitem>UkonÄit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>ukonÄà &bibletime;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>ZavÅ™e aktuálnà okno.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>NápovÄ›da</guimenu> <guimenuitem>PÅ™ÃruÄka</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>otevÅ™e pÅ™ÃruÄku.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>NápovÄ›da</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Návod, jak studovat +Bibli</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> otevÅ™e Návod, jak studovat Bibli.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<menuchoice> <guimenu>NastavenÃ</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Správa +knih</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevÅ™e správce knih.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F8</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Pohled</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Zobrazit knihovnu</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>zapne zobrazenà knihovny.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F9</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Pohled</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Zobrazit Äasopis</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>zapne zobrazenà okna Äasopisu.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a708aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-term"> + <title>SpuÅ¡tÄ›nà &bibletime;</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Jak spustit &bibletime;</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>SpuÅ¡tÄ›nà &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovnÃho +prostÅ™edÃ. &bibletime; můžete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>&bibletime; spouÅ¡tÄ›cà ikona</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject></para> + <para>&bibletime; může být spuÅ¡tÄ›n také z pÅ™Ãkazové řádky. Pro spuÅ¡tÄ›nà +&bibletime; otevÅ™ete okno terminálu a napiÅ¡te: + <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> + <title>DalÅ¡Ã správci oken</title> + <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> + <title>Nastavenà spuÅ¡tÄ›nÃ</title> + <para>Z terminálu můžete použÃt &bibletime; k otevÅ™enà pÅ™ÃsluÅ¡ného verÅ¡e ve +výchozà bibli: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible</screen>Pro otevÅ™enà v dané pasáži, jako napÅ™Ãklad Jan 3:16, použijte: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"</screen>Můžete použÃt jména knih ve svém aktuálnÃm jazyce pro pojmenovánà knih.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> + <title>SpouÅ¡tÄ›cà sekvence.</title> + <para>Když se &bibletime; spouÅ¡tÃ, můžete vidÄ›t následujÃcà obrazovky pÅ™edtÃm, nez +se otevÅ™e hlavnà okno &bibletime;:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Upravit vaÅ¡i knihovnu.</action> Tento dialog vám umožnà upravovat +vaÅ¡i knihovnu, pÅ™idávat nebo mazat dÃla ve vaÅ¡em systému.This dialog lets +you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. Bude +zobrazen pouze v pÅ™ÃpadÄ›, že nebude nalezena výchozà knihovna. ProsÃm +podÃvejte se do <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> této sekce</link> +pokud chcete znát vÃce detailů. Pokud zaÄÃnáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude +užiteÄné nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, +abyste se rychle seznámili se základnÃmi vlastnostmi &bibletime;.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>PÅ™izpůsobà &bibletime;.</action>Tento dialog vám dovolà pÅ™izpůsobit +&bibletime; vaÅ¡im potÅ™ebám. ProsÃm podÃvejte se na <link +linkend="hdbk-config-bt">detailnà popis</link> tohoto dialogu.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8faa5e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> + <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> + <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> + + <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> + + <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> +]> +<book> +<bookinfo> + <title>PÅ™ÃruÄka &bibletime;</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Fred</firstname> + <surname>Saalbach</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> + <surname>Hoyt</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Martin</firstname> + <surname>Gruner</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Thomas</firstname> + <surname>Abthorpe</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>1999-2009</year> + <holder>Tým &bibletime;</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>PÅ™ÃruÄka &bibletime; je souÄástà &bibletime;.</para> + </legalnotice> + <date>2009-04</date> + <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <abstract> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>QT4</keyword> + <keyword>bibletime</keyword> + <keyword>sword</keyword> + <keyword>crosswire</keyword> + <keyword>help dialog</keyword> + </keywordset> +</bookinfo>&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;</book> + +<!-- + +Local Variables: + +mode: sgml + +sgml-minimize-attributes:nil + +sgml-general-insert-case:lower + +sgml-indent-step:0 + +sgml-indent-data:nil + +End: + +--> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee36746 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> které najdete pod volbou +<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</h2></div></div></div><p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno mnoha směry v +závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit +výběrem<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> +<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku</p></li></ul></div><p>Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost +atd.). Přímo dostupných je více šablon. Když jednu z nich zvolíte, objeví se +náhled v pravém poli.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud +je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Dialog nastavení - písma"><div class="caption"><p>Dialog nastavení - Písma</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> umí používat všechna podporovaná písma. Pokud jsou díla o které +se zajímáte zobrazena správně, není potřeba zde nic měnit.Pokud se dílo +zobrazuje jen jako řetězec otazníků (?????) nebo prázdných čtverců, pak +víte, že standardní písmo neobsahuje znaky užité v tomto díle. </p><p>K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít +vlastní písmo. Nyní vyberte písmo. Například, písmo podporující mnoho znaků +je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných písem neumí zobrazit dílo o které +se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro teno jazyk.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více +informací můžete použít <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>® na stejném počítači.</p></li><li><p>Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online kolekce písem</p></li></ul></div><p>Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou +dostupná zdarma. Žádné z dostupných písem neobsahuje všechny znaky +definované standardem Unicode, takže budete možná chtít použít různá písma +pro různé jazyky.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Písma Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Písma Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> + Code2000</a> + </td><td>Možná nejlepší svobodné písmo Unicode, pokrývá široký výběr znaků.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> + SIL unicode fonts</a> + </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> + FreeFont</a> + </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> + Crosswire's font directory</a> + </td><td>Různá písma přístupná z ftp Crosswire Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> + Bitstream CyberBit</a> + </td><td>Pokrývají většinou celý výběr Unicode, ale mohou spomalit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> v +závislosti na jejich velikosti.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Obsaženo v mnoha distribucích. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> + </td><td>Částečně odpovídající, pro informacese podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( +<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Vícejazyčná Unicode TrueType +Fonts na internetu</a>), nebo jedno od Alana Wooda ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> výběr znaků Unicode +a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Horké klávesy jsou speciální klávesové příkazy, které můžete použít namísto +položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho příkazů v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> má definovány horké +klávesy (kompletní seznam naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">této sekci</a>). Většině příkazů +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> zde může přiřadit horké klávesy. To je velmi užitečné pro rychlý +přístup k funkcím, které nejvíce potřebujete.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Export a tisk </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92a1def --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Úvod</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných +projektem Sword. Kompletní informace o podporovaných formátech dokumentů +naleznete ve<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> +vývojářské sekci</a> na stránkách projektu Sword, Crosswire Bible +Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div><p>Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. To zahrnuje: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bible</span></dt><dd><p>Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými věcmi jako Strongova čísla, nadpisy, nebo +poznámky v textu. Bible jsou dostupné v mnoha jazycích, nejen v moderních +verzích, ale také ve starověkých jako Codex Leningradensis ( Kodex +Leningradský; "WLC", Hebrejsky), nebo Septuaginta ("LXX", Řecky). Toto je +nejmodernější sekce knihovny projektu Sword.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Knihy</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The +Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Komentáře</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů"> record your own personal notes</a> to +sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Denní zamyšlení</span></dt><dd><p>Mnoho lidí oceňuje tyto denní porce Božího slova. Mezi dostupná díla patří +"Denní světlo na cestu" a "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikony/slovníky</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div><p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s +Ním. Chceme, aby byl tento výkonný a kvalitní program stále jednoduchý a +intuitivní. Přejeme si chválit Boha, neboť on je zdroj všeho dobrého.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Každý dobrý dar a každé dokonalé obdarování je shůry, sestupuje od Otce +nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd67e71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Správa knih</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna", +"library") a nahrát jedno nebo více děl do své lokální knihovny. Tyto +knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (např. Crosswire's +online repository of Sword modules nebo jiné stránky nabízející moduly +Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <span class="guibutton">Přidat +knihovnu</span> a <span class="guibutton">Smazat knihovnu</span>.</p><p>Pro zahájení procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke které se +chcete připojit a umístění lokální knihovny pro instalaci děl. Potom +klikněte na tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Spojit s knihovnou</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +prověří obsah knihovny a předloží vám seznam děl, které můžete do své +knihovny přidat, nebo děl, které jsou již nainstalované, ale jsou dostupné v +novější verzi, a tak mohou být aktualizovány. Poté můžete označit všechna +díla, která chcete nainstalovat nebo aktualizovat a kliknout na +<span class="guibutton">Instalovat díla</span>. Ty budou poté nahrány do vaší +knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní +místo na disku. Jednoduše označte položky a klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Odstranit +díla</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div><p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné +indexy smazaných děl.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vyhledávání v dílech </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Export a tisk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..690a60c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div><p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím +<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši. V závislosti na kontextu +je možné <span class="guimenuitem">Vybrat</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Kopírovat</span> (do schránky), +<span class="guimenuitem">Uložit</span> nebo +<span class="guimenuitem">Tisknout</span>. to funguje např. v aktivním okně když +kliknete na běžný text nebo na odkaz verše, nebo na stránce výsledků hledání +při kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden či více odkazů veršů. Je to krásně +přímočaré, prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p><p>Tisk z <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spíše základní a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud +vytváříte dokument nebo prezentaci obsahující text děl z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, +doporučujeme formátovat dokument za použití systémových nástrojů pro tvorbu +prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Správa knih </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51f505a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div><p>Knihona obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a +jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii "Záložky" To je místo, kam můžete uložit své +záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým tlačítkem +myši</span> na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, +Knihy, Zamyšlení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté klikněte na +jedno z děl k jeho otevření pro čtení. Okno pro čtení díla se objeví na +ploše.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p>Pokud čtete nějaké dílo a chcete otevřít jiné dílo ve stejné pasáži, můžete +použít zkratku. jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým tlačítkem +myši</span> na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změní v ruku) a +přetáhněte ho do knihovny. Upusťte ho na dílo, které chcete otevřít ,a to +bude otevřeno na požadovaném místě. Můžete také přetánout odkaz verše na +existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na symbol +díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto +dílo. <span class="guimenuitem">"O tomto díle"</span>otevře okno s mnoha +zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. <span class="guimenuitem">"Odemknout toto +dílo"</span> otevře malý dialog pro zabezpečené dokumenty, kde můžete +vložit přístupová kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených +dílech se podívejte na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> tuto +stránku</a> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem +myši</span> na jeho symbol a vybráním položky<span class="guimenuitem">"Hledat v +díle(ch)"</span>. Stiskem klávesy Shift a kliknutím na další díla +můžete vybrat více než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevřením +vyhledávacího dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve všech těchto +dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div><p> + + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p> + + Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na kategorii +záložek v knihovně a vyberte <span class="guimenuitem">"Vytvořit novou +složku"</span>, pokud chcete vytvořit novou podsložku záložek. Můžete +použít běžnou funkci "drag & drop " k přetáhnutí odkazu verše z +otevřených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejně jako +pro přesouvání záložek mezi složkami.</p><p>Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatních, nebo je exportovat a sdílet. K +tomu otevřete <span class="guimenu">kontextové menu</span> adresáře záložek jak bylo +popsáno předtím a vyberte <span class="guimenuitem">"Exportovat +záložky"</span>. To otevře dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce +záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.</p><p>Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na adresáře a +záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div><p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš +kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (e.g., Strong's +numbers), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu +samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">search</a> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>, +můžete jednoduše otevírat díla pro čtení kliknutím na jejich symbol v +knihovně. Okno díla se otevře na ploše. Každé okno díla má nástrojovou +lištu. Zde najdete nástroje k navigaci propojené s dílem, například tlačítka +historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div><p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik +možností jak umístit okna na ploše. Prosím podívejte se na položku +<span class="guimenu">Okno</span> v hlavním menu. Tam uviděíte, že umístění oken +můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. To +můžete cílit volbou jednoho z automatických můdů umístění, které jsou +přístupné přes <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód +rozvržení</span>. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadné a +funguje to.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div><p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat +dílo z knihovny <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible +Society</a>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary".</p><p>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> +tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se pro čtení. V tomto módu +není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat poznámku, +musíte ho otevřít pomocí <span class="mousebutton">pravého</span> tlačítka myši a +zvolit <span class="guimenu">Editovat toto dílo</span> a potom také +<span class="guimenuitem">Prostý text</span> (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho +text.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Operace programu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vyhledávání v dílech</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..784a95a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div><p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně +(např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných +programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím +<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši a vyráním +<span class="guimenuitem">Najít...</span>, nebo použitím horké klávesy <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Přečtěte si jak hledat +v celých dílech.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem +myši na symbol v <span class="guimenu">knihovně</span> a vybráním <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat +ve vybraných dílech</span>. Přidržením Shift nebo Ctrl a +kliknutím na jména dalších děl můžete vybrat více než jedno dílo. Poté +následuje stejný postup otevření dialogu hledání. Budete hledat ve všech +těchto dílech najednou.</p><p>Vyhledávací dialog spustíte kliknutím na <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> z hlavního menu a vybráním +odpovídající položky.</p><p>Třetí možnost jak spustit vyhledávání je kliknutím na symbol hledání v +aktuálním okně.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo +Choose)</span> (díla). Pokud chcete vyhledávat ve více dílech, klikněte +na toto tlačítko, poté vám bude nabídnuto menu s možností výběru děl ve +kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div><p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z +definovaných oblastí v seznamv <span class="guimenu">Rozsah hledání</span> Můžete +definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko +<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div><p>Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání +vrátí výsledky, které odpovídají libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů (logická +spojka NEBO). pro vyhledání všech výrazů oddělte jednotlivá slova spojkou +AND.</p><p>Můžete využít znaky: '*' odpovídající libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?' +zastupující libovolný jeden znak. Použití závorek vám dovoluje seskupovat +hledané výrazy, např. '(Ježíš OR duch) AND Bůh' --výsledky hledání budou +obsahovat nejméně jedno ze slov v závorce, Ježíš nebo duch, a slovo Bůh.</p><p>Pro vyhledávání jiného než hlavního textu vložte určitou předponu +následovanou'dvojtečkou ':' a hledaným výrazem. Například pro vyhledávání +Strongova čísla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'</p><p>Dostupné předpony: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Předpona</th><th>Význam</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>hledá nadpisy</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>hledá poznámky</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>hledání Strongových čísel</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>hledá morfologické kódy</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho +pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle +děl. Kliknutí na dílo <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši vám +umožní kopírovat, uložit, nebo tisknout všechny verše které byli v daném +díle nalezeny. To při kliknutí na jeden nebo více odkazů. Kliknutí na určitý +odkaz otevře verš v jeho kontextu v okně náhledu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na +tomto verši v novém okně.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na +požadovanou pozici.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div><p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy +vyhledávání. Zobrazí jednoduchou grafickou analýzu množství nalezených +řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Správa knih</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6226a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Operace programu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div><p>Takto vypadá typická relace <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="Okno aplikace BibleTime"></div><p> + Můžete si jednoduše prohlédnout různé části aplikace. Knihovna na levé +straně se používá pro otevírání děl a správu vašich záložek. Malé okno +čaopisu pod knihovnou se používá pro zobrazení dalších informací vložených +do dokumentů. Když přemístíte myš například nad značku poznámky, časopis +zobrazí aktuální obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup +k důležitým funkcím, na ploše vpravo skutečně pracujete.</p><p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Spouštěcí sekvence. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..afc8538 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Odkazy Hlavního menu">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Klávesová zkratka</th><th>Popis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + </td><td>Posune zpět v historii aktivního okna.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + </td><td>Posune vpřed v historii aktivního okna.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat ve výchozí +bibli</span> </a>otevře vyhledávací dialog pro +vyhledávání ve výchozí bibli.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód +rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky dlaždice +vertikálně</span> zapne automatické skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód +rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky dlaždice +horizontálně</span> zapne automatické skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód +rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky kaskádovat</span> zapne automatické skládání oken do kaskády.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód +rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ruční mód</span> +zapne manuální skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Uložit jako novou relaci</span> </a>uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zavřít vše</span> +</a>zavře všechna otevřená okna.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + </td><td>Oddálit. Zmenší velikost písma v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + </td><td>Přiblížit. Zvětší velikost písma v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + </td><td>Vybrat vše. Vybere všechen text v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + </td><td>Kopírovat. Zkopíruje vybraný text do schránky.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td>Hledat. Vyhledává v textu aktivního okna</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat v otevřených +dílech</span> </a> otevře dialog pro vyhledávání ve +všech otevřených dílech.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Soubor</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ukončit</span> +</a>ukončí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td>Zavře aktuální okno.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Nápověda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Příručka</span>otevře příručku.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Nápověda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Návod, jak studovat +Bibli</span> otevře Návod, jak studovat Bibli.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Správa +knih</span> </a>otevře správce knih.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit knihovnu</span> </a>zapne zobrazení knihovny.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f770c9a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Položky Nástrojové lišty</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Položky Nástrojové lišty</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-toolbar"></a>Položky Nástrojové lišty</h2></div></div></div><p>Pokud chcete vysvětlit tlačítka nacházející se na nástrojové liště, +podívejte se prosím do <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Odkazy Hlavního menu">předeslé +sekce</a>. Můžete také <span class="action">přesunout kurzor nad tlačítko a počkt +několik sekund</span>, tím se aktivuje nástrojový tip k tlačítku s jeho +krátkým popisem.</p><p>Nástrojovou lištu můžete přizpůsobit svým potřebám. Prosím použijte pro to +následující položku hlavního menu: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuretoolbars.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure toolbars</span> + </span></dt><dd><p>Nastavit nástrojové lišty</p></dd></dl></div><p>Pro podrobné inforace navštivte <a class="link" href="">tuto sekci</a>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59d89a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div><p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Jsou roztříděné stejně, jak se objevují v <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, včetně +podřízených položek zaznamenaných pod hlavní položkou menu ke které +náleží. Horké klávesy můžete vidět u každé položky; kompletní seznam všech +horkých kláves naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">této +sekci</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Zavře BibleTime.</span> BibleTime se vás zeptá, jestli si přejete +zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Přepíná zobrazení nástrojů.</span> Aktivujte tuto možnost pokud si +přejete zapnout nebo vypnout Hlavní nástrojovou lištu.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení knihovny.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, +nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud +potřebujete více času pro časopis.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení časopisu.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí +nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí +Bibli</span>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve všech dílech</span>. Do +vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Ukládá aktuální sezení.</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete +zvolit již uložené sezení, které bude přepsáno vaším aktuálním. Podívejte se +na další položku jak uložit nové sezení.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Ukládá aktuální sezení pod novým jménem</span>. Zeptá se na jméno +pro uložení sezení.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Načte existující sezení</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete +vybrat existující sezení a načíst ho.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Vymaže existující sezení</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde +můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Ovládá chování jednoduchého rozvržení oken</span>. V otevřeném +kontextovém menu můžete zvolit, že se chcete o rozvržení oken starat osobně +(Ruční mód) nebo použít připravené možnosti <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (Automatické módy, +tak je vyzkoušejte!)</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Otevře hlavní konfigurační dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Můžete +nastavit všechny vlastnosti <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, které potřebujete. Prosím navštivte +<a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime">tuto sekci</a> pro více informací.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spraovat svou +knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekci</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of +the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> +contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project +contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4473a54 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Spouštěcí sekvence.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Spouštěcí sekvence.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Spouštěcí sekvence.</h2></div></div></div><p>Když se <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, nez +se otevře hlavní okno <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Upravit vaši knihovnu.</span> Tento dialog vám umožní upravovat +vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému.This dialog lets +you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. Bude +zobrazen pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím +podívejte se do <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"> této sekce</a> +pokud chcete znát více detailů. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude +užitečné nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, +abyste se rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Přizpůsobí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>Tento dialog vám dovolí přizpůsobit +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8585185 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního +prostředí. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> můžete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime spouštěcí ikona"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být spuštěn také z příkazové řádky. Pro spuštění +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> otevřete okno terminálu a napište: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Další správci oken</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div><p>Z terminálu můžete použít <span class="application">BibleTime</span> k otevření příslušného verše ve +výchozí bibli: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible</pre><p>Pro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"</pre><p>Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Úvod </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Spouštěcí sekvence.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..110d10f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 Tým <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součástí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení BibleTime </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Odkazy</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8293c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-config"> + <title>&bibletime; einrichten</title> + <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be +found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> + <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> + <title>BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</title> + <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <title> + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden +Optionen aus: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Startlogo anzeigen</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + <para>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview +on the right pane.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <title> + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Sprache für die Buchnamen der Bibel +verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, +und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.</para> + + <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> + </textobject> + <caption> + <para>Der Optionendialog - Schriften.</para> + </caption> + </mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work +only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then +you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used +in this work.</para> + + <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that +supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the +work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that +language.</para> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> + <title>Schriftarten installieren</title> + <para>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <ulink +url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> Unicode +HOWTO</ulink>.</para> + <tip> + <para>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; will run +faster than with a large font like <trademark class="registered">Bitstream +Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> + <title>Schriftarten beziehen</title> + <para>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Your *nix distribution.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft +Windows</trademark>installation on the same computer.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream +erhältlich sind.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all +characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different +fonts for different languages.</para> + <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> + <title>Unicode Schriftarten</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> + Code2000</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen +Zeichenbereich ab.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> + SIL unicode fonts</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> + FreeFont</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> + Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Verschiedene Schriften sind auf der FTP-Seite von Crosswire verfügbar.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> + Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Deckt fast den ganzen Unicode-Bereich ab, könnte aber &bibletime; durch +seine Größe verlangsamen.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Clearlyu</entry> + <entry>Ist in einigen Distributionen enthalten. Enthält Europäisch, Griechisch, +Hebräisch, Thai.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer +( <ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Multilingual Unicode +TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <ulink +url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <title> + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Tastenkürzel sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Menüeinträge +oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von &bibletime;s Befehlen +hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (<link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">dieser Abschnitt</link> enthält eine +komplette Auflistung. Den meisten Befehlen von &bibletime; kann hier ein +Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die oftbenutzten +Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b7cf68 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-intro"> + <title>Einleitung</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> + <title>About &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para> + + <para>&bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> developers +section</ulink> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> + <title>Vorhandene Werke</title> + <para>Ãœber 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</ulink> +verfügbar. Dazu gehören: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bibeln</term> + <listitem> + <para>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bücher</term> + <listitem> + <para>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +The Complete Works"</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Kommentare</term> + <listitem> + <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to +sections of the Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Andachtsbücher</term> + <listitem> + <para>Viele Leute schätzen diese kleinen, täglichen Abschnitte aus Gottes +Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lexika / Wörterbücher</term> + <listitem> + <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> + <title>Motivation</title> + <para>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality +program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire +that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</attribution> + <para>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, +ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..689786c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-op"> + <title>Programmbedienung</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> + <title>Programmüberblick</title> + <para>This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on +the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little +"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that +is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, +for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the +footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> + + <para>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln +betrachten.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> + <title>Elemente des &bibletime; Fensters</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> + <title>Das Bücherregal</title> + <para>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache +sortiert. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt namens "Lesezeichen". Hier können +sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> + <title>Werke lesen</title> + <para>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte +Dokumentengruppe (Bibeln, Kommentare, Lexika, Bücher, Andachten oder +Wörterbücher) um den Inhalt der Dokumentengruppe anzuzeigen. Um ein Dokument +zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</para> + + <tip> + <para>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</para> + </tip> + + <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> + <title>Weitere Informationen über Werke</title> + <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a +window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this +page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> + <title>In Werken suchen</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> + <title>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</title> + <para> + + <tip> + <para>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</para> + </tip> + + Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new +folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</para> + <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export +bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> + + <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> + <title>Die Lupe</title> + + <para>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von &bibletime; ist rein +passiv. Wann immer der Mauspfeil über Text positioniert ist, welcher +zusätzliche Informationen (z.B. Strongnummern) enthält, dann werden eben +diese in der Lupe dargestellt, nicht jedoch der Text selbst. Probieren sie +es einfach aus.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> + <title>Die Arbeitsfläche</title> + <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> + <title>Werke lesen</title> + <para>As we have <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">already seen</link>, +you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the +Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has +a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read +window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you +know from your browser.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> + <title>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</title> + <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> + <title>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</title> + <para>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. This work is +called "Personal commentary".</para> + + <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit +this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain +text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> + + <tip> + <para>If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</para> + </tip> + + <tip> + <para>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> + <title>In Werken suchen</title> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> + <title>Searching text in an open read window</title> + <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting +<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo +action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> + <title>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the +<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in +work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</para> + + <para>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</para> + + <para>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an +open read window.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> + <title>Search configuration</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Suchtext Einstellungen </screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> + <title>Selecting works</title> + <para>At the top of the options tab you will find +<guibutton>Choose</guibutton>(works). If you would like to search in +multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where +you can select the works you want to search in.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> + <title>Using Search Scopes</title> + <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search +scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> + <title>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</title> + <para>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all +the terms separate the terms by AND.</para> + <para>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' +matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</para> + <para>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's +number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> + <para>Available text types: + <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <title>Search Types</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Prefix</entry> + <entry>Meaning</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>heading:</entry> + <entry>searches headings</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>footnote:</entry> + <entry>searches footnotes</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>strong:</entry> + <entry>searches Strong's Numbers</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>morph:</entry> + <entry>searches morphology codes</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink +url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> + <title>Search results</title> + <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</para> + <tip> + <para>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the +work at that verse in a new read window.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to +that verse.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</para> + </tip> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> + <title>Search result analysis</title> + <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</para> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Suchanalyse Dialogbox</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> + <title>Der <guimenuitem>Bücherregal Verwalter</guimenuitem></title> + <para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> + <title>Bookshelf path(s) setup</title> + <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</para> + <tip> + <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</para> + </tip> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> + <title>Install/update work(s)</title> + <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online +repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You +can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and +<guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>.</para> + <para>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to +connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click +on <guibutton>Connect to library</guibutton>. &bibletime; will scan the +contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can +add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available +in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark +all works that you want to install or update, and click on +<guibutton>Install works</guibutton>. They will then be transferred to your +Bookshelf.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> + <title>Werk(e) entfernen</title> + <para>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your +Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on +<guibutton>Remove works</guibutton>.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> + <title>Search Indexes</title> + <para>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</para> + <tip> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </tip> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> + <title>Exortieren und Drucken</title> + <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), +<guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</para> + + <para>Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If +you are composing a document or presentation containing text from +&bibletime; works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or +editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing +from &bibletime; directly.</para> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9fb92f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,655 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> + <title>Referenz</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> + <title>Main menu reference</title> + <para>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of +all hotkeys can be found in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this +section</link>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <title> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + </title> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>BibleTime schließen.</action> BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie +ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <title> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F5</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to +maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F6</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show toolbar</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn the +main toolbar on or off.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</action> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this +setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <title> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <title> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a +context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be +overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a +new session.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask +for a new name to save the session to.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it +for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <title> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can +configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your +needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">this section</link> for +details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <title> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bible Study Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of +the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> +contains information about &bibletime; software version, project +contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the +license agreement.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <title>HotKeys index</title> + <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> + <informaltable> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colname="hotkey" /> + <colspec colname="desc" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Hotkey</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Moves back in the history of read windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Closes the current window.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf +Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F8</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F9</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..303e7a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-term"> + <title> &bibletime; starten</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>How to start &bibletime;</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> + <title> &bibletime; starten</title> + <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject></para> + <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: + <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> + <title>Other window managers</title> + <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> + <title>Startup customization</title> + <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the +default bible: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</screen>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> + <title>Startup sequence</title> + <para>As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main +&bibletime; window opens:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Modifies your Bookshelf.</action> This dialog lets you modify your +Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if +no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> this section</link> for further +details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to +install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know +&bibletime;'s basic features quickly.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Customizes &bibletime;.</action>This dialog lets you adapt +&bibletime; to your needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">the +detailed description</link> of this dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..458130a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> + <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> + <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> + + <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> + + <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> +]> +<book> +<bookinfo> + <title>The &bibletime; handbook</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Fred</firstname> + <surname>Saalbach</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> + <surname>Hoyt</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Martin</firstname> + <surname>Gruner</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Thomas</firstname> + <surname>Abthorpe</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>1999-2009</year> + <holder>the &bibletime; team</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>Der &bibletime;-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von &bibletime;.</para> + </legalnotice> + <date>2009-04</date> + <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <abstract> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>QT4</keyword> + <keyword>bibletime</keyword> + <keyword>sword</keyword> + <keyword>crosswire</keyword> + <keyword>help dialog</keyword> + </keywordset> +</bookinfo>&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;</book> + +<!-- + +Local Variables: + +mode: sgml + +sgml-minimize-attributes:nil + +sgml-general-insert-case:lower + +sgml-indent-step:0 + +sgml-indent-data:nil + +End: + +--> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff2a6a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be +found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting +<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden +Optionen aus: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Startlogo anzeigen</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Sprache für die Buchnamen der Bibel +verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, +und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"><div class="caption"><p>Der Optionendialog - Schriften.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work +only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then +you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used +in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that +supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the +work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that +language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run +faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div><p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream +erhältlich sind.</p></li><li><p>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all +characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different +fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> + Code2000</a> + </td><td>Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen +Zeichenbereich ab.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> + SIL unicode fonts</a> + </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> + FreeFont</a> + </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> + Crosswire's font directory</a> + </td><td>Verschiedene Schriften sind auf der FTP-Seite von Crosswire verfügbar.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> + Bitstream CyberBit</a> + </td><td>Deckt fast den ganzen Unicode-Bereich ab, könnte aber <span class="application">BibleTime</span> durch +seine Größe verlangsamen.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Ist in einigen Distributionen enthalten. Enthält Europäisch, Griechisch, +Hebräisch, Thai.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> + </td><td>Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer +( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode +TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Tastenkürzel sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Menüeinträge +oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>s Befehlen +hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">dieser Abschnitt</a> enthält eine +komplette Auflistung. Den meisten Befehlen von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann hier ein +Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die oftbenutzten +Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortieren und Drucken </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Referenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4b639a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Einleitung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers +section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div><p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a> +verfügbar. Dazu gehören: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibeln</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Bücher</span></dt><dd><p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentare</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar"> record your own personal notes</a> to +sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Andachtsbücher</span></dt><dd><p>Viele Leute schätzen diese kleinen, täglichen Abschnitte aus Gottes +Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexika / Wörterbücher</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality +program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire +that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, +ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The BibleTime handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb9d940 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online +repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You +can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and +<span class="guibutton">Delete library</span>.</p><p>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to +connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click +on <span class="guibutton">Connect to library</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will scan the +contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can +add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available +in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark +all works that you want to install or update, and click on +<span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your +Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your +Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on +<span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">In Werken suchen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortieren und Drucken</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d95e151 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), +<span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If +you are composing a document or presentation containing text from +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or +editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing +from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der Bücherregal Verwalter </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5776622 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache +sortiert. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt namens "Lesezeichen". Hier können +sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte +Dokumentengruppe (Bibeln, Kommentare, Lexika, Bücher, Andachten oder +Wörterbücher) um den Inhalt der Dokumentengruppe anzuzeigen. Um ein Dokument +zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a +window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div><p> + + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p> + + Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new +folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export +bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein +passiv. Wann immer der Mauspfeil über Text positioniert ist, welcher +zusätzliche Informationen (z.B. Strongnummern) enthält, dann werden eben +diese in der Lupe dargestellt, nicht jedoch der Text selbst. Probieren sie +es einfach aus.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">search</a> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">already seen</a>, +you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the +Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has +a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read +window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you +know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. This work is +called "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit +this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain +text</span>(source code editor) or +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e09c318 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the +<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in +work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</p><p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an +open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in +multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search +scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all +the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' +matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's +number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the +work at that verse in a new read window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to +that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der Bücherregal Verwalter</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4e51e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on +the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little +"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that +is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, +for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the +footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln +betrachten.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b18e6e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hotkey</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + </td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + </td><td>Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> +</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + </td><td>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + </td><td>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + </td><td>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + </td><td>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> +</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td>Closes the current window.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy +Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf +Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> +</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa71064 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Toolbar reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Toolbar reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-toolbar"></a>Toolbar reference</h2></div></div></div><p>Please review <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">the preceding +section</a> for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the +toolbar. You can also <span class="action">move the cursor over a button and wait a few +seconds</span> to activate the button's tooltip with a short description.</p><p>Sie können die Werkzeugleiste ihren Bedürfnissen anpassen. Bitte benutzen +Sie den folgenden Eintrag aus dem Hauptmenü: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuretoolbars.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure toolbars</span> + </span></dt><dd><p>Werkzeugleisten einrichten</p></dd></dl></div><p>Please see <a class="link" href="">this +section</a> for detailed instructions.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..abb5b1a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Referenz</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of +all hotkeys can be found in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">this +section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">BibleTime schließen.</span> BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie +ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn the +main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</span> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</span> Toggle this +setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a +context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be +overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a +new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask +for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it +for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can +configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your +needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog">this section</a> for +details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of +the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> +contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project +contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fad2822 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens before the main +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> window opens:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf.</span> This dialog lets you modify your +Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if +no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"> this section</a> for further +details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to +install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog">the +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fdb778 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +default bible: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Startup sequence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f0cee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Referenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e784e25 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-config"> + <title>Configuring &bibletime;</title> + <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, + which can be found under + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> + <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> + <title>Configure BibleTime Dialog</title> + <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many + ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration + dialog by selecting + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </menuchoice> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <title> + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + </title> + <para>The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the + following options: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Show startup logo</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + <para>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, + size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you + select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <title> + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Here you can specify which language should be used for the + biblical booknames. Set this to your native language, if it is + available, and you'll feel at home.</para> + + <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system + display font. You + can override this font if necessary. Some languages require + special fonts to be displayed correctly, and this dialog allows + you to specify a custom font for each language.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> + </textobject> + <caption> + <para>The Options dialog - Fonts.</para> + </caption> + </mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. + As long as the works you are interested in display correctly + nothing needs to be done here. If a work only displays as a + series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then you know + that the standard display font does not contain the + characters used in this work.</para> + + <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop + down menu. Select the use custom font checkbox. Now select a + font. For example, a font that supports many languages is + Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are + interested in, try installing the localization package + for that language.</para> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> + <title>Installing fonts</title> + <para>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the + scope of this handbook. For further information you might want + to refer to the + <ulink url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> + Unicode HOWTO</ulink>.</para> + <tip> + <para>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), + &bibletime; will run faster than with a large font like + <trademark class="registered">Bitstream + Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> + <title>Obtaining Fonts</title> + <para>Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Your *nix distribution.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Your distribution's localization packages.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>An existing + <trademark class="registered">Microsoft + Windows</trademark>installation on the same + computer.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>A font collection, such as are available from Adobe + or Bitstream.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Online font collections.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, + and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of + available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode + standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different + languages.</para> + <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> + <title>Unicode Fonts</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> + Code2000</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a + wide range of characters.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> + SIL unicode fonts</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer + Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> + FreeFont</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> + Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible + Society Ftp site.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> + Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Covers almost the entire range of Unicode, but + might slow &bibletime; down because of its + size.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Clearlyu</entry> + <entry>Included in some distributions. Contains + European, Greek, Hebrew, Thai.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Partial coverage, see information on linked + site.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one + by Christoph Singer ( + <ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Multilingual + Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), or the one by + Alan Wood ( + <ulink url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> + Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support + them</ulink>).</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be + customized in &bibletime;. These features are documented + right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify + standard works that should be used when no specific work is + specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used + to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you + hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses + referred to, according to the standard Bible you + specified.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <title> + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + </title> + <para>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the + place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s + commands have predefined HotKeys (see + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this section</link> for a + complete listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be + assigned HotKeys here. This is very helpful to quickly access the + functions that you need the most.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce72462 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-intro"> + <title>Introduction</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> + <title>About &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for + different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works + modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the + <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, + which provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such + as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product + of the <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible + Society</ulink>.</para> + + <para>&bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in + one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete + information on the supported document formats can be found in the + <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> + developers section</ulink> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible + Society.</para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> + <title>Available works</title> + <para>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the + <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible + Society</ulink>. These include: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bibles</term> + <listitem> + <para>The full Bible text, with optional things like + Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. + Bibles are available in many languages, and include not + only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex + Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", + Greek). This is the most advanced section in the library of + the Sword project.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Books</term> + <listitem> + <para>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma + Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Commentaries</term> + <listitem> + <para>Commentaries available include classics like John + Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary + and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the + <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can + <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own + personal notes</link> to sections of the Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Daily devotionals</term> + <listitem> + <para>Many people appreciate these daily portions from + God's word. Available works include Daily Light on the + Daily Path, and the Losungen.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lexicons/Dictionaries</term> + <listitem> + <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological + Analysis Codes, Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the + International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries + available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, + Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised + Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's + Topical Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> + <title>Motivation</title> + <para>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help + others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to + make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple + and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, + as He is the source of all good things.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>James 1:17, NASB</attribution> + <para>Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from + above, coming down from the Father of lights, with whom there + is no variation or shifting shadow.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>God bless you as you use this program.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40275ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-op"> + <title>Program operation</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> + <title>Program overview</title> + <para>This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + You can easily see the different parts of the + application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works + and to manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the + Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in + documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for + example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the + footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important + functions, and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real + work.</para> + + <para>Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the + application individually.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> + <title>Parts of the &bibletime; application window</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> + <title>The Bookshelf</title> + <para>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category + and language. It also has a category called "Bookmarks". This is + where you can store and access your own bookmarks.</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> + <title>Reading works</title> + <para>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply + click with the + <mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired + category (Bibles, Commentaries, Lexicons, Books, Devotionals or + Glossaries) to display its contents. Then just click on one of + the works to open it for reading. A read window will appear in + the Desk area.</para> + + <tip> + <para>Drag & Drop Works Here</para> + </tip> + + <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open + another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a + shortcut. Simply click with the + <mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the + verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it + to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it + will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can + also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, then + it will jump to the specified location.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> + <title>Additional information about works</title> + <para>If you click with the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the symbol of a + work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are + relevant for this work. + <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a window with + lots of interesting information about the selected work. + <guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small + dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock + key to access the work. For additional information on locked + works, please see + <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> + this page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web + site.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> + <title>Searching in works</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and + selecting + <guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing + &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more + than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search + dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A + complete description of the operation of the search features + can be found + <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> + <title>Working with bookmarks</title> + <para> + + <tip> + <para>Drag & Drop Works Here</para> + </tip> + + Click with the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark + category of the bookshelf and select + <guimenuitem>"Create new folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new + bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop + functions to drag verse references from read windows or search + results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks + between folders.</para> + <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export + bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the + <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark folder as + described above, and select + <guimenuitem>"Export bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring + up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You + can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> + + <para>You can also click with the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and bookmarks to + change their names and descriptions.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> + <title>The Mag(nifying glass)</title> + + <para>This little window in the lower left corner of the + &bibletime; window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse + cursor is located over some text with additional information + (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will + be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just try it + out.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> + <title>The Desk</title> + <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes + place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, + <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even + save your annotations in the personal commentary module (see + <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> + <title>Reading works</title> + <para>As we have + <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">already + seen</link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking + on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in + the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can + find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is + connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you + know from your browser.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> + <title>Read window placement</title> + <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. + There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows + on the desk. Please have a look at the entry + <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see + that you can either control the placement of the read windows + completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the + placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select + one of the automatic placement modes available at + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> + <title>Editing your own commentary</title> + <para>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the + Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the + <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible + Society</ulink>. This work is called "Personal + commentary".</para> + + <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its + symbol in the Bookshelf with a + <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in read + mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you + wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you + have to open it with the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select + <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu>and then either + <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or + <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg + editor).</para> + + <tip> + <para>If + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> + </menuchoice> is deactivated, please check if you have write + permission for the files of the personal commentary.</para> + </tip> + + <tip> + <para>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and + the text of the verse will be inserted.</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> + <title>Searching in works</title> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> + <title>Searching text in an open read window</title> + <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window + (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you + are used to from other programs. This function can be reached + either by clicking with the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting + <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can + search in entire works.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> + <title>Accessing the search dialog</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the + + <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting + <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding + &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you + can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open + the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at + the same time.</para> + + <para>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate + entry.</para> + + <para>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the + search symbol in an open read window.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> + <title>Search configuration</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Search Text Dialog Options Tab</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> + <title>Selecting works</title> + <para>At the top of the options tab you will find + <guibutton>Choose</guibutton>(works). If you would like to + search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be + offered a menu where you can select the works you want to + search in.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> + <title>Using Search Scopes</title> + <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts + of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the + list in + <guimenu>Search scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search + ranges by clicking the + <guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> + <title>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</title> + <para>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the + search function will return results that match any of the + search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the + terms by AND.</para> + <para>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of + characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of + brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR + spirit) AND God'.</para> + <para>To search text other than the main text, enter the text + type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to + search for the Strong's number H8077, use + 'strong:H8077'.</para> + <para>Available text types: + <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <title>Search Types</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Prefix</entry> + <entry>Meaning</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>heading:</entry> + <entry>searches headings</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>footnote:</entry> + <entry>searches footnotes</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>strong:</entry> + <entry>searches Strong's Numbers</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>morph:</entry> + <entry>searches morphology codes</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your + searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more + about it here: + <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> + http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> + <title>Search results</title> + <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string + were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button allows you to copy, + save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at + once. This also works when you click on one or more of the + references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular + reference opens that verse up in context in the preview window + below.</para> + <tip> + <para>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the + Bookshelf to open the work at that verse in a new read + window.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and + it will jump to that verse.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to + create bookmarks.</para> + </tip> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> + <title>Search result analysis</title> + <para>Click on + <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search + analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the + number of instances the search string was found in each book of + the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</para> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Search Analysis Dialog Box</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> + <title>The + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem></title> + <para>The + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage + your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and + update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by + clicking + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> + <title>Bookshelf path(s) setup</title> + <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your + Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple + directories. Default is "~/.sword/".</para> + <tip> + <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all + the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, + then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf + paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all works + on the CD if it is present.</para> + </tip> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> + <title>Install/update work(s)</title> + <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of + works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your + local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), + or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, + or another site offering Sword modules). You can manage your + libraries with + <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and + <guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>.</para> + <para>To begin the installation or update process, select a + library you want to connect to and a local Bookshelf path to + install the work(s) to. Then click on + <guibutton>Connect to library</guibutton>. &bibletime; will + scan the contents of the library and present you with a list of + works that you can add to your Bookshelf, or that you already + have installed but are available in a new version in the library, + and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you + want to install or update, and click on + <guibutton>Install works</guibutton>. They will then be + transferred to your Bookshelf.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> + <title>Remove work(s)</title> + <para>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works + from your Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items + and click on + <guibutton>Remove works</guibutton>.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> + <title>Search Indexes</title> + <para>This option allows you to create new search indexes and + cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.</para> + <tip> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </tip> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> + <title>Exporting and Printing</title> + <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with + the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, + it will allow you to + <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, + <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), + <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or + <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the + read windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse + reference, or in the search result page when you click on a work or + one or more verse references. It is pretty straightforward, so just + try it out.</para> + + <para>Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended + as a utility. If you are composing a document or presentation + containing text from &bibletime; works, we suggest that you use + one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format + your document, rather than printing from &bibletime; + directly.</para> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7937dce --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,725 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> + <title>Reference</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> + <title>Main menu reference</title> + <para>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all + entries in the main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in + just the way they appear in &bibletime;, with all the sub-items + listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see + the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be + found in + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this section</link>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <title> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + </title> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you + if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <title> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F5</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this + setting to maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F6</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show toolbar</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this + setting to turn the main toolbar on or off.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</action> Toggle + this setting to turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or + off. This can be handy if you need more space for the + Mag.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying + glass).</action> Toggle this setting to turn the Mag on the + left pane on or off.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <title> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard + Bible only</action>. More works can be added in the Search + Dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open + works</action>. More works can be added in the Search + Dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <title> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This + will open a context menu where you can select an existing + session to save to. It will be overwritten with your + current session. See the next item on how to save to a new + session.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Saves the current session under a new + name</action>. This will ask for a new name to save the + session to.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open + a context menu where you can select an existing session to + load.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will + open a context menu where you can select an existing + session that should be deleted.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement + behaviour</action>. In the opening context menu, you can + either specify that you want to take care of the window + arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; + handle it for you (Automatical modes, just try them + out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <title> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration + dialog</action>. You can configure all kinds of nice + settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your needs. + Please see + <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">this section</link> for + details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword + configuration and manage your bookshelf</action>. Please + see <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this + section</link> for details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <title> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> + You are reading it now.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bible Study Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will + provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what + they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as + it takes care not to advocate any particular + denominational doctrine. We expect you to read and study + the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start + with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his + word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project + information</action> + contains information about &bibletime; software version, + project contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software + version and the license agreement.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <title>HotKeys index</title> + <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding + description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) + alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a + certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in + &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it + up in + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> + <informaltable> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colname="hotkey" /> + <colspec colname="desc" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Hotkey</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Moves back in the history of read windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Moves forward in the history of read + windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + default bible.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window + tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window + tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window + cascading.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window + placement.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new + session.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read + windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read + windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Select all. This selects all text in read + windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Copy. This copies the selected text to the + clipboard.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search. This lets you search within the text of a + read window.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all + currently opened works.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Closes the current window.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy + Howto.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F8</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link>equivalent; toggles display of the + Bookshelf.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F9</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying + glass).</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..111985d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-term"> + <title>Starting &bibletime;</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>How to start &bibletime;</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Starting &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated + with the desktop. You can launch &bibletime; from + the Start Menu with this icon: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject></para> + <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal + command prompt. To launch &bibletime;, open a terminal window + and type: + <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> + <title>Other window managers</title> + <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such + as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the + appropriate base libraries are already + installed on your computer.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> + <title>Startup customization</title> + <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a + random verse in the default bible: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</screen>To open at a given passage like John + 3:16, use: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>You + can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> + <title>Startup sequence</title> + <para>As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens + before the main &bibletime; window opens:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Modifies your Bookshelf.</action> This dialog lets you + modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. + It will only be shown if no default Bookshelf can be found. + Please see + <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> this + section</link> for further details. If you start off with an + empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to install at least one + Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know + &bibletime;'s basic features quickly.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Customizes &bibletime;.</action>This dialog lets + you adapt &bibletime; to your needs. Please see + <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">the detailed + description</link> of this dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..944a217 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> + <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> + <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> + + <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> + + <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> +]> +<book> +<bookinfo> + <title>The &bibletime; handbook</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Fred</firstname> + <surname>Saalbach</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> + <surname>Hoyt</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Martin</firstname> + <surname>Gruner</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Thomas</firstname> + <surname>Abthorpe</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> + <copyright> + <year>1999-2009</year> + <holder>the &bibletime; team</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>The &bibletime; handbook is part of + &bibletime;.</para> + </legalnotice> + <date>2009-04</date> + <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <abstract> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword + framework.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>QT4</keyword> + <keyword>bibletime</keyword> + <keyword>sword</keyword> + <keyword>crosswire</keyword> + <keyword>help dialog</keyword> + </keywordset> +</bookinfo>&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;</book> +<!-- +Local Variables: +mode: sgml +sgml-minimize-attributes:nil +sgml-general-insert-case:lower +sgml-indent-step:0 +sgml-indent-data:nil +End: +--> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77c690e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, + which can be found under + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure BibleTime Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many + ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration + dialog by selecting + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the + following options: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Show startup logo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, + size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you + select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify which language should be used for the + biblical booknames. Set this to your native language, if it is + available, and you'll feel at home.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system + display font. You + can override this font if necessary. Some languages require + special fonts to be displayed correctly, and this dialog allows + you to specify a custom font for each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"><div class="caption"><p>The Options dialog - Fonts.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. + As long as the works you are interested in display correctly + nothing needs to be done here. If a work only displays as a + series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then you know + that the standard display font does not contain the + characters used in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop + down menu. Select the use custom font checkbox. Now select a + font. For example, a font that supports many languages is + Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are + interested in, try installing the localization package + for that language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installing fonts</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the + scope of this handbook. For further information you might want + to refer to the + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> + Unicode HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), + <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like + <span class="trademark">Bitstream + Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtaining Fonts</h4></div></div></div><p>Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Your distribution's localization packages.</p></li><li><p>An existing + <span class="trademark">Microsoft + Windows</span>®installation on the same + computer.</p></li><li><p>A font collection, such as are available from Adobe + or Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online font collections.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, + and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of + available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode + standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different + languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode Fonts</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode Fonts" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> + Code2000</a> + </td><td>Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a + wide range of characters.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> + SIL unicode fonts</a> + </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer + Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> + FreeFont</a> + </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> + Crosswire's font directory</a> + </td><td>Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible + Society Ftp site.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> + Bitstream CyberBit</a> + </td><td>Covers almost the entire range of Unicode, but + might slow <span class="application">BibleTime</span> down because of its + size.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Included in some distributions. Contains + European, Greek, Hebrew, Thai.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> + </td><td>Partial coverage, see information on linked + site.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one + by Christoph Singer ( + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual + Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by + Alan Wood ( + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> + Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support + them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be + customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented + right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify + standard works that should be used when no specific work is + specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used + to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you + hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses + referred to, according to the standard Bible you + specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the + place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s + commands have predefined HotKeys (see + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">this section</a> for a + complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be + assigned HotKeys here. This is very helpful to quickly access the + functions that you need the most.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporting and Printing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..448c381 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for + different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works + modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, + which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such + as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product + of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible + Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in + one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete + information on the supported document formats can be found in the + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> + developers section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible + Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Available works</h3></div></div></div><p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible + Society</a>. These include: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like + Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. + Bibles are available in many languages, and include not + only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex + Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", + Greek). This is the most advanced section in the library of + the Sword project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Books</span></dt><dd><p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma + Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Commentaries</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John + Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary + and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the + <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editing your own commentary"> record your own + personal notes</a> to sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Daily devotionals</span></dt><dd><p>Many people appreciate these daily portions from + God's word. Available works include Daily Light on the + Daily Path, and the Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexicons/Dictionaries</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological + Analysis Codes, Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the + International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries + available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, + Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised + Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's + Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help + others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to + make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple + and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, + as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from + above, coming down from the Father of lights, with whom there + is no variation or shifting shadow.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">James 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God bless you as you use this program.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The BibleTime handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2758c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Bookshelf Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The + Bookshelf Manager</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>The + <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The + <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage + your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and + update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by + clicking + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your + Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple + directories. Default is "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all + the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, + then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf + paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all works + on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of + works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your + local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), + or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, + or another site offering Sword modules). You can manage your + libraries with + <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and + <span class="guibutton">Delete library</span>.</p><p>To begin the installation or update process, select a + library you want to connect to and a local Bookshelf path to + install the work(s) to. Then click on + <span class="guibutton">Connect to library</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will + scan the contents of the library and present you with a list of + works that you can add to your Bookshelf, or that you already + have installed but are available in a new version in the library, + and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you + want to install or update, and click on + <span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be + transferred to your Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Remove work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works + from your Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items + and click on + <span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and + cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Searching in works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporting and Printing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbc3a32 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporting and Printing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporting and Printing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporting and Printing</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with + the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, + it will allow you to + <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, + <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), + <span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or + <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> text. This works for example in the + read windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse + reference, or in the search result page when you click on a work or + one or more verse references. It is pretty straightforward, so just + try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended + as a utility. If you are composing a document or presentation + containing text from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use + one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format + your document, rather than printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> + directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The + Bookshelf Manager </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..018fb11 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Parts of the BibleTime application window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Parts of the BibleTime application window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>The Bookshelf</h3></div></div></div><p>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category + and language. It also has a category called "Bookmarks". This is + where you can store and access your own bookmarks.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div><p>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply + click with the + <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the desired + category (Bibles, Commentaries, Lexicons, Books, Devotionals or + Glossaries) to display its contents. Then just click on one of + the works to open it for reading. A read window will appear in + the Desk area.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open + another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a + shortcut. Simply click with the + <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the + verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it + to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it + will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can + also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, then + it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additional information about works</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the symbol of a + work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are + relevant for this work. + <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a window with + lots of interesting information about the selected work. + <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small + dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock + key to access the work. For additional information on locked + works, please see + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> + this page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web + site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Searching in works</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and + selecting + <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing + Shift and clicking on other works you can select more + than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search + dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A + complete description of the operation of the search features + can be found + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Working with bookmarks</h4></div></div></div><p> + + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p></div><p> + + Click with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark + category of the bookshelf and select + <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new + bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop + functions to drag verse references from read windows or search + results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks + between folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export + bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the + <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark folder as + described above, and select + <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring + up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You + can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and bookmarks to + change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>The Mag(nifying glass)</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the + <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse + cursor is located over some text with additional information + (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will + be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just try it + out.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>The Desk</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes + place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">search</a> in them, and even + save your annotations in the personal commentary module (see + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editing your own commentary">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Reading works">already + seen</a>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking + on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in + the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can + find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is + connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you + know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Read window placement</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. + There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows + on the desk. Please have a look at the entry + <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see + that you can either control the placement of the read windows + completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the + placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select + one of the automatic placement modes available at + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editing your own commentary</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the + Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible + Society</a>. This work is called "Personal + commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its + symbol in the Bookshelf with a + <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in read + mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you + wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you + have to open it with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select + <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span>and then either + <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or + <span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg + editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If + <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write + permission for the files of the personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and + the text of the verse will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Program operation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Searching in works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8eb5d84 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Searching in works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Searching in works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Searching in works</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window + (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you + are used to from other programs. This function can be reached + either by clicking with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting + <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how you can + search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accessing the search dialog</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the + + <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting + <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding + Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you + can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open + the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at + the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate + entry.</p><p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the + search symbol in an open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find + <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to + search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be + offered a menu where you can select the works you want to + search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts + of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the + list in + <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search + ranges by clicking the + <span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the + search function will return results that match any of the + search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the + terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of + characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of + brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR + spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text + type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to + search for the Strong's number H8077, use + 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your + searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more + about it here: + <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> + http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string + were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button allows you to copy, + save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at + once. This also works when you click on one or more of the + references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular + reference opens that verse up in context in the preview window + below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the + Bookshelf to open the work at that verse in a new read + window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and + it will jump to that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to + create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on + <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search + analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the + number of instances the search string was found in each book of + the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Parts of the BibleTime application window </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> The + Bookshelf Manager</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..542e16e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Program operation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Program operation</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the BibleTime application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The + Bookshelf Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Program overview</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> + You can easily see the different parts of the + application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works + and to manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the + Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in + documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for + example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the + footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important + functions, and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real + work.</p><p>Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the + application individually.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Parts of the BibleTime application window</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e97abc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding + description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) + alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a + certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in + <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it + up in + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hotkey</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + </td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + </td><td>Moves forward in the history of read + windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> + </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window + tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window + tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window + cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window + placement.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> + </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new + session.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> + </a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + </td><td>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read + windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + </td><td>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read + windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + </td><td>Select all. This selects all text in read + windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + </td><td>Copy. This copies the selected text to the + clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td>Search. This lets you search within the text of a + read window.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> + </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all + currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> + </a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td>Closes the current window.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy + Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </a>equivalent; toggles display of the + Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> + </a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying + glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9ededd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Toolbar reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Toolbar reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-toolbar"></a>Toolbar reference</h2></div></div></div><p>Please review + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">the preceding + section</a> for an explanation of the buttons that you find on + the toolbar. You can also + <span class="action">move the cursor over a button and wait a few + seconds</span> to activate the button's tooltip with a short + description.</p><p>You can adapt the toolbar to your needs. Please use the + following entry in the main menu: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuretoolbars.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure toolbars</span> + </span></dt><dd><p>Configure toolbars</p></dd></dl></div><p>Please see + <a class="link" href="">this + section</a> for detailed instructions.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26ac76f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Reference</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all + entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in + just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items + listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see + the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be + found in + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">this section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Closes BibleTime.</span> BibleTime will ask you + if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this + setting to maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this + setting to turn the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</span> Toggle + this setting to turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or + off. This can be handy if you need more space for the + Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Mag(nifying + glass).</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Mag on the + left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard + Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search + Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open + works</span>. More works can be added in the Search + Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This + will open a context menu where you can select an existing + session to save to. It will be overwritten with your + current session. See the next item on how to save to a new + session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new + name</span>. This will ask for a new name to save the + session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open + a context menu where you can select an existing session to + load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will + open a context menu where you can select an existing + session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement + behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can + either specify that you want to take care of the window + arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> + handle it for you (Automatical modes, just try them + out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration + dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice + settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. + Please see + <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for + details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword + configuration and manage your bookshelf</span>. Please + see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager">this + section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> + You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will + provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what + they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as + it takes care not to advocate any particular + denominational doctrine. We expect you to read and study + the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start + with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his + word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project + information</span> + contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, + project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software + version and the license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1328f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens + before the main <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window opens:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf.</span> This dialog lets you + modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. + It will only be shown if no default Bookshelf can be found. + Please see + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"> this + section</a> for further details. If you start off with an + empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to install at least one + Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know + <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets + you adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see + <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the detailed + description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Program operation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb6be76 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated + with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from + the Start Menu with this icon: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal + command prompt. To launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window + and type: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such + as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the + appropriate base libraries are already + installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a + random verse in the default bible: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John + 3:16, use: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You + can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Startup sequence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_bibletime.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bibletime.png Binary files differindex 7dcbc90..7dcbc90 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_bibletime.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bibletime.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_cascade.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_cascade.png Binary files differindex 070f5d1..070f5d1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_cascade.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_cascade.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_cascade_auto.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_cascade_auto.png Binary files differindex 4171ffc..4171ffc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_cascade_auto.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_cascade_auto.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_configure.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configure.png Binary files differindex 1141564..1141564 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_configure.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configure.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_configuresword.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configuresword.png Binary files differindex b8f3d30..b8f3d30 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_configuresword.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configuresword.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_configuretoolbars.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configuretoolbars.png Binary files differindex 653479b..653479b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_configuretoolbars.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configuretoolbars.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_contents2.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_contents2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f4723c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_contents2.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_exit.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_exit.png Binary files differindex 4877f19..4877f19 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_exit.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_exit.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_fileclose.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_fileclose.png Binary files differindex 8acc84d..8acc84d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_fileclose.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_fileclose.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_find.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_find.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..de88913 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_find.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_fullscreen.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_fullscreen.png Binary files differindex 5c9864f..5c9864f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_fullscreen.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_fullscreen.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_sidetree.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sidetree.png Binary files differindex 2970a1c..2970a1c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_sidetree.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sidetree.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_tile.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile.png Binary files differindex 3cab67e..3cab67e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_tile.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_view_index.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_view_index.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a23418b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_view_index.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_view_mag.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_view_mag.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c9ca5e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_view_mag.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_window_fullscreen.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_window_fullscreen.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d6b7ef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_window_fullscreen.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69bda1f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of + <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword + framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the BibleTime application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The + Bookshelf Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Fonts</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..02c8823 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d0ed9e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/ss_searchanal.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_searchanal.png Binary files differindex e091c63..e091c63 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/html/ss_searchanal.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_searchanal.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_searchopts.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_searchopts.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..903713a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_searchopts.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86932de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-config"> + <title>&bibletime;:n asetukset</title> + <para>Tässä osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka &bibletime;:n asetuksia +asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu> +-kohdasta.</para> + <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> + <title>Aseta &bibletime; -ikkuna</title> + <para>&bibletime; käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi +mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla +<menuchoice><guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu></menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Aseta +&bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <title> + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Käynnistyskäyttäytymistä voidaan säätää. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Näytä aloituskuva</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + <para>Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko +jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisäänrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset +yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <title> + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Tässä voit määritellä, mitä kieltä käytetään kirjojen nimissä. Aseta tämä +äidinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.</para> + + <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Valintavaihtoehtoikkunan kirjasimet</phrase> + </textobject> + <caption> + <para>Valintaikkuna - Kirjasimet.</para> + </caption> + </mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work +only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then +you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used +in this work.</para> + + <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that +supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the +work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that +language.</para> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> + <title>Kirjasimien asennus</title> + <para>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <ulink +url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> Unicode +HOWTO</ulink>.</para> + <tip> + <para>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), &bibletime; on +nopeampi kuin suurilla kirjasimilla kuten <trademark class="registered"> +Bitstream Cyberbit</trademark> (noin 12Mb).</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> + <title>Kirjasimien hankinta</title> + <para>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Your *nix distribution.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Olemassaoleva <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> +asennus samalla tietokoneella.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Online kirjasinkokoelmat.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa +niistä kirjasimista on saatavilla ilmaiseksi. Mikään saatavillaoleva +kirjasin ei sisällä kaikkia Unicode-standardin määrittelemiä merkkejä. Sinun +tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</para> + <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> + <title>Unicode-kirjasimet</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> + Code2000</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Ehkä paras ilmainen Unicode-kirjasin, käsittää laajan joukon merkkejä.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> + SIL unicode fonts</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> + FreeFont</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> + Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Useita kirjasimia saatavana Crosswire Bible Society Ftp -palvelimella.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> + Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Käsittää melkein koko Unicode-merkistön, mutta hidastuttaa &bibletime;ä +merkittävästi koon vuoksi.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Clearlyu</entry> + <entry>Sisältyy muutamiin jakeludistribuutioihin. Sisältää euroopan, kreikan, +heprean ja Thai-kielen.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Osittainen peittävyys, katso tietoja linkitetyltä sivulta.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Netissä on hyviä Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin ( +<ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Multilingual Unicode +TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), tai Alan Woodin (<ulink +url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <title> + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + </title> + <para>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu +items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s commands have predefined HotKeys +(see <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this section</link> for a +complete listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned HotKeys +here. This is very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the +most.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6ea086 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-intro"> + <title>Johdanto</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> + <title>Tietoja &bibletime;:stä</title> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para> + + <para>&bibletime; on suunniteltu käyttämään Sword-projektin mallien mukaisia +teoksia. Tuettujen asiakirjamuotojen täydelliset tiedot löytyvät osoitteesta +Crosswire Bible Societyn Sword-projektin <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp">kehittäjien +osio</ulink>.</para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> + <title>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</title> + <para>Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Societyn</ulink> +sivuilta. Nämä sisältävät: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Raamattuja</term> + <listitem> + <para>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Kirjat</term> + <listitem> + <para>Tarjollaolevat kirjat sisältävät teokset "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma +Elish", ja "Josephus: The Complete Works"</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Kommentaareja</term> + <listitem> + <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to +sections of the Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Päivittäiset hartaukset</term> + <listitem> + <para>Monet ihmiset pitävät arvossa päivän Sanaa. Saatavillaolevat teokset +sisältävät Daily Light Daily Pathilla, ja Losungenin.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Sanakirjat</term> + <listitem> + <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> + <title>Motivaatiota</title> + <para>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita +Jumalasuhteen kasvussa. Yritämme päästä siihen tehokkaalla, laadukkaalla +ohjelmalla, ja vielä tehdä siitä yksinkertainen ja opastava käytössä. Meidän +halumme on, että Jumalaa ylistettäisiin, sillä hän on kaikkien hyvien +asioiden lähde.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jaak 1:17, NASB</attribution> + <para>Jokainen hyvä anti ja jokainen täydellinen lahja tulee ylhäältä, taivaan +tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6066e82 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-op"> + <title>Ohjelman toiminto</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> + <title>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</title> + <para>Tyypillinen &bibletime;-istunto näyttää tällaiselta: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>The &bibletime;-sovelluksen ikkuna</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa +kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien +hallintaan. Pieni "Suurennuslasi" -ikkuna kirjahyllyn alla käytetään +näyttämään teoksiin sisällytettyjä lisätietoja. Kun viet hiiren esimerkiksi +alaviite-merkin ylle, suurennuslasi näyttää viitteen varsinaisen +sisällön. Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti +käytettäväksi. Työpäytä oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen +työn.</para> + + <para>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> + <title>&bibletime;n osa sovellusikkuna</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> + <title>Kirjahylly</title> + <para>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu +kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sisältää kategorian +"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> + <title>Lukutehtäviä</title> + <para>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta +yksinkertaisesti<mousebutton>vasenta hiiren nappia</mousebutton> halutussa +kategoriassa (Raamatut, kommentaarit, sanakirjat, kirjat, hartauskirjat tai +sanastot) näyttääksesi sen sisällön. Sitten napsauta yksinkertaisesti yhtä +teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</para> + + <tip> + <para>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</para> + </tip> + + <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> + <title>Tehtävien lisätiedot</title> + <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a +window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this +page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> + <title>Etsintä teoksista</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> + <title>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</title> + <para> + + <tip> + <para>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</para> + </tip> + + Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new +folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</para> + <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export +bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> + + <para>Voit napsauttaa hiiren <mousebutton>oikealla</mousebutton> painikkeella +kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> + <title>Suurennuslasi</title> + + <para>This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is +purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with +additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional +information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just +try it out.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> + <title>Työpöytä</title> + <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> + <title>Lukutehtäviä</title> + <para>As we have <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">already seen</link>, +you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the +Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has +a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read +window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you +know from your browser.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> + <title>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</title> + <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> + <title>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</title> + <para>Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa +tietty teos <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible +Societyn</ulink> sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary".</para> + + <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit +this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain +text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> + + <tip> + <para>If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</para> + </tip> + + <tip> + <para>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> + <title>Etsintä teoksista</title> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> + <title>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</title> + <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting +<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo +action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> + <title>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the +<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in +work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</para> + + <para>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</para> + + <para>Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia +avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> + <title>Etsinnän asetukset</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Hakuikkunan ominaisuuspalkki</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> + <title>Tehtävien valinta</title> + <para>At the top of the options tab you will find +<guibutton>Choose</guibutton>(works). If you would like to search in +multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where +you can select the works you want to search in.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> + <title>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</title> + <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search +scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> + <title>Perushaun syntaksiohje</title> + <para>Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa +tuloksen, joka täsmää mihin tahansa sanaan (TAI). Etsiäksesi kaikkia +hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND.</para> + <para>Voit käyttää jokerimerkkejä: '*' täsmää mihin tahansa merkkijonoon kun taas +'?' täsmää mihin tahansa yksittäiseen merkkiin. Sulkumerkit mahdollistavat +hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'.</para> + <para>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's +number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> + <para>Saatavana olevat tekstityypit: + <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <title>Search Types</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Etuliite</entry> + <entry>Merkitys</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>otsikko:</entry> + <entry>etsii otsikoita</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>alaviite:</entry> + <entry>etsii alaviitteitä</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>vahvennos:</entry> + <entry>etsii Strongin numeroita</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>muoto:</entry> + <entry>etsii mofologisia koodeja</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + <para>BibleTime käyttää Lucene-hakukonetta hakuihisi. Siinä on monta +edistyksellistä ominaisuutta ja voit lukea niistä lisää osoitteessa: <ulink +url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> + <title>Etsinnän tulokset</title> + <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</para> + <tip> + <para>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen +lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen +kohdalle.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</para> + </tip> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> + <title>Etsintätulosten analysointi</title> + <para>Napsauta <guibutton>Hakuanalyysi</guibutton>avataksesi +hakuanalyysinäytön. Tämä antaa yksinkertaisen graafisen analyysin kuinka +monta kertaa hakusana löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit +tallettaa analyysin.</para> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Hakuanalyysi-ikkuna</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> + <title><guimenuitem>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</guimenuitem></title> + <para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> + <title>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</title> + <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</para> + <tip> + <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</para> + </tip> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> + <title>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</title> + <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online +repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You +can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and +<guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>.</para> + <para>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to +connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click +on <guibutton>Connect to library</guibutton>. &bibletime; will scan the +contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can +add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available +in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark +all works that you want to install or update, and click on +<guibutton>Install works</guibutton>. They will then be transferred to your +Bookshelf.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> + <title>Poista teos/teoksia</title> + <para>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä +lisätäksesi vapaata levytilan määrää. Yksinkertaisesti merkitse teokset ja +napsauta <guibutton>Poista teokset</guibutton>.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> + <title>Etsii indeksejä</title> + <para>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten +orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</para> + <tip> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </tip> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> + <title>Vienti ja tulostus</title> + <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), +<guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</para> + + <para>Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If +you are composing a document or presentation containing text from +&bibletime; works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or +editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing +from &bibletime; directly.</para> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7fba391 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,658 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> + <title>Viittaus</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> + <title>Päävalikon käyttöopas</title> + <para>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of +all hotkeys can be found in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this +section</link>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <title> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + </title> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Sulkee BibleTime-ohjelman.</action> BibleTime kysyy sinulta, +haluatko tallettaa tallentamattomat muutokset levylle.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <title> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F5</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to +maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F6</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show toolbar</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Vaihtaa työkalupalkin näkymisen.</action> Vaihda tätä asetusta +asettaaksesi päätyökalupalkin näkyviin tai piilotetuksi.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Vaihtaa kirjahyllyn näkymisen.</action> Vaihda tätä asetusta +asettaaksesi kirjahyllyn näkyviin tai piilotetuksi. Tämä on kätevää, jos +haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Vaihtaa suurennuslasin näkymisen.</action> Vaihda tätä asetusta +asettaaksesi suurennuslasin vasemmassa paneelissa näkyväksi tai +piilotetuksi.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <title> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen</action>. Lisää +teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista</action>. Lisää +teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <title> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Tallettaa suoraan nykyisen istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa +kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon +talletettavaksi. Se korvaataan nykyisellä istunnollasi. Katso seuraavasta, +miten istunnon voi tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</action>. Tämä kysyy +uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, +josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa +kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it +for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <title> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can +configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your +needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">this section</link> for +details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <title> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bible Study Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of +the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> +contains information about &bibletime; software version, project +contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the +license agreement.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title> + <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> + <informaltable> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colname="hotkey" /> + <colspec colname="desc" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Pikanäppäin</entry> + <entry>Kuvaus</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpäin</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Sarjoita +automaattisesti</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden +sarjoitus pois/päälle.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</guimenuitem> +<guimenuitem>Manuaalinen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> aseta ikkunoita +manuaalisesti.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tallenna uutena +istuntona</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> tallentaa nykyisen asetelman +uudeksi istunnoksi.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sulje kaikki</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Loitonna. Tämä pienentää kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Lähennä. Tämä suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Valitse kaikki. Tämä valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Kopioi. Tämä kopioi valitun tekstin leikepöydälle.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Haku. Tämä etsii lukuikkunan tekstistä.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Etsi</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Etsi avoimista teoksista</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Tiedosto</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lopeta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> sulkee &bibletime;-sovelluksen.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ohje</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Käsikirja</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> avaa käsikirjan.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ohje</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Raamatun tutkimisen +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kirjahyllyn +hallinta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> avaa kirjahyllyn +hallintapaneelin.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F8</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Näytä</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Näytä kirjahylly</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F9</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Näytä</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Näytä suurennuslasi</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa suurennuslasin.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f4a910 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-term"> + <title>&bibletime;n käynnistys</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Kuinka &bibletime; käynnistetään</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>&bibletime;n käynnistys</title> + <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>&bibletime; käynnistyskuvake</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject></para> + <para>&bibletime;-ohjelman voi käynnistää terminaali-ikkunan +komentoriviltä. Käynnistääksesi &bibletime;-ohjelman, avaa terminaali-ikkuna +ja kirjoita: + <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> + <title>Muut ikkunamanagerit</title> + <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> + <title>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</title> + <para>Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa +&bibletime;n komennolla: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</screen>Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 käytä: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</screen>Voit käyttää kirjanniminä tämänhetkistä kielivalintaa.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> + <title>Käynnistyssarja</title> + <para>Kun &bibletime; käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin &bibletime;n +pääikkuna avautuu:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Muokkaa kirjahyllyäsi.</action> Tällä ikkunalla voit muokata +kirjahyllyäsi, lisätä tai poistaa teoksia järjestelmässäsi. Se näytetään +vain, jos oletuskirjahyllyä ei löydy. Katso <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> tämä osio</link> saadaksesi +yksityiskohtiaisia lisätietoja. On kannattavaa aloittaa ohjelman käyttö +asentamalla ainakin yksi Raamattu, kommentaari, sanasto ja yksi kirja +saadakseen selville &bibletime;n perusominaisuudet nopeasti.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Räätälöi &bibletime;n.</action>Tässä ikkunassa voit tehdä +&bibletime;:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <link +linkend="hdbk-config-bt">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</link> lisää tietoa tästä +ikkunasta.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7fe8356 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> + <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> + <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> + + <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> + + <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> +]> +<book> +<bookinfo> + <title>&bibletime;-käsikirja</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Fred</firstname> + <surname>Saalbach</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> + <surname>Hoyt</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Martin</firstname> + <surname>Gruner</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Thomas</firstname> + <surname>Abthorpe</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>1999-2009</year> + <holder>&bibletime;-työryhmä</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>&bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa.</para> + </legalnotice> + <date>2009-04</date> + <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <abstract> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>QT4</keyword> + <keyword>bibletime</keyword> + <keyword>sword</keyword> + <keyword>crosswire</keyword> + <keyword>help dialog</keyword> + </keywordset> +</bookinfo>&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;</book> + +<!-- + +Local Variables: + +mode: sgml + +sgml-minimize-attributes:nil + +sgml-general-insert-case:lower + +sgml-indent-step:0 + +sgml-indent-data:nil + +End: + +--> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f7adb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Tässä osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetuksia +asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> +-kohdasta.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Aseta <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -ikkuna</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi +mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla +<span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Aseta +<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Käynnistyskäyttäytymistä voidaan säätää. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Näytä aloituskuva</p></li></ul></div><p>Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko +jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisäänrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset +yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Tässä voit määritellä, mitä kieltä käytetään kirjojen nimissä. Aseta tämä +äidinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Valintavaihtoehtoikkunan kirjasimet"><div class="caption"><p>Valintaikkuna - Kirjasimet.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work +only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then +you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used +in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that +supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the +work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that +language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on +nopeampi kuin suurilla kirjasimilla kuten <span class="trademark"> +Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div><p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p></li><li><p>Olemassaoleva <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +asennus samalla tietokoneella.</p></li><li><p>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</p></li><li><p>Online kirjasinkokoelmat.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa +niistä kirjasimista on saatavilla ilmaiseksi. Mikään saatavillaoleva +kirjasin ei sisällä kaikkia Unicode-standardin määrittelemiä merkkejä. Sinun +tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode-kirjasimet" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> + Code2000</a> + </td><td>Ehkä paras ilmainen Unicode-kirjasin, käsittää laajan joukon merkkejä.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> + SIL unicode fonts</a> + </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> + FreeFont</a> + </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> + Crosswire's font directory</a> + </td><td>Useita kirjasimia saatavana Crosswire Bible Society Ftp -palvelimella.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> + Bitstream CyberBit</a> + </td><td>Käsittää melkein koko Unicode-merkistön, mutta hidastuttaa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>ä +merkittävästi koon vuoksi.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Sisältyy muutamiin jakeludistribuutioihin. Sisältää euroopan, kreikan, +heprean ja Thai-kielen.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> + </td><td>Osittainen peittävyys, katso tietoja linkitetyltä sivulta.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Netissä on hyviä Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin ( +<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode +TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), tai Alan Woodin (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu +items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands have predefined HotKeys +(see <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo">this section</a> for a +complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be assigned HotKeys +here. This is very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the +most.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vienti ja tulostus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Viittaus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dd742d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Johdanto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> on suunniteltu käyttämään Sword-projektin mallien mukaisia +teoksia. Tuettujen asiakirjamuotojen täydelliset tiedot löytyvät osoitteesta +Crosswire Bible Societyn Sword-projektin <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">kehittäjien +osio</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div><p>Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a> +sivuilta. Nämä sisältävät: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Raamattuja</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kirjat</span></dt><dd><p>Tarjollaolevat kirjat sisältävät teokset "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma +Elish", ja "Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentaareja</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi"> record your own personal notes</a> to +sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Päivittäiset hartaukset</span></dt><dd><p>Monet ihmiset pitävät arvossa päivän Sanaa. Saatavillaolevat teokset +sisältävät Daily Light Daily Pathilla, ja Losungenin.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Sanakirjat</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div><p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita +Jumalasuhteen kasvussa. Yritämme päästä siihen tehokkaalla, laadukkaalla +ohjelmalla, ja vielä tehdä siitä yksinkertainen ja opastava käytössä. Meidän +halumme on, että Jumalaa ylistettäisiin, sillä hän on kaikkien hyvien +asioiden lähde.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jokainen hyvä anti ja jokainen täydellinen lahja tulee ylhäältä, taivaan +tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime-käsikirja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c7afe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online +repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You +can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and +<span class="guibutton">Delete library</span>.</p><p>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to +connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click +on <span class="guibutton">Connect to library</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will scan the +contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can +add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available +in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark +all works that you want to install or update, and click on +<span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your +Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä +lisätäksesi vapaata levytilan määrää. Yksinkertaisesti merkitse teokset ja +napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten +orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Etsintä teoksista </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vienti ja tulostus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1a0916 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), +<span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If +you are composing a document or presentation containing text from +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or +editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing +from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirjahyllyn hallinta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fafc29 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div><p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu +kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sisältää kategorian +"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta +yksinkertaisesti<span class="mousebutton">vasenta hiiren nappia</span> halutussa +kategoriassa (Raamatut, kommentaarit, sanakirjat, kirjat, hartauskirjat tai +sanastot) näyttääksesi sen sisällön. Sitten napsauta yksinkertaisesti yhtä +teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a +window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div><p> + + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p> + + Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new +folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export +bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>Voit napsauttaa hiiren <span class="mousebutton">oikealla</span> painikkeella +kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is +purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with +additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional +information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just +try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">search</a> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>, +you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the +Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has +a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read +window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you +know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div><p>Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa +tietty teos <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible +Societyn</a> sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit +this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain +text</span>(source code editor) or +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e52ab4c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the +<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in +work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</p><p>Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia +avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in +multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search +scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div><p>Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa +tuloksen, joka täsmää mihin tahansa sanaan (TAI). Etsiäksesi kaikkia +hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND.</p><p>Voit käyttää jokerimerkkejä: '*' täsmää mihin tahansa merkkijonoon kun taas +'?' täsmää mihin tahansa yksittäiseen merkkiin. Sulkumerkit mahdollistavat +hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's +number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Saatavana olevat tekstityypit: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Etuliite</th><th>Merkitys</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>otsikko:</td><td>etsii otsikoita</td></tr><tr><td>alaviite:</td><td>etsii alaviitteitä</td></tr><tr><td>vahvennos:</td><td>etsii Strongin numeroita</td></tr><tr><td>muoto:</td><td>etsii mofologisia koodeja</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime käyttää Lucene-hakukonetta hakuihisi. Siinä on monta +edistyksellistä ominaisuutta ja voit lukea niistä lisää osoitteessa: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen +lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen +kohdalle.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div><p>Napsauta <span class="guibutton">Hakuanalyysi</span>avataksesi +hakuanalyysinäytön. Tämä antaa yksinkertaisen graafisen analyysin kuinka +monta kertaa hakusana löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit +tallettaa analyysin.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirjahyllyn hallinta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fc5c93 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Tyypillinen <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-istunto näyttää tällaiselta: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime-sovelluksen ikkuna"></div><p> + Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa +kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien +hallintaan. Pieni "Suurennuslasi" -ikkuna kirjahyllyn alla käytetään +näyttämään teoksiin sisällytettyjä lisätietoja. Kun viet hiiren esimerkiksi +alaviite-merkin ylle, suurennuslasi näyttää viitteen varsinaisen +sisällön. Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti +käytettäväksi. Työpäytä oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen +työn.</p><p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Käynnistyssarja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e15c27 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Päävalikon käyttöopas">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pikanäppäin</th><th>Kuvaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + </td><td>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + </td><td>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpäin</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sijoittelutila</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sarjoita +automaattisesti</span> automaattinen ikkunoiden +sarjoitus pois/päälle.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sijoittelutila</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manuaalinen</span> aseta ikkunoita +manuaalisesti.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tallenna uutena +istuntona</span> </a> tallentaa nykyisen asetelman +uudeksi istunnoksi.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sulje kaikki</span> </a> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + </td><td>Loitonna. Tämä pienentää kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + </td><td>Lähennä. Tämä suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + </td><td>Valitse kaikki. Tämä valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + </td><td>Kopioi. Tämä kopioi valitun tekstin leikepöydälle.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td>Haku. Tämä etsii lukuikkunan tekstistä.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Etsi</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Etsi avoimista teoksista</span> </a> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Tiedosto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lopeta</span> +</a> sulkee <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-sovelluksen.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td>Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Ohje</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Käsikirja</span> avaa käsikirjan.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Ohje</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Raamatun tutkimisen +Howto</span> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn +hallinta</span> </a> avaa kirjahyllyn +hallintapaneelin.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä kirjahylly</span> </a> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä suurennuslasi</span> </a> näyttää/piilottaa suurennuslasin.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d02854 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Työkalupalkin viite</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Työkalupalkin viite</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-toolbar"></a>Työkalupalkin viite</h2></div></div></div><p>Please review <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Päävalikon käyttöopas">the preceding +section</a> for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the +toolbar. You can also <span class="action">move the cursor over a button and wait a few +seconds</span> to activate the button's tooltip with a short description.</p><p>Voit mukauttaa työkalupalkin tarpeitasi vastaavaksi. Käytä seuraavaa kohtaa +päävalikossa: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuretoolbars.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure toolbars</span> + </span></dt><dd><p>Aseta työkalupalkit</p></dd></dl></div><p>Katso <a class="link" href="">tämä +osio</a> yksityiskohtaisten ohjeiden saamiseksi.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pikanäppäinten luettelo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2a6be4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Viittaus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of +all hotkeys can be found in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo">this +section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Sulkee BibleTime-ohjelman.</span> BibleTime kysyy sinulta, +haluatko tallettaa tallentamattomat muutokset levylle.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Vaihtaa työkalupalkin näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta +asettaaksesi päätyökalupalkin näkyviin tai piilotetuksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Vaihtaa kirjahyllyn näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta +asettaaksesi kirjahyllyn näkyviin tai piilotetuksi. Tämä on kätevää, jos +haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Vaihtaa suurennuslasin näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta +asettaaksesi suurennuslasin vasemmassa paneelissa näkyväksi tai +piilotetuksi.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen</span>. Lisää +teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista</span>. Lisää +teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Tallettaa suoraan nykyisen istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa +kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon +talletettavaksi. Se korvaataan nykyisellä istunnollasi. Katso seuraavasta, +miten istunnon voi tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</span>. Tämä kysyy +uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, +josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa +kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it +for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can +configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your +needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna">this section</a> for +details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of +the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> +contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project +contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pikanäppäinten luettelo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1735104 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Käynnistyssarja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Käynnistyssarja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Käynnistyssarja</h2></div></div></div><p>Kun <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n +pääikkuna avautuu:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Muokkaa kirjahyllyäsi.</span> Tällä ikkunalla voit muokata +kirjahyllyäsi, lisätä tai poistaa teoksia järjestelmässäsi. Se näytetään +vain, jos oletuskirjahyllyä ei löydy. Katso <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"> tämä osio</a> saadaksesi +yksityiskohtiaisia lisätietoja. On kannattavaa aloittaa ohjelman käyttö +asentamalla ainakin yksi Raamattu, kommentaari, sanasto ja yksi kirja +saadakseen selville <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n perusominaisuudet nopeasti.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Räätälöi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n.</span>Tässä ikkunassa voit tehdä +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</a> lisää tietoa tästä +ikkunasta.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2be7849 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime käynnistyskuvake"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman voi käynnistää terminaali-ikkunan +komentoriviltä. Käynnistääksesi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman, avaa terminaali-ikkuna +ja kirjoita: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Muut ikkunamanagerit</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>n komennolla: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</pre><p>Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 käytä: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</pre><p>Voit käyttää kirjanniminä tämänhetkistä kielivalintaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Johdanto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Käynnistyssarja</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ef6337 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-käsikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime-käsikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-työryhmä</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Viittaus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e25807f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-config"> + <title>Configurer &bibletime;</title> + <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be +found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> + <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> + <title>Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</title> + <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <title> + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes : + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Afficher le logo de démarrage</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + <para>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview +on the right pane.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <title> + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de +livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous +sentirez chez vous.</para> + + <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> + </textobject> + <caption> + <para>Le dialogue Options - polices</para> + </caption> + </mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work +only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then +you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used +in this work.</para> + + <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that +supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the +work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that +language.</para> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> + <title>Installer des polices</title> + <para>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <ulink +url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> Unicode +HOWTO</ulink>.</para> + <tip> + <para>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; will run +faster than with a large font like <trademark class="registered">Bitstream +Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> + <title>Obtenir des polices</title> + <para>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Your *nix distribution.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft +Windows</trademark>installation on the same computer.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all +characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different +fonts for different languages.</para> + <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> + <title>Polices Unicode </title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> + Code2000</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Peut-être bien la meilleure police Unicode gratuite, couvrant un large +spectre de caractères.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> + SIL unicode fonts</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> + FreeFont</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> + Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Plusieurs polices sont disponibles sur le serveur ftp de la Crosswire Bible +Society.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> + Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Couvre presque tout le spectre d'Unicode, mais peut ralentir &bibletime; à +cause de sa taille.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Clearlyu</entry> + <entry>Inclue dans certaines distributions. Comporte les alphabets latins, +cyrilliques, grec, hébreu et thaï.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer +( <ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Multilingual Unicode +TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <ulink +url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <title> + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Les Racourcis sont des commandes au clavier qui peuvent être utilisée à la +place des menus et des icônes. Plusieurs commandes &bibletime; onts des +raccourcis prédéfinis (voir <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this +section</link> pour une liste complète). La plupart des commandes +&bibletime; epuvent être associées ici à des raccourcis. Cela permet +d'accéder rapidement aux fonctionnalités dont on a le plus besoin.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f690ea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-intro"> + <title>Introduction</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> + <title>About &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para> + + <para>&bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> developers +section</ulink> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> + <title>Å’uvres disponibles</title> + <para>Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès +de la <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible +Society</ulink>. Parmi ceux-ci: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bibles</term> + <listitem> + <para>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Livres</term> + <listitem> + <para>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +The Complete Works"</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Commentaires</term> + <listitem> + <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to +sections of the Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lectures quotidiennes</term> + <listitem> + <para>De nombreuses personnes apprécient ces rations quotidiennes de la parole de +Dieu. Parmi les modules disponibles, Daily Light on the Daily Path, et les +Losungen.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lexiques et dictionnaires</term> + <listitem> + <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> + <title>Motivation</title> + <para>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality +program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire +that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jacques 1:17, TOB</attribution> + <para>Tout don de valeur et tout cadeau parfait descendent d'en haut, du Père des +lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9614d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-op"> + <title>Utilisation du programme</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> + <title>Vue d'ensemble du programme</title> + <para>This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on +the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little +"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that +is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, +for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the +footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> + + <para>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> + <title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> + <title>La bibliothèque</title> + <para>La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par +catégories et par langues. La catégorie "Signets" permet de conserver vos +signets et d'y accéder.</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> + <title>Lire des modules</title> + <para>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <mousebutton>bouton gauche de la +souris</mousebutton> sur la catégorie souhaitée. (Bibles, Commentaires, +Lexiques, Livres, Devotionals ou Glossaires) pour en afficher le +contenu. Cliquez ensuite sur une module pour l'ouvrir. Une fenêtre de +lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</para> + + <tip> + <para>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</para> + </tip> + + <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> + <title>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</title> + <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a +window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this +page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> + <title>Rechercher dans des modules</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> + <title>Utilisez les signets</title> + <para> + + <tip> + <para>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</para> + </tip> + + Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new +folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</para> + <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export +bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> + + <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> + <title>Le zoom</title> + + <para>Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de +&bibletime; est complètement passive. Quand le pointeur de la souris est +au-dessus d'un passage avec une information complémentaire (les uméros +Strong par exemple), cette information est affichée dans le zoom, et pas +dans le texte-même. Essayez.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> + <title>Le bureau</title> + <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> + <title>Lire des modules</title> + <para><link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">Comme nous l'avons déjà +vu</link>, vous pouvez ouvrir des modules pour les lire en cliquant +simplement sur leur icône dans la bibliothèque. Une fenêtre de lecture +s'ouvre alors dans le bureau. Chaque fenêtre de lecture a sa propre barre +d'outils, avec des outils pour naviguer au sein de l'module affichée ainsi +que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> + <title>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</title> + <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> + <title>Éditer votre propre commentaire</title> + <para>Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez +au préalable installer une module spécifique de la <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>, appelé +"Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary").</para> + + <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit +this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain +text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> + + <tip> + <para>If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</para> + </tip> + + <tip> + <para>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> + <title>Rechercher dans des modules</title> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> + <title>Searching text in an open read window</title> + <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting +<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo +action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> + <title>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the +<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in +work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</para> + + <para>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</para> + + <para>Une troisième manière de lancer une recherche consiste à cliquer sur l'icône +de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> + <title>Configuration de la recherche</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Onglets du dialogue rechercher</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> + <title>Sélectionner les modules</title> + <para>At the top of the options tab you will find +<guibutton>Choose</guibutton>(works). If you would like to search in +multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where +you can select the works you want to search in.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> + <title>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</title> + <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search +scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> + <title>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</title> + <para>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all +the terms separate the terms by AND.</para> + <para>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' +matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</para> + <para>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's +number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> + <para>Available text types: + <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <title>Search Types</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Prefix</entry> + <entry>Meaning</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>heading:</entry> + <entry>searches headings</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>footnote:</entry> + <entry>searches footnotes</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>strong:</entry> + <entry>searches Strong's Numbers</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>morph:</entry> + <entry>searches morphology codes</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink +url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> + <title>Résultats de recherche</title> + <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</para> + <tip> + <para>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la +bibliothèque pour ouvrir cette module à ce verset dans une nouvelle fenêtre +de lecture.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture +ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la +bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</para> + </tip> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> + <title>Analyse de la recherche</title> + <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</para> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>La boîte de dialogue d'analyse de la recherche</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> + <title>Le <guimenuitem>Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</guimenuitem></title> + <para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> + <title>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</title> + <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</para> + <tip> + <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</para> + </tip> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> + <title>Installer/mettre à jour module</title> + <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online +repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You +can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and +<guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Pour commencer une installation ou une mise à jour, choisissez la +bibliothèque à laquelle vous désirez vous connecter et une bibliothèque +locale où installer l'module. Cliquez ensuite sur <guibutton>Connecter à la +bibliothèque</guibutton>. &bibletime; parcourra le contenu de la +bibliothèque et vous proposera une liste d'modules que vous pouvez ajouter à +votre bibliothèque; ou que vous avez déjà installés mais dont une nouvelle +version est disponible. Marquez ensuite toutes les modules à installer ou à +mettre à jour et cliquez sur <guibutton>Installer modules</guibutton>. Elles +seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> + <title>Enlever des modules</title> + <para>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour +libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules à effacer et cliquez +sur<guibutton>Enlever modules</guibutton>.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> + <title>Search Indexes</title> + <para>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</para> + <tip> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </tip> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> + <title>Exporter et imprimer</title> + <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), +<guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</para> + + <para>L'imprimer à partir de &bibletime; est plutôt rudimentaire et est destinée à +rendre des services simples. Si vous rédigez un document ou une présentation +contenant du texte d'modules de &bibletime;, nous vous invitons à utiliser +un outil d'édition ou de présentation sur votre système pour mettre en forme +votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de &bibletime;.</para> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f07db3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,657 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> + <title>Référence</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> + <title>Référence du menu principal</title> + <para>Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les +entrées du menu principal de &bibletime;. Ils sont classé dans l'ordre où +ils apparaissent dans&bibletime;, avec les éléments de sous-menu juste +en-dessous des du menu principal auxquels ils appartiennent. Vous pouvez +aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">la liste complète des raccourcis</link>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <title> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + </title> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Ferme &bibletime;</action> &bibletime; vous demandera si vous +désirez enregistrer les modifications qui ne l'ont pas encore été.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <title> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F5</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to +maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F6</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show toolbar</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</action> Permet +de faire apparaître ou disparaître la barre d'outil.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</action> Permet +de faire apparaître ou disparaître la bibliothèque dans le panneau de +gauche. Cela peut être utile si vous avez besoin de plus de place pour le +zoom.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</action> Permet +de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <title> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <title> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a +context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be +overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a +new session.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask +for a new name to save the session to.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it +for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</action>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <title> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can +configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your +needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">this section</link> for +details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <title> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bible Study Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of +the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> +contains information about &bibletime; software version, project +contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the +license agreement.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <title>Index des raccourcis</title> + <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> + <informaltable> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colname="hotkey" /> + <colspec colname="desc" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Raccourci</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Avance dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Diminuer la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Augmenter la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Tout sélectionner. Sélectionner tout le texte dans les fenêtres de lecture.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Copier. Copie le texte sélectionné dans le presse-papiers.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fenêtre de +lecture.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Ferme la fenêtre courante.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf +Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F8</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F9</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f43228 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-term"> + <title>Lancer &bibletime;</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Comment lancer &bibletime;</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Lancer &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject></para> + <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: + <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> + <title>Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</title> + <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> + <title>Configuration du démarrage</title> + <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the +default bible: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</screen>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> + <title>Séquence de démarrage</title> + <para>Au démarrage de &bibletime;, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que +la fenêtre principale de &bibletime; ne s'ouvre:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Modifies your Bookshelf.</action> This dialog lets you modify your +Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if +no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> this section</link> for further +details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to +install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know +&bibletime;'s basic features quickly.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Customizes &bibletime;.</action>This dialog lets you adapt +&bibletime; to your needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">the +detailed description</link> of this dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb622b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> + <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> + <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> + + <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> + + <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> +]> +<book> +<bookinfo> + <title>Le manuel de &bibletime;</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Fred</firstname> + <surname>Saalbach</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> + <surname>Hoyt</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Martin</firstname> + <surname>Gruner</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Thomas</firstname> + <surname>Abthorpe</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>1999-2009</year> + <holder>l'équipe &bibletime;</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;.</para> + </legalnotice> + <date>2009-04</date> + <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <abstract> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>QT4</keyword> + <keyword>bibletime</keyword> + <keyword>sword</keyword> + <keyword>crosswire</keyword> + <keyword>help dialog</keyword> + </keywordset> +</bookinfo>&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;</book> + +<!-- + +Local Variables: + +mode: sgml + +sgml-minimize-attributes:nil + +sgml-general-insert-case:lower + +sgml-indent-step:0 + +sgml-indent-data:nil + +End: + +--> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87f92bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be +found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting +<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes : + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Afficher le logo de démarrage</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de +livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous +sentirez chez vous.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"><div class="caption"><p>Le dialogue Options - polices</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work +only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then +you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used +in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that +supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the +work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that +language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run +faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all +characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different +fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Polices Unicode </b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Polices Unicode " border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> + Code2000</a> + </td><td>Peut-être bien la meilleure police Unicode gratuite, couvrant un large +spectre de caractères.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> + SIL unicode fonts</a> + </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> + FreeFont</a> + </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> + Crosswire's font directory</a> + </td><td>Plusieurs polices sont disponibles sur le serveur ftp de la Crosswire Bible +Society.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> + Bitstream CyberBit</a> + </td><td>Couvre presque tout le spectre d'Unicode, mais peut ralentir <span class="application">BibleTime</span> à +cause de sa taille.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Inclue dans certaines distributions. Comporte les alphabets latins, +cyrilliques, grec, hébreu et thaï.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> + </td><td>Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer +( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode +TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Les Racourcis sont des commandes au clavier qui peuvent être utilisée à la +place des menus et des icônes. Plusieurs commandes <span class="application">BibleTime</span> onts des +raccourcis prédéfinis (voir <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">this +section</a> pour une liste complète). La plupart des commandes +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> epuvent être associées ici à des raccourcis. Cela permet +d'accéder rapidement aux fonctionnalités dont on a le plus besoin.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporter et imprimer </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Référence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dc728b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers +section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès +de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible +Society</a>. Parmi ceux-ci: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Livres</span></dt><dd><p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Commentaires</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire"> record your own personal notes</a> to +sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lectures quotidiennes</span></dt><dd><p>De nombreuses personnes apprécient ces rations quotidiennes de la parole de +Dieu. Parmi les modules disponibles, Daily Light on the Daily Path, et les +Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexiques et dictionnaires</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality +program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire +that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tout don de valeur et tout cadeau parfait descendent d'en haut, du Père des +lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le manuel de BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24610cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre à jour module</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online +repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You +can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and +<span class="guibutton">Delete library</span>.</p><p>Pour commencer une installation ou une mise à jour, choisissez la +bibliothèque à laquelle vous désirez vous connecter et une bibliothèque +locale où installer l'module. Cliquez ensuite sur <span class="guibutton">Connecter à la +bibliothèque</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parcourra le contenu de la +bibliothèque et vous proposera une liste d'modules que vous pouvez ajouter à +votre bibliothèque; ou que vous avez déjà installés mais dont une nouvelle +version est disponible. Marquez ensuite toutes les modules à installer ou à +mettre à jour et cliquez sur <span class="guibutton">Installer modules</span>. Elles +seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour +libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules à effacer et cliquez +sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rechercher dans des modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporter et imprimer</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1544f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), +<span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>L'imprimer à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> est plutôt rudimentaire et est destinée à +rendre des services simples. Si vous rédigez un document ou une présentation +contenant du texte d'modules de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, nous vous invitons à utiliser +un outil d'édition ou de présentation sur votre système pour mettre en forme +votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cec5a31 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothèque</h3></div></div></div><p>La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par +catégories et par langues. La catégorie "Signets" permet de conserver vos +signets et d'y accéder.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la +souris</span> sur la catégorie souhaitée. (Bibles, Commentaires, +Lexiques, Livres, Devotionals ou Glossaires) pour en afficher le +contenu. Cliquez ensuite sur une module pour l'ouvrir. Une fenêtre de +lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a +window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div><p> + + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p> + + Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new +folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export +bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> est complètement passive. Quand le pointeur de la souris est +au-dessus d'un passage avec une information complémentaire (les uméros +Strong par exemple), cette information est affichée dans le zoom, et pas +dans le texte-même. Essayez.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">search</a> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjà +vu</a>, vous pouvez ouvrir des modules pour les lire en cliquant +simplement sur leur icône dans la bibliothèque. Une fenêtre de lecture +s'ouvre alors dans le bureau. Chaque fenêtre de lecture a sa propre barre +d'outils, avec des outils pour naviguer au sein de l'module affichée ainsi +que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez +au préalable installer une module spécifique de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>, appelé +"Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary").</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit +this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain +text</span>(source code editor) or +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rechercher dans des modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9de6b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the +<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in +work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</p><p>Une troisième manière de lancer une recherche consiste à cliquer sur l'icône +de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in +multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search +scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all +the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' +matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's +number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la +bibliothèque pour ouvrir cette module à ce verset dans une nouvelle fenêtre +de lecture.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture +ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la +bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1c8035 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on +the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little +"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that +is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, +for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the +footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Séquence de démarrage </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71a57fc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Index des raccourcis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index des raccourcis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Index des raccourcis</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Référence du menu principal">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Raccourci</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + </td><td>Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + </td><td>Avance dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> +</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + </td><td>Diminuer la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + </td><td>Augmenter la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + </td><td>Tout sélectionner. Sélectionner tout le texte dans les fenêtres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + </td><td>Copier. Copie le texte sélectionné dans le presse-papiers.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td>Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fenêtre de +lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> +</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td>Ferme la fenêtre courante.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy +Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf +Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> +</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8188122 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Référence de la barre d'outils</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Référence de la barre d'outils</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-toolbar"></a>Référence de la barre d'outils</h2></div></div></div><p>Consultez la <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Référence du menu principal">référence des menus</a> +pour une explication des boutons de la barre d'outils. Vous pouvez aussi +<span class="action">placer le pointeur sur un bouton et attendre quelques +seconde</span> pour afficher une courte description du bouton.</p><p>Vous pouvez adapter la barre d'outils à vos besoins, par le choix suivant +dans le menu principal: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuretoolbars.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure toolbars</span> + </span></dt><dd><p>Configurer les barres d'outils</p></dd></dl></div><p>Please see <a class="link" href="">this +section</a> for detailed instructions.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21c6014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Référence</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les +entrées du menu principal de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ils sont classé dans l'ordre où +ils apparaissent dans<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, avec les éléments de sous-menu juste +en-dessous des du menu principal auxquels ils appartiennent. Vous pouvez +aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">la liste complète des raccourcis</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Ferme <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> vous demandera si vous +désirez enregistrer les modifications qui ne l'ont pas encore été.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet +de faire apparaître ou disparaître la barre d'outil.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet +de faire apparaître ou disparaître la bibliothèque dans le panneau de +gauche. Cela peut être utile si vous avez besoin de plus de place pour le +zoom.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet +de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a +context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be +overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a +new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask +for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it +for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can +configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your +needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime">this section</a> for +details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of +the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> +contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project +contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81b687c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Séquence de démarrage</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Séquence de démarrage</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Séquence de démarrage</h2></div></div></div><p>Au démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que +la fenêtre principale de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ne s'ouvre:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf.</span> This dialog lets you modify your +Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if +no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"> this section</a> for further +details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to +install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime">the +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67fd2fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +default bible: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Séquence de démarrage</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9948144 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Référence</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/Makefile.am b/docs/handbook/html/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index bb1a3ce..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = i_bible_add.png i_bible.png i_bibletime.png i_book_add.png i_book.png i_cascade_auto.png i_cascade.png i_commentary_add.png i_commentary.png i_configureaccels.png i_configuredisplay.png i_configurefonts.png i_configure.png i_configurestart.png i_configuresword.png i_configuretoolbars.png i_contents.png i_delete.png i_editdelete.png i_exit.png i_fileclose.png i_fileprint.png i_find.png i_fullscreen.png i_go.png i_ktip.png i_lexicon_add.png i_lexicon.png i_pencil.png i_sidetree.png i_sync.png i_tile_auto.png i_tile.png ss_configfonts.png ss_configtoolbar.png ss_mainterms.png ss_searchanal.png ss_searchopts.png - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_bible_add.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bible_add.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_bible.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bible.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_bibletime.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bibletime.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_book_add.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_book_add.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_book.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_book.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_cascade_auto.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_cascade_auto.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_cascade.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_cascade.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_commentary_add.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_commentary_add.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_commentary.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_commentary.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configureaccels.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configureaccels.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configuredisplay.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuredisplay.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configurefonts.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configurefonts.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configure.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configure.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configurestart.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configurestart.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configuresword.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuresword.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configuretoolbars.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuretoolbars.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_contents.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_contents.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_delete.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_delete.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_editdelete.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_editdelete.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_exit.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_exit.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_fileclose.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fileclose.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_fileprint.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fileprint.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_find.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_find.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_fullscreen.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fullscreen.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_go.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_go.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_ktip.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_ktip.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_lexicon_add.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_lexicon_add.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_lexicon.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_lexicon.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_pencil.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_pencil.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_sidetree.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_sidetree.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_sync.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_sync.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_tile_auto.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_tile_auto.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_tile.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_tile.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_configfonts.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_configfonts.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_configtoolbar.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_configtoolbar.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_mainterms.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_mainterms.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_searchanal.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_searchanal.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_searchopts.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_searchopts.png; - -uninstall-local: - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bible_add.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bible.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bibletime.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_book_add.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_book.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_cascade_auto.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_cascade.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_commentary_add.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_commentary.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configureaccels.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuredisplay.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configurefonts.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configure.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configurestart.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuresword.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuretoolbars.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_contents.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_delete.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_editdelete.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_exit.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fileclose.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fileprint.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_find.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fullscreen.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_go.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_ktip.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_lexicon_add.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_lexicon.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_pencil.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_sidetree.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_sync.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_tile_auto.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_tile.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_configfonts.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_configtoolbar.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_mainterms.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_searchanal.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_searchopts.png; diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/Makefile.in b/docs/handbook/html/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 3557a15..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,681 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/handbook/html -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = i_bible_add.png i_bible.png i_bibletime.png i_book_add.png i_book.png i_cascade_auto.png i_cascade.png i_commentary_add.png i_commentary.png i_configureaccels.png i_configuredisplay.png i_configurefonts.png i_configure.png i_configurestart.png i_configuresword.png i_configuretoolbars.png i_contents.png i_delete.png i_editdelete.png i_exit.png i_fileclose.png i_fileprint.png i_find.png i_fullscreen.png i_go.png i_ktip.png i_lexicon_add.png i_lexicon.png i_pencil.png i_sidetree.png i_sync.png i_tile_auto.png i_tile.png ss_configfonts.png ss_configtoolbar.png ss_mainterms.png ss_searchanal.png ss_searchopts.png -#>- all: all-am -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/html/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/html/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/html/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/html/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/handbook/html/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -tags: TAGS -TAGS: - -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: - - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-am -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-am - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-data-local - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-local - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ - dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ - install-data install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi \ - install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ - install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_bible_add.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bible_add.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_bible.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bible.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_bibletime.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bibletime.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_book_add.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_book_add.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_book.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_book.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_cascade_auto.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_cascade_auto.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_cascade.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_cascade.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_commentary_add.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_commentary_add.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_commentary.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_commentary.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configureaccels.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configureaccels.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configuredisplay.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuredisplay.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configurefonts.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configurefonts.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configure.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configure.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configurestart.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configurestart.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configuresword.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuresword.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_configuretoolbars.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuretoolbars.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_contents.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_contents.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_delete.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_delete.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_editdelete.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_editdelete.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_exit.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_exit.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_fileclose.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fileclose.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_fileprint.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fileprint.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_find.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_find.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_fullscreen.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fullscreen.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_go.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_go.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_ktip.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_ktip.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_lexicon_add.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_lexicon_add.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_lexicon.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_lexicon.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_pencil.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_pencil.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_sidetree.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_sidetree.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_sync.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_sync.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_tile_auto.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_tile_auto.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/i_tile.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_tile.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_configfonts.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_configfonts.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_configtoolbar.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_configtoolbar.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_mainterms.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_mainterms.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_searchanal.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_searchanal.png; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/ss_searchopts.png $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_searchopts.png; - -uninstall-local: - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bible_add.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bible.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_bibletime.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_book_add.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_book.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_cascade_auto.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_cascade.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_commentary_add.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_commentary.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configureaccels.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuredisplay.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configurefonts.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configure.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configurestart.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuresword.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_configuretoolbars.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_contents.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_delete.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_editdelete.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_exit.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fileclose.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fileprint.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_find.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_fullscreen.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_go.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_ktip.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_lexicon_add.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_lexicon.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_pencil.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_sidetree.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_sync.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_tile_auto.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/i_tile.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_configfonts.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_configtoolbar.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_mainterms.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_searchanal.png; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/ss_searchopts.png; -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/html/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/html/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/handbook/html/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-am - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_bible.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_bible.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b949de7..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_bible.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_bible_add.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_bible_add.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 48c63e8..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_bible_add.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_book.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_book.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 84887db..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_book.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_book_add.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_book_add.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8d35be9..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_book_add.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_commentary.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_commentary.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fa29810..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_commentary.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_commentary_add.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_commentary_add.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 18b31a8..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_commentary_add.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_configureaccels.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_configureaccels.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6a3438d..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_configureaccels.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_configuredisplay.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_configuredisplay.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2478bf9..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_configuredisplay.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_configurefonts.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_configurefonts.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7688e8a..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_configurefonts.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_configurestart.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_configurestart.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c64200d..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_configurestart.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_contents.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_contents.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2e86079..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_contents.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_delete.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_delete.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fb04ace..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_delete.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_editdelete.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_editdelete.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 945d221..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_editdelete.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_fileprint.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_fileprint.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 61d1645..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_fileprint.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_find.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_find.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 91f6eb6..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_find.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_go.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_go.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8b5dac8..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_go.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_ktip.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_ktip.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ee1b839..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_ktip.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_lexicon.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_lexicon.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0357308..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_lexicon.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_lexicon_add.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_lexicon_add.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9c8ad16..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_lexicon_add.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_pencil.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_pencil.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8e2f895..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_pencil.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_sync.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_sync.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 25fdb0f..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_sync.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/i_tile_auto.png b/docs/handbook/html/i_tile_auto.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e92e26d..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/i_tile_auto.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/ss_configfonts.png b/docs/handbook/html/ss_configfonts.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5ab4eed..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/ss_configfonts.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/ss_configtoolbar.png b/docs/handbook/html/ss_configtoolbar.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7f3f9ed..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/ss_configtoolbar.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/ss_mainterms.png b/docs/handbook/html/ss_mainterms.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 86b43f8..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/ss_mainterms.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/html/ss_searchopts.png b/docs/handbook/html/ss_searchopts.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 178e1b7..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/html/ss_searchopts.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d00dab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-config"> + <title> &bibletime; beállÃtása</title> + <para>Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállÃtását, amit a fÅ‘menü +<guimenu>BeállÃtások</guimenu> menüjében talál.</para> + <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> + <title>A BibleTime BeállÃtása párbeszédablak</title> + <para>A &bibletime; felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is +módosÃtható. A beállÃtási párbeszédablakot elérheti a <menuchoice> +<guimenu>BeállÃtások</guimenu> </menuchoice> <guimenuitem>&bibletime; +beállÃtása</guimenuitem> menüpont kiválasztásával.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <title> + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + </title> + <para>A kezdeti megjelenés is beállÃtható, választhat az alábbi lehetÅ‘ségek közül: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>IndÃtási logó mutatása</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + <para>A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenÃtését (szÃnek, méretek +stb.). Többféle beépÃtett sablon áll rendelkezésre. Amennyiben kiválaszt +egyet, láthatja az elÅ‘nézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <title> + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Itt állÃthatja be a nyelvét Biblia könyvcÃmeinek. Válassza a saját nyelvét, +ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</para> + + <para>Alapértelmezetten a &bibletime; az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti +betűkészletet használja, amit ön felülbÃrálhat, ha szükséges. Néhány nyelv +speciális betűkészletet igényel a korrekt megjelenÃtéshez. Ez az ablak +lehetÅ‘séget nyújt önnek, hogy egyedi betűkészletet határozzon meg minden +nyelvhez.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>BeállÃtások - betűkészletek</phrase> + </textobject> + <caption> + <para>A betűkészletek beállÃtása.</para> + </caption> + </mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; képes az összes támogatott betűkészletet használni. Ha a +dokumentum amit néz, tökéletesen megjelenik, nem kell tennie semmit, +ellenben ha a dokumentum egy sorozat kérdÅ‘jelt (????????), vagy üres +négyzetet tartalmaz, akkor tudhatja, hogy az alapértelmezett betűkészlet nem +tartalmazza azokat a karaktereket, amelyek a helyes megjelenÃtéshez +szükségesek.</para> + + <para>Hogy kijavÃtsa, válassza ki a dokumentum nyelvét a legördülÅ‘ +menübÅ‘l. Kattintsa be az egyedi betűkészlet használata +jelölÅ‘négyzetet. Például a Code2000 betűkészlet olyan karaktereket +tartalmaz, amit sok nyelv használ. Ha egyetlen telepÃtett betűkészlet sem +képes helyesen megjelenÃteni a kÃvánt dokumentumot, akkor próbálja meg +telepÃteni a kÃvánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</para> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> + <title>Betűkészlet telepÃtése</title> + <para>A kÃvánt betűkészlet telepÃtése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a +hatáskörén. További információkért keresse fel a <ulink +url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> UNICODE +HOWTO</ulink> weboldalt.</para> + <tip> + <para>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), +a &bibletime; gyorsabban fut, mint egy nagyobb, összetettebb betűkészletnél, +mint a <trademark class="registered">Bitstream +Cyberbit</trademark>(kb. 12MB).</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> + <title>ElérhetÅ‘ betűkészletek</title> + <para>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetÅ‘ek el:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>MeglévÅ‘ <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark>telepÃtés +ugyanazon a számÃtógépen.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb +készletek, és néhány ilyen betűkészlet ingyenesen is elérhetÅ‘. Egy +betűkészlet sem tartalmazza az összes karaktert, amit az UNICODE szabvány +meghatároz, ezért lehetséges, hogy nyelvenként különbözÅ‘ betűkészleteket +kell használnia.</para> + <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> + <title>UNICODE betűkészletek</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> + Code2000</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb az ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle +karaktert tartalmaz.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> + SIL unicode fonts</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Kiváló UNICODE készletek szerezhetÅ‘ek be a Summer Institute of Linguistics +-tól.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> + FreeFont</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Egy új ingyenes UNICODE készlet kezdeményezés.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> + Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>További betűkészletek elérhetÅ‘ek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> + Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE kódokat, de lelassÃtják a &bibletime; futását +a méretük miatt.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Clearlyu</entry> + <entry>A legtöbb disztribúcióban megtalálható, tartalmazza az európai, a görög, +héber és thai karaktereket.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Jó UNICODE betűkészlet listákat találhat a neten, például egyet Christoph +Singer összeállÃtásában ( <ulink +url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Többnyelvű Unicode TrueType +betűkészletek az Interneten</ulink>), vagy egy másik Alan Woodtól ( <ulink +url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode karakter +összetevÅ‘k és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</ulink>).</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Sok lehetÅ‘séget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosÃt, testre lehet szabni a +&bibletime; futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetÅ‘ségek jelezve vannak a +párbeszédablakban. Szintén lehetÅ‘ség van alapértelmezett dokumentumok +megadására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem konkrét dokumentum van +meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordÃtású Biblia van +megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebbÅ‘l fog megjelenni a hivatkozott vers a +"NagyÃtó" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi például +egy King James fordÃtású Bibliában.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <title> + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + </title> + <para>A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különbözÅ‘ +menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos &bibletime; parancshoz +tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">itt +található</link> a teljes lista). A legtöbb &bibletime; parancshoz itt +hozzárendelhet gyorsbillentyűt, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt +funkciók eléréséhez.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7faad8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-intro"> + <title>Bevezetés</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> + <title>Mi a &bibletime;</title> + <para>A &bibletime; egy könnyen telepÃthetÅ‘ és kezelhetÅ‘ Biblia tanulmányozó +eszköz, különféle szövegtÃpussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentummal, +modullal. Ez a program a <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> keretrendszerre épül, +mely lehetÅ‘vé teszi a szövegek megjelenÃtését, keresését stb. A Sword a +zászlóshajója a <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia +Társaságnak</ulink>.</para> + + <para>A &bibletime; úgy lett tervezve, hogy képes legyen alkalmazni a Sword +projekt által értelmezhetÅ‘ formátumú dokumentumokat. Teljeskörű információt +a támogatott formátumokról a Sword projekt <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> fejlesztÅ‘i +szekciójában</ulink> találhat.</para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> + <title>ElérhetÅ‘ dokumentumok</title> + <para>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhetÅ‘ el a <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink> +honlapján. Ezek tartalmaznak: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bibliákat</term> + <listitem> + <para>A teljes Biblia szövegét, lehetséges kiegészÃtésekkel, mint Strong's számok, +fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák a legtöbb nyelven elérhetÅ‘k, +és nem csak a modern verziókat találhatja meg. UgyanÃgy fellelhetÅ‘ek a +régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Leningrádi Kódex ("WLC", héber) és a +Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword projektnek.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Könyvek</term> + <listitem> + <para>Alábbi könyveket találhatjuk még "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and +"Josephus: The Complete Works"</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Kommentárok</term> + <listitem> + <para>Az elérhetÅ‘ kommentárok tartalmazzák a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárját és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A +<emphasis>Saját</emphasis> kommentárokkal lehetÅ‘sége van <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> rögzÃteni saját megjegyzéseit</link> a +Biblia fejezeteihez.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Napi áhÃtatok</term> + <listitem> + <para>Sok ember hálás ezekért a napi adagokért Isten igéjébÅ‘l.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lexikonok/szótárak</term> + <listitem> + <para>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódok, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikon és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia +Enciklopédia. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög +Bibliai Szótár...</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> + <title>Motiváció</title> + <para>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkrÅ‘l, +hogy segÃtsünk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. Igyekszünk, hogy egy +minÅ‘ségi, erÅ‘teljes programot készÃtsünk, ami egyszerű és kézenfekvÅ‘en +használható. Vágyunk, hogy az Úr dicsÅ‘Ãtve legyen, ahogyan TÅ‘le származik +minden jó.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jakab 1:17, Károli</attribution> + <para>Minden jó adomány és minden tökéletes ajándék felülrÅ‘l való, és a +világosságok Atyjától száll alá, a kinél nincs változás, vagy változásnak +árnyéka.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>Az Úr áldása járja át miközben a programot használja.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0659d82 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-op"> + <title>A program működése</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> + <title>A program áttekintése</title> + <para>Ilyen ahogyan egy tipikus &bibletime; folyamat kinéz: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>A &bibletime; alkalmazás ablak</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különbözÅ‘ részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal +oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzÅ‘k kezelésére használható. A kisebb +"NagyÃtó" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt +mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a +"NagyÃtó" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors +elérést biztosÃt a különbözÅ‘ funkciókhoz, mÃg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a +megnyitott dokumentum helye.</para> + + <para>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> + <title>A &bibletime; ablak részei</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> + <title>A Könyvespolc</title> + <para>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepÃtett dokumentumokat kategóriánként és +nyelvenként. Itt találhatóak a "KönyvjelzÅ‘k" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja +és elérheti a saját könyvjelzÅ‘it.</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> + <title>Dokumentumok olvasása</title> + <para>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <mousebutton>bal +egérgombbal</mousebutton> a kÃvánt kategóriára (Bibliák, Kommentárok, +Lexikonok...) a tartalmuk kijelzéséhez, majd kattintson a kiválasztott +munkára a megnyitásához. A kÃvánt dokumentum a Munkaasztal részen lesz +látható.</para> + + <tip> + <para>A Fogd & Vidd működése</para> + </tip> + + <para>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát +ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson +a <mousebutton>bal egérgombbal</mousebutton> a versre, hivatkozásra (a +mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kÃvánt +dokumentumra, az a kÃvánt helyen fog megnyÃlni. UgyanÃgy húzhat egy +hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kÃvánt hivatkozásra fog +ugrani.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> + <title>KiegészÃtÅ‘ információk egy adott dokumentumról</title> + <para>Amikor <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum +szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott +munkára érvényes. Az <guimenuitem>"Ãltalános információk"</guimenuitem> egy +új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A +<guimenuitem>"Feloldás"</guimenuitem> egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, +ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt +dokumentumokról kiegészÃtÅ‘ információt olvashat <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> ezen az +oldalon</ulink>, a Crosswire Bibliai Társaság honlapján. </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> + <title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title> + <para>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal +kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a <guimenuitem>"Keresés +itt:"</guimenuitem> menüpontot. A &Shift; segÃtségével másik ikonokra +kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes +kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leÃrását <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">itt</link> találhatja.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> + <title>Munka a könyvjelzÅ‘kkel</title> + <para> + + <tip> + <para>A Fogd & Vidd működése</para> + </tip> + + Kattintson a <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal a könyvjelzÅ‘k +kategóriára, majd válassza az <guimenuitem>"Új mappa +létrehozása"</guimenuitem> menüelemet egy új könyvjelzÅ‘ mappa +létrehozásához. Használhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikát is, hogy +verset húzzon a munkaasztalról, vagy a kereséséi eredményeket áthúzza a +könyvjelzÅ‘khöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévÅ‘ könyvjelzÅ‘it.</para> + <para>LehetÅ‘sége van könyvjelzÅ‘k importálására és exportálására is. Ennek +érdekében nyissa meg a <guimenu>helyi menüt</guimenu> a könyvjelzÅ‘ mappában, +ahogyan az az elÅ‘zÅ‘ekben le lett Ãrva, majd válassza a +<guimenuitem>"KönyvjelzÅ‘k exportálása"</guimenuitem> menüpontot. Ekkor +elÅ‘jön egy párbeszédablak, mely segÃtségével mentheti a könyvjelzÅ‘it. Az +importálás hasonlóképpen történik.</para> + + <para>A <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen +alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzÅ‘k neveinek és leÃrásainak +megváltoztatására is.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> + <title>A NagyÃtó</title> + + <para>Ez a kis ablak a &bibletime; bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzÃv. Amikor +az egérrel egy olyan szövegrész fölé megy, ami kiegészÃtÅ‘ információ +(például Strong's számok, hivatkozások) tartozik a szöveghez az ebben a +részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> + <title>A Munkaasztal</title> + <para>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a &bibletime; szoftvernek. Ide nyÃlnak +meg a dokumentumok a könyvespolcról, olvashatja azokat, <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">kereshet</link> bennük, és saját megjegyzéseket +fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">ahogyan az itt látható</link>).</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> + <title>Dokumentumok olvasása</title> + <para>Ahogyan azt már <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">láthattuk</link>, a dokumentumokat +egyszerűen megnyithatjuk a Könyvespolcról, az ikonjukra kattintva. A +megnyitási terület a munkaasztalon van. Minden ablak rendelkezik +eszköztárral, amelyen segédeszközöket találhat a navigáláshoz a megnyitott +munkában.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> + <title>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</title> + <para>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, +ahol több lehetÅ‘sége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az +<guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> menüre a fÅ‘menüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok +elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a &bibletime; automatikusan is +szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ablak +menü</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> menüpontot.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> + <title>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</title> + <para>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges +telepÃteni a <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia +Társaság</ulink> egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".</para> + + <para>Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára +<mousebutton>kattintva</mousebutton> a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban +nyÃlik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha +<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a +<guimenu>Dokumentum szerkesztése </guimenu>pontot és az +<guimenuitem>Egyszerű szöveg </guimenuitem>(forráskód szerkesztÅ‘) vagy +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztÅ‘).</para> + + <tip> + <para>Ha a <menuchoice> <guimenu>Dokumentum szerkesztése</guimenu> </menuchoice> +inaktÃv, lehetséges, hogy nincs Ãrási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</para> + </tip> + + <tip> + <para>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a +dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </para> + </tip> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> + <title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> + <title>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </title> + <para>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen +olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a +<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal, és válassza a +<guimenuitem>Keresés...</guimenuitem> opciót, vagy használhatja a <keycombo +action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> billentyű kombinációt +is. </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> + <title>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </title> + <para>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy +<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton>egérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a +<guimenu>Könyvespolcon</guimenu>, és kiválasztja a <guimenuitem>Keresés a +dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem> lehetÅ‘séget. A &Shift; vagy a &Ctrl; nyomva +tartásával egyszerre több dokumentumot is hozzáadhat a kereséshez, hasonló +módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott +munkában fog keresni egyszerre.</para> + + <para>Szintén elérhetÅ‘ a keresési funkció a fÅ‘menü <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Keresés</guimenu> </menuchoice> almenüjébÅ‘l, ahol kiválaszthatja a +megfelelÅ‘ bejegyzést.</para> + + <para>A harmadik lehetÅ‘ség a kereséshez a keresés ikonra kattintással érhetÅ‘ el +egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.A harmadik lehetÅ‘ség a kereséshez a keresés +ikonra kattintással érhetÅ‘ el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> + <title>A keresés testreszabása </title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Szöveg keresése ablak lehetÅ‘ségei </screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> + <title>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</title> + <para>A párbeszédablak felsÅ‘ részében található egy +<guibutton>Választás</guibutton> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több +dokumentumban kÃván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a lehetÅ‘ségekbÅ‘l +kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.A párbeszédablak felsÅ‘ +részében található egy <guibutton>Választás</guibutton> feliratú gomb. Ha +egyszerre több dokumentumban kÃván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a +lehetÅ‘ségekbÅ‘l kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> + <title>Keresési hatókörök használata</title> + <para>SzűkÃtheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ +egyet a <guimenu>Hatósugár</guimenu> által felajánlott listából. Ön is +meghatározhat hatókört a <guibutton>TelepÃtés</guibutton> gombra +kattintva.SzűkÃtheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben +választ egyet a <guimenu>Hatósugár</guimenu> által felajánlott listából. Ön +is meghatározhat hatókört a <guibutton>TelepÃtés</guibutton> gombra +kattintva.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> + <title> Az alapvetÅ‘ keresési kifejezések bemutatása</title> + <para>Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel +elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek +felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés elÅ‘fordul (OR - angolul a VAGY +kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kÃváncsi csak, melyben az összes +megadott kifejezés szerepel, használja az AND (angolul ÉS) utasÃtást a +kifejezések között.Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel +elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek +felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés elÅ‘fordul (OR - angolul a VAGY +kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kÃváncsi csak, melyben az összes +megadott kifejezés szerepel, használja az AND (angolul ÉS) utasÃtást a +kifejezések között.</para> + <para>Használhat helyettesÃtÅ‘ karaktereket is: a '*' bármennyi betűt helyettesÃt, +mÃg a '?' csak egyet. Zárójelek használatával csoportosÃthatja (mint +matematikában) a keresési kifejezéseket, például: '(Jézus OR lélek) ÉS +Isten'.Használhat helyettesÃtÅ‘ karaktereket is: a '*' bármennyi betűt +helyettesÃt, mÃg a '?' csak egyet. Zárójelek használatával csoportosÃthatja +(mint matematikában) a keresési kifejezéseket, például: '(Jézus OR lélek) ÉS +Isten'.</para> + <para>Ha a fÅ‘ szövegtÅ‘l eltérÅ‘ szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtÃpus megadása +után ':', és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's +szám elÅ‘fordulását keresi, Ãgy kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. Ha a fÅ‘ +szövegtÅ‘l eltérÅ‘ szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtÃpus megadása után ':', +és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's szám +elÅ‘fordulását keresi, Ãgy kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </para> + <para>Lehetséges szövegtÃpusok: + <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <title>Keresési tÃpusok</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ElÅ‘tag</entry> + <entry>Jelentés</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>heading: (fejléc)</entry> + <entry>A fejlécekben keres</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</entry> + <entry>a lábjegyzetekben keres</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>strong:</entry> + <entry>a Strong's számok elÅ‘fordulásait keresi</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>morph: (alak)</entry> + <entry>alaktani kódokra keres</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + <para>A BibleTime a Lucene keresÅ‘motorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb +keresési lehetÅ‘séget ajánl. Többet megtudhat errÅ‘l a <ulink +url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink> webcÃmen.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> + <title>Keresési találatok</title> + <para>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként +csoportosÃtva. <mousebutton>Jobb </mousebutton>egérgombbal a munkára +kattintva lehetÅ‘sége nyÃlik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes +verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. UgyanÃgy működik az is, +ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy +nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az elÅ‘nézeti ablakban láthatóvá +válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, +munkánként csoportosÃtva. <mousebutton>Jobb </mousebutton>egérgombbal a +munkára kattintva lehetÅ‘sége nyÃlik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az +összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. UgyanÃgy működik +az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy +nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az elÅ‘nézeti ablakban láthatóvá +válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</para> + <tip> + <para>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum +ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyÃlik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy +hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a +dokumentum megnyÃlik a hivatkozott versnél.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum +a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy +megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzÅ‘k +készÃtéséhez.Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra +könyvjelzÅ‘k készÃtéséhez.</para> + </tip> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> + <title>Keresési találatok elemzése</title> + <para>Kattintson a <guibutton>Találatok elemzése</guibutton> gombra, hogy +megnyissa a találatokat elemzÅ‘ ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést +láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt +az elemzést is el tudja menteni.Kattintson a <guibutton>Találatok +elemzése</guibutton> gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemzÅ‘ +ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok +száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</para> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Találatok elemzése ablak</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> + <title>A <guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem></title> + <para>A <guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem> egy segédeszköz a +könyvespolcunk kezeléséhez. Ennek segÃtségével tud új dokumentumokat +telepÃteni a könyvespolcra, frissÃteni vagy akár törölni azokat. Megtalálja +a fÅ‘menü <menuchoice> <guimenu>BeállÃtások</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> almenüjében.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> + <title>TelepÃtési útvonal(ak) beállÃtása</title> + <para>Itt adható meg, hogy a &bibletime; hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a +merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a +".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.Itt adható meg, hogy a &bibletime; hol +tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több +könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.</para> + <tip> + <para>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepÃteni, +lehetÅ‘sége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben +az esetben a &bibletime; indÃtásakor az összes dokumentum látható lesz, ha a +CD a gépben van.Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt +feltelepÃteni, lehetÅ‘sége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha +"könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a &bibletime; indÃtásakor az összes +dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</para> + </tip> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> + <title>Dokumentum(ok) telepÃtése/frissÃtése</title> + <para>Evvel a lehetÅ‘séggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez +("könyvtárhoz"), és letölthet egy, vagy akár több munkát a saját helyi +könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy +távoliak is, mint a Crosswire online tárolóhelye. Egyszerűen kezelheti +ezeket a lelÅ‘helyeket a <guibutton>Hozzáadás</guibutton> és a +<guibutton>Törlés</guibutton> gomb segÃtségével.</para> + <para>A telepÃtési vagy frissÃtési folyamat elkezdéséhez válassza ki a forrást, +melyhez csatlakozni kÃván, és a helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepÃteni +szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a <guibutton> FrissÃtés...</guibutton> +gombra. A &bibletime; leellenÅ‘rzi a tároló tartalmát, és elkészÃt egy listát +a telepÃthetÅ‘, vagy a meglévÅ‘ de frissÃthetÅ‘ dokumentumokról. Már csak ki +kell jelölnie a telepÃtendÅ‘eket, majd <guibutton>TelepÃtés...</guibutton> és +a kÃvánt munkák a könyvespolcára kerülnek.A telepÃtési vagy frissÃtési +folyamat elkezdéséhez válassza ki a forrást, melyhez csatlakozni kÃván, és a +helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepÃteni szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a +<guibutton> FrissÃtés...</guibutton> gombra. A &bibletime; leellenÅ‘rzi a +tároló tartalmát, és elkészÃt egy listát a telepÃthetÅ‘, vagy a meglévÅ‘ de +frissÃthetÅ‘ dokumentumokról. Már csak ki kell jelölnie a telepÃtendÅ‘eket, +majd <guibutton>TelepÃtés...</guibutton> és a kÃvánt munkák a könyvespolcára +kerülnek.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> + <title>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</title> + <para>Ez a lehetÅ‘ség biztosÃtja önnek, hogy a nem kÃvánt munkákat eltávolÃtsa, +lemezterületet szabadÃtson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kÃvánt +eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, majd kattintson a +<guibutton>Törlés...</guibutton> gombra.Ez a lehetÅ‘ség biztosÃtja önnek, +hogy a nem kÃvánt munkákat eltávolÃtsa, lemezterületet szabadÃtson +fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kÃvánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, +majd kattintson a <guibutton>Törlés...</guibutton> gombra.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> + <title>Keresési indexek</title> + <para>Ez az opció teszi lehetÅ‘vé, hogy új indexeket készÃtsen, vagy kitakarÃtsa a +törölt dokumentumok elárvult indexeit.Ez az opció teszi lehetÅ‘vé, hogy új +indexeket készÃtsen, vagy kitakarÃtsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult +indexeit.</para> + <tip> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </tip> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> + <title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title> + <para>Több helyen van lehetÅ‘sége helyi menüt nyitni a +<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal. HelyzettÅ‘l függÅ‘en lehetÅ‘sége +van <guimenuitem>Kijelölni</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Másolni</guimenuitem> +(a vágólapra), <guimenuitem>Menteni</guimenuitem> vagy +<guimenuitem>Nyomtatni</guimenuitem>. Ilyen menü nyÃlik meg például az +olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra +kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.Több helyen van lehetÅ‘sége +helyi menüt nyitni a <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal. HelyzettÅ‘l +függÅ‘en lehetÅ‘sége van <guimenuitem>Kijelölni</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>Másolni</guimenuitem> (a vágólapra), +<guimenuitem>Menteni</guimenuitem> vagy +<guimenuitem>Nyomtatni</guimenuitem>. Ilyen menü nyÃlik meg például az +olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra +kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.</para> + + <para>A &bibletime; nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetÅ‘bbek, és csak +segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt +készÃt, melyben &bibletime; szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy +erre külsÅ‘, önnek megfelelÅ‘ eszközt használjon, minthogy a &bibletime; +nyomtatási képességeire támaszkodjon közvetlenül.A &bibletime; nyomtatási +képességei csak a legalapvetÅ‘bbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben +ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készÃt, melyben &bibletime; +szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külsÅ‘, önnek megfelelÅ‘ +eszközt használjon, minthogy a &bibletime; nyomtatási képességeire +támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</para> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d17665 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,759 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> + <title>Tájékoztatás</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> + <title>FÅ‘menü referenciája</title> + <para>Ebben a részben részletes leÃrást találhat a &bibletime; fÅ‘ menüjének összes +bejegyzésérÅ‘l, elérésük szerint csoportosÃtva, az összes +albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk +tartoznak. Az elérhetÅ‘ gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">ebben a részben</link> találja.Ebben a +részben részletes leÃrást találhat a &bibletime; fÅ‘ menüjének összes +bejegyzésérÅ‘l, elérésük szerint csoportosÃtva, az összes +albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk +tartoznak. Az elérhetÅ‘ gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">ebben a részben</link> találja.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <title> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + </title> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>BibleTime bezárása</action>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy +elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.<action>BibleTime +bezárása</action>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy elmentse -e a +változtatásokat a lemezre.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <title> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F5</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to +maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F6</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show toolbar</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Eszköztár megjelenÃtése. </action> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a fÅ‘ +eszköztár megjelenÃtését.<action>Eszköztár megjelenÃtése. </action> Itt +kapcsolhatja ki/be a fÅ‘ eszköztár megjelenÃtését.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Könyvespolc megjelenÃtése.</action> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a +Könyvespolc megjelenÃtését.<action>Könyvespolc megjelenÃtése.</action> Itt +kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenÃtését.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>NagyÃtó megjelenÃtése</action>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyÃtó +(információs ablak) megjelenÃtését.<action>NagyÃtó +megjelenÃtése</action>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyÃtó (információs ablak) +megjelenÃtését.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <title> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</action>. További +bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.<action>Keresés megnyitása az +alapértelmezett Bibliában</action>. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a +párbeszédablakban.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban keresÅ‘ ablakot nyit +meg</action>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a +párbeszédablakban.<action>Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban keresÅ‘ ablakot +nyit meg</action>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <title> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</action>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit +meg, ahol meglévÅ‘ folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következÅ‘ elembÅ‘l +tudhatja meg, hogyan kell menteni új folyamatot.<action>A jelenlegi +munkafolyamatot menti</action>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol meglévÅ‘ +folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következÅ‘ elembÅ‘l tudhatja meg, hogyan +kell menteni új folyamatot.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven menti</action>. Megkérdezi a +folyamat nevét a mentéshez.<action>A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven +menti</action>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>ElÅ‘zÅ‘leg mentett folyamat betöltése</action>. Egy helyi menüt nyit +meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a betöltendÅ‘ folyamatot.<action>ElÅ‘zÅ‘leg mentett +folyamat betöltése</action>. Egy helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a +betöltendÅ‘ folyamatot.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Mentett folyamat törlése</action>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol +kiválaszthatja a törlendÅ‘ munkafolyamatot.<action>Mentett folyamat +törlése</action>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a törlendÅ‘ +munkafolyamatot.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</action>. A megnyÃló menü +segÃtségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; +állÃtsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).<action>Az ablakok +elrendezését szabályozza</action>. A megnyÃló menü segÃtségével eldöntheti, +hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; állÃtsa be +önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Az összes ablakot bezárja</action></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <title> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action> Megnyitja a &bibletime; fÅ‘ beállÃtási ablakát</action>. Itt +megtalál mindent, amire szüksége lehet, hogy a &bibletime; úgy viselkedjen, +ahogyan azt szeretné. Nézze meg a <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">beállÃtások +részt</link> a részletekért.<action> Megnyitja a &bibletime; fÅ‘ beállÃtási +ablakát</action>. Itt megtalál mindent, amire szüksége lehet, hogy a +&bibletime; úgy viselkedjen, ahogyan azt szeretné. Nézze meg a <link +linkend="hdbk-config-bt">beállÃtások részt</link> a részletekért.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállÃtásait, és +kezelheti a könyvespolcát</action>. BÅ‘vebb információért tekintse meg <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">ezt a fejezetet</link>.<action>Nyit egy +ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállÃtásait, és kezelheti a +könyvespolcát</action>. BÅ‘vebb információért tekintse meg <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">ezt a fejezetet</link>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <title> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Megnyitja a &bibletime; felhasználói kézikönyvét</action>. Épp ezt +olvassa.<action>Megnyitja a &bibletime; felhasználói +kézikönyvét</action>. Épp ezt olvassa.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bible Study Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action> Megnyit egy segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához</action>. A +&bibletime; csapat reménykedik benne, hogy ez a segédlet arra készteti +olvasóit, hogy tanulmányozzák az Ãrásokat, hogy mit is mondanak. Ez a +különleges útmutató úgy lett összeállÃtva, hogy ne vegyen védelmébe +semmilyen egyéni felekezeti tanÃtást. Reméljük, hogy olvassa és +tanulmányozza az Ãrásokat, hogy megértse, mit is mondanak. Ha úgy kezdi +tanulmányozni az Ãrást, hogy azt kÃvánja, hogy az Úr vesse a szavát magként +a szÃvébe, Å nem fog csalódást okozni.<action> Megnyit egy segédletet a +Biblia tanulmányozásához</action>. A &bibletime; csapat reménykedik benne, +hogy ez a segédlet arra készteti olvasóit, hogy tanulmányozzák az Ãrásokat, +hogy mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató úgy lett összeállÃtva, hogy +ne vegyen védelmébe semmilyen egyéni felekezeti tanÃtást. Reméljük, hogy +olvassa és tanulmányozza az Ãrásokat, hogy megértse, mit is mondanak. Ha úgy +kezdi tanulmányozni az Ãrást, hogy azt kÃvánja, hogy az Úr vesse a szavát +magként a szÃvébe, Å nem fog csalódást okozni.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Információs ablakot nyit meg a &bibletime; projektrÅ‘l</action>, +benne a &bibletime; verziójáról és a fejlesztÅ‘krÅ‘l, a &sword; verziójáról, a +&qt; verziójáról és a felhasználási feltételekrÅ‘l.<action>Információs +ablakot nyit meg a &bibletime; projektrÅ‘l</action>, benne a &bibletime; +verziójáról és a fejlesztÅ‘krÅ‘l, a &sword; verziójáról, a &qt; verziójáról és +a felhasználási feltételekrÅ‘l.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title> + <para>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leÃrásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás +(többnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelÅ‘. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, +melyik kombináció tartozik egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a +&bibletime; menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">ebben a részben</link>. Ne feledje, hogy a +funkcióbillentűk kivételével (F1-F9) a billentyűk mellé a CTRL billentyű +lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szükséges.Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű +leÃrásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás (többnyire) ABC sorrendnek +megfelelÅ‘. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, melyik kombináció tartozik +egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a &bibletime; menüiben, (ahol +jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">ebben a részben</link>. Ne feledje, hogy a +funkcióbillentűk kivételével (F1-F9) a billentyűk mellé a CTRL billentyű +lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szükséges.</para> + <informaltable> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colname="hotkey" /> + <colspec colname="desc" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Gyorsbillentyű</entry> + <entry>LeÃrás</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Visszalép az elÅ‘zményekben az olvasó ablakban.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>ElÅ‘relép az elÅ‘zményekben.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés +az alapértelmezett Bibliában</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüvel +egyezÅ‘; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.<link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés +az alapértelmezett Bibliában</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüvel +egyezÅ‘; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok +automatikus igazÃtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> FüggÅ‘leges mozaik +elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik +elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazÃtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> +FüggÅ‘leges mozaik elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az +automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok +automatikus igazÃtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> VÃzszintes mozaik +elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik +elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazÃtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> +VÃzszintes mozaik elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az +automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok +automatikus igazÃtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Ãtlapoló +elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapoló +elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazÃtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> +Ãtlapoló elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus +átlapoló elrendezést.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok +automatikus igazÃtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Kézi +elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kézi +elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazÃtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Kézi +elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik az <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mentés +új folyamatként</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, menti a +jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.Megegyezik az <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mentés +új folyamatként</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, menti a +jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik az <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Összes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot.Megegyezik az <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Összes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>KicsinyÃt. Csökkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>NagyÃt. Növeli az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális +ablakban.Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális +ablakban.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Másolás. A kijelölt szöveget a vágólapra másolja.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Keresés. Az ablakban lévÅ‘ szövegben keres.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés +a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> +menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való +kereséshez.Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés +a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> +menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Kilépés</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></link> ponttal, a +&bibletime; bezárása.Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Kilépés</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></link> ponttal, a +&bibletime; bezárása.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Bezárja az aktuális ablakot.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>SegÃtség</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Kézikönyv</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a +kézikönyvet.Megegyezik a +<menuchoice><guimenu>SegÃtség</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Kézikönyv</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a +kézikönyvet.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>SegÃtség</guimenu><guimenuitem> Biblia +tanulmányozás "hogyan"</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja a +segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.Megegyezik a +<menuchoice><guimenu>SegÃtség</guimenu><guimenuitem> Biblia tanulmányozás +"hogyan"</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja a segédletet a +Biblia tanulmányozásához.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><menuchoice><guimenu>BeállÃtások</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> +menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><menuchoice><guimenu>BeállÃtások</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> +menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F8</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Könyvespolc mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, +láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Könyvespolc mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, +láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F9</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem>NagyÃtó +mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a +nagyÃtó (információs) ablakot.Megegyezik a <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem>NagyÃtó +mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a +nagyÃtó (információs) ablakot.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d73fcd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-term"> + <title>&bibletime; indÃtása</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Hogyan indÃtsuk a &bibletime; programot</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>&bibletime; indÃtása</title> + <para>A &bibletime; egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menübÅ‘l indÃthat, evvel +az ikonnal:A &bibletime; egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menübÅ‘l +indÃthat, evvel az ikonnal: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject></para> + <para>A &bibletime; természetesen indÃtható parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye Ãrja +be egy terminál ablakba ezt:A &bibletime; természetesen indÃtható +parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye Ãrja be egy terminál ablakba ezt: + <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> + <title>Más ablakkezelÅ‘k (*nix rendszeren)</title> + <para>A &bibletime; természetesen használható más ablakkezelÅ‘kkel is, mint Gnome, +BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepÃti +hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelÅ‘je automatikusan megteszi.)A +&bibletime; természetesen használható más ablakkezelÅ‘kkel is, mint Gnome, +BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepÃti +hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelÅ‘je automatikusan megteszi.)</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> + <title>Egyéni indÃtások</title> + <para>Terminálból indÃtva lehetÅ‘sége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon +a &bibletime;, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:Terminálból +indÃtva lehetÅ‘sége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon a +&bibletime;, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</screen>Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt +Ãrja:Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt +Ãrja: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>MegjelenÃtheti a könyvek (bibliai) neveit a saját nyelvén is.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> + <title>IndÃtási folyamat</title> + <para>Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következÅ‘ képet láthatja a fÅ‘ &bibletime; ablak +betöltése elÅ‘tt:Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következÅ‘ képet láthatja a fÅ‘ +&bibletime; ablak betöltése elÅ‘tt:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Könyvespolc beállÃtása.</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetÅ‘vé a +könyvespolcának beállÃtását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a +rendszerében. Csak akkor jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett +könyvespolc beállÃtva. Tekintse meg <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> ezt a részt</link> további +információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, hasznos lehet legalább egy +Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv telepÃtése, hogy gyorsan +megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetÅ‘ségeit.<action>Könyvespolc +beállÃtása.</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetÅ‘vé a könyvespolcának +beállÃtását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a rendszerében. Csak akkor +jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett könyvespolc +beállÃtva. Tekintse meg <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> ezt a +részt</link> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, +hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv +telepÃtése, hogy gyorsan megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetÅ‘ségeit.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action> &bibletime; testreszabása</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetÅ‘vé, hogy +a &bibletime; a szükségeinek megfelelÅ‘ legyen. Tekintse meg a <link +linkend="hdbk-config-bt">lehetÅ‘ségek</link> részletes leÃrását.<action> +&bibletime; testreszabása</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetÅ‘vé, hogy a +&bibletime; a szükségeinek megfelelÅ‘ legyen. Tekintse meg a <link +linkend="hdbk-config-bt">lehetÅ‘ségek</link> részletes leÃrását.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c861a8e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> + <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> + <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> + + <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> + + <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> +]> +<book> +<bookinfo> + <title>&bibletime; kézikönyv</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Fred</firstname> + <surname>Saalbach</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> + <surname>Hoyt</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Martin</firstname> + <surname>Gruner</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Thomas</firstname> + <surname>Abthorpe</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>1999-2009</year> + <holder>a &bibletime; csapat</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; része</para> + </legalnotice> + <date>2009-04</date> + <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <abstract> + <para>&bibletime; egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre +alapozva.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>QT4</keyword> + <keyword>bibletime</keyword> + <keyword>sword</keyword> + <keyword>crosswire</keyword> + <keyword>help dialog</keyword> + </keywordset> +</bookinfo>&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;</book> + +<!-- + +Local Variables: + +mode: sgml + +sgml-minimize-attributes:nil + +sgml-general-insert-case:lower + +sgml-indent-step:0 + +sgml-indent-data:nil + +End: + +--> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..063d7f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállítását, amit a főmenü +<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is +módosítható. A beállítási párbeszédablakot elérheti a <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> <span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> +beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Indítási logó mutatása</p></li></ul></div><p>A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek +stb.). Többféle beépített sablon áll rendelkezésre. Amennyiben kiválaszt +egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Itt állíthatja be a nyelvét Biblia könyvcímeinek. Válassza a saját nyelvét, +ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</p><p>Alapértelmezetten a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti +betűkészletet használja, amit ön felülbírálhat, ha szükséges. Néhány nyelv +speciális betűkészletet igényel a korrekt megjelenítéshez. Ez az ablak +lehetőséget nyújt önnek, hogy egyedi betűkészletet határozzon meg minden +nyelvhez.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Beállítások - betűkészletek"><div class="caption"><p>A betűkészletek beállítása.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> képes az összes támogatott betűkészletet használni. Ha a +dokumentum amit néz, tökéletesen megjelenik, nem kell tennie semmit, +ellenben ha a dokumentum egy sorozat kérdőjelt (????????), vagy üres +négyzetet tartalmaz, akkor tudhatja, hogy az alapértelmezett betűkészlet nem +tartalmazza azokat a karaktereket, amelyek a helyes megjelenítéshez +szükségesek.</p><p>Hogy kijavítsa, válassza ki a dokumentum nyelvét a legördülő +menüből. Kattintsa be az egyedi betűkészlet használata +jelölőnégyzetet. Például a Code2000 betűkészlet olyan karaktereket +tartalmaz, amit sok nyelv használ. Ha egyetlen telepített betűkészlet sem +képes helyesen megjeleníteni a kívánt dokumentumot, akkor próbálja meg +telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div><p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a +hatáskörén. További információkért keresse fel a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> UNICODE +HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), +a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> gyorsabban fut, mint egy nagyobb, összetettebb betűkészletnél, +mint a <span class="trademark">Bitstream +Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div><p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p></li><li><p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p></li><li><p>Meglévő <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®telepítés +ugyanazon a számítógépen.</p></li><li><p>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.</p></li></ul></div><p>Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb +készletek, és néhány ilyen betűkészlet ingyenesen is elérhető. Egy +betűkészlet sem tartalmazza az összes karaktert, amit az UNICODE szabvány +meghatároz, ezért lehetséges, hogy nyelvenként különböző betűkészleteket +kell használnia.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. UNICODE betűkészletek</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="UNICODE betűkészletek" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> + Code2000</a> + </td><td>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb az ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle +karaktert tartalmaz.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> + SIL unicode fonts</a> + </td><td>Kiváló UNICODE készletek szerezhetőek be a Summer Institute of Linguistics +-tól.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> + FreeFont</a> + </td><td>Egy új ingyenes UNICODE készlet kezdeményezés.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> + Crosswire's font directory</a> + </td><td>További betűkészletek elérhetőek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> + Bitstream CyberBit</a> + </td><td>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE kódokat, de lelassítják a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> futását +a méretük miatt.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>A legtöbb disztribúcióban megtalálható, tartalmazza az európai, a görög, +héber és thai karaktereket.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> + </td><td>Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Jó UNICODE betűkészlet listákat találhat a neten, például egyet Christoph +Singer összeállításában ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Többnyelvű Unicode TrueType +betűkészletek az Interneten</a>), vagy egy másik Alan Woodtól ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode karakter +összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Sok lehetőséget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a +párbeszédablakban. Szintén lehetőség van alapértelmezett dokumentumok +megadására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem konkrét dokumentum van +meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia van +megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott vers a +"Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi például +egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző +menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancshoz +tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">itt +található</a> a teljes lista). A legtöbb <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancshoz itt +hozzárendelhet gyorsbillentyűt, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt +funkciók eléréséhez.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportálás és Nyomtatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1232967 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Bevezetés</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motiváció</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó +eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentummal, +modullal. Ez a program a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> keretrendszerre épül, +mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a +zászlóshajója a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia +Társaságnak</a>.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> úgy lett tervezve, hogy képes legyen alkalmazni a Sword +projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat. Teljeskörű információt +a támogatott formátumokról a Sword projekt <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> fejlesztői +szekciójában</a> találhat.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div><p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a> +honlapján. Ezek tartalmaznak: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibliákat</span></dt><dd><p>A teljes Biblia szövegét, lehetséges kiegészítésekkel, mint Strong's számok, +fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák a legtöbb nyelven elérhetők, +és nem csak a modern verziókat találhatja meg. Ugyanígy fellelhetőek a +régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Leningrádi Kódex ("WLC", héber) és a +Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword projektnek.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Könyvek</span></dt><dd><p>Alábbi könyveket találhatjuk még "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and +"Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentárok</span></dt><dd><p>Az elérhető kommentárok tartalmazzák a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárját és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A +<span class="emphasis"><em>Saját</em></span> kommentárokkal lehetősége van <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése"> rögzíteni saját megjegyzéseit</a> a +Biblia fejezeteihez.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Napi áhítatok</span></dt><dd><p>Sok ember hálás ezekért a napi adagokért Isten igéjéből.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikonok/szótárak</span></dt><dd><p>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódok, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikon és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia +Enciklopédia. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög +Bibliai Szótár...</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motiváció</h3></div></div></div><p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, +hogy segítsünk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. Igyekszünk, hogy egy +minőségi, erőteljes programot készítsünk, ami egyszerű és kézenfekvően +használható. Vágyunk, hogy az Úr dicsőítve legyen, ahogyan Tőle származik +minden jó.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Minden jó adomány és minden tökéletes ajándék felülről való, és a +világosságok Atyjától száll alá, a kinél nincs változás, vagy változásnak +árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Az Úr áldása járja át miközben a programot használja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09633d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Könyvespolc menedzser</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a +könyvespolcunk kezeléséhez. Ennek segítségével tud új dokumentumokat +telepíteni a könyvespolcra, frissíteni vagy akár törölni azokat. Megtalálja +a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div><p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a +merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a +".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol +tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több +könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, +lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben +az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes dokumentum látható lesz, ha a +CD a gépben van.Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt +feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha +"könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes +dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div><p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez +("könyvtárhoz"), és letölthet egy, vagy akár több munkát a saját helyi +könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy +távoliak is, mint a Crosswire online tárolóhelye. Egyszerűen kezelheti +ezeket a lelőhelyeket a <span class="guibutton">Hozzáadás</span> és a +<span class="guibutton">Törlés</span> gomb segítségével.</p><p>A telepítési vagy frissítési folyamat elkezdéséhez válassza ki a forrást, +melyhez csatlakozni kíván, és a helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepíteni +szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a <span class="guibutton"> Frissítés...</span> +gombra. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> leellenőrzi a tároló tartalmát, és elkészít egy listát +a telepíthető, vagy a meglévő de frissíthető dokumentumokról. Már csak ki +kell jelölnie a telepítendőeket, majd <span class="guibutton">Telepítés...</span> és +a kívánt munkák a könyvespolcára kerülnek.A telepítési vagy frissítési +folyamat elkezdéséhez válassza ki a forrást, melyhez csatlakozni kíván, és a +helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepíteni szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a +<span class="guibutton"> Frissítés...</span> gombra. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> leellenőrzi a +tároló tartalmát, és elkészít egy listát a telepíthető, vagy a meglévő de +frissíthető dokumentumokról. Már csak ki kell jelölnie a telepítendőeket, +majd <span class="guibutton">Telepítés...</span> és a kívánt munkák a könyvespolcára +kerülnek.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, +lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt +eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, majd kattintson a +<span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, +hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson +fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, +majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a +törölt dokumentumok elárvult indexeit.Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új +indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult +indexeit.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Keresés a dokumentumokban </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportálás és Nyomtatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02200f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div><p>Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a +<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal. Helyzettől függően lehetősége +van <span class="guimenuitem">Kijelölni</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Másolni</span> +(a vágólapra), <span class="guimenuitem">Menteni</span> vagy +<span class="guimenuitem">Nyomtatni</span>. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az +olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra +kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.Több helyen van lehetősége +helyi menüt nyitni a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal. Helyzettől +függően lehetősége van <span class="guimenuitem">Kijelölni</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Másolni</span> (a vágólapra), +<span class="guimenuitem">Menteni</span> vagy +<span class="guimenuitem">Nyomtatni</span>. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az +olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra +kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak +segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt +készít, melyben <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy +erre külső, önnek megfelelő eszközt használjon, minthogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +nyomtatási képességeire támaszkodjon közvetlenül.A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási +képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben +ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő +eszközt használjon, minthogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességeire +támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Könyvespolc menedzser </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50cab5d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A BibleTime ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div><p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és +nyelvenként. Itt találhatóak a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja +és elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal +egérgombbal</span> a kívánt kategóriára (Bibliák, Kommentárok, +Lexikonok...) a tartalmuk kijelzéséhez, majd kattintson a kiválasztott +munkára a megnyitásához. A kívánt dokumentum a Munkaasztal részen lesz +látható.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát +ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson +a <span class="mousebutton">bal egérgombbal</span> a versre, hivatkozásra (a +mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kívánt +dokumentumra, az a kívánt helyen fog megnyílni. Ugyanígy húzhat egy +hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kívánt hivatkozásra fog +ugrani.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div><p>Amikor <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum +szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott +munkára érvényes. Az <span class="guimenuitem">"Általános információk"</span> egy +új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A +<span class="guimenuitem">"Feloldás"</span> egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, +ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt +dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> ezen az +oldalon</a>, a Crosswire Bibliai Társaság honlapján. </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div><p>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal +kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">"Keresés +itt:"</span> menüpontot. A Shift segítségével másik ikonokra +kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes +kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a> találhatja.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div><p> + + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p> + + Kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal a könyvjelzők +kategóriára, majd válassza az <span class="guimenuitem">"Új mappa +létrehozása"</span> menüelemet egy új könyvjelző mappa +létrehozásához. Használhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikát is, hogy +verset húzzon a munkaasztalról, vagy a kereséséi eredményeket áthúzza a +könyvjelzőkhöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévő könyvjelzőit.</p><p>Lehetősége van könyvjelzők importálására és exportálására is. Ennek +érdekében nyissa meg a <span class="guimenu">helyi menüt</span> a könyvjelző mappában, +ahogyan az az előzőekben le lett írva, majd válassza a +<span class="guimenuitem">"Könyvjelzők exportálása"</span> menüpontot. Ekkor +előjön egy párbeszédablak, mely segítségével mentheti a könyvjelzőit. Az +importálás hasonlóképpen történik.</p><p>A <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen +alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzők neveinek és leírásainak +megváltoztatására is.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor +az egérrel egy olyan szövegrész fölé megy, ami kiegészítő információ +(például Strong's számok, hivatkozások) tartozik a szöveghez az ebben a +részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div><p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak +meg a dokumentumok a könyvespolcról, olvashatja azokat, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">kereshet</a> bennük, és saját megjegyzéseket +fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat +egyszerűen megnyithatjuk a Könyvespolcról, az ikonjukra kattintva. A +megnyitási terület a munkaasztalon van. Minden ablak rendelkezik +eszköztárral, amelyen segédeszközöket találhat a navigáláshoz a megnyitott +munkában.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div><p>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, +ahol több lehetősége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az +<span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> menüre a főmenüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok +elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> automatikusan is +szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az <span class="guimenu">Ablak +menü</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</span> menüpontot.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges +telepíteni a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia +Társaság</a> egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".</p><p>Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára +<span class="mousebutton">kattintva</span> a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban +nyílik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha +<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a +<span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése </span>pontot és az +<span class="guimenuitem">Egyszerű szöveg </span>(forráskód szerkesztő) vagy +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span> +inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a +dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. A program működése </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Keresés a dokumentumokban</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab50b0f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div><p>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen +olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a +<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal, és válassza a +<span class="guimenuitem">Keresés...</span> opciót, vagy használhatja a <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> billentyű kombinációt +is. </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div><p>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy +<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span>egérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a +<span class="guimenu">Könyvespolcon</span>, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés a +dokumentum(ok)ban</span> lehetőséget. A Shift vagy a Ctrl nyomva +tartásával egyszerre több dokumentumot is hozzáadhat a kereséshez, hasonló +módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott +munkában fog keresni egyszerre.</p><p>Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a +megfelelő bejegyzést.</p><p>A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés ikonra kattintással érhető el +egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés +ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div><p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy +<span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több +dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a lehetőségekből +kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.A párbeszédablak felső +részében található egy <span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha +egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a +lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div><p>Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ +egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön is +meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra +kattintva.Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben +választ egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön +is meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra +kattintva.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div><p>Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel +elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek +felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY +kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kíváncsi csak, melyben az összes +megadott kifejezés szerepel, használja az AND (angolul ÉS) utasítást a +kifejezések között.Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel +elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek +felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY +kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kíváncsi csak, melyben az összes +megadott kifejezés szerepel, használja az AND (angolul ÉS) utasítást a +kifejezések között.</p><p>Használhat helyettesítő karaktereket is: a '*' bármennyi betűt helyettesít, +míg a '?' csak egyet. Zárójelek használatával csoportosíthatja (mint +matematikában) a keresési kifejezéseket, például: '(Jézus OR lélek) ÉS +Isten'.Használhat helyettesítő karaktereket is: a '*' bármennyi betűt +helyettesít, míg a '?' csak egyet. Zárójelek használatával csoportosíthatja +(mint matematikában) a keresési kifejezéseket, például: '(Jézus OR lélek) ÉS +Isten'.</p><p>Ha a fő szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása +után ':', és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's +szám előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. Ha a fő +szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása után ':', +és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's szám +előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </p><p>Lehetséges szövegtípusok: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Keresési típusok</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Keresési típusok" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Előtag</th><th>Jelentés</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading: (fejléc)</td><td>A fejlécekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</td><td>a lábjegyzetekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi</td></tr><tr><td>morph: (alak)</td><td>alaktani kódokra keres</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>A BibleTime a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb +keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div><p>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként +csoportosítva. <span class="mousebutton">Jobb </span>egérgombbal a munkára +kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes +verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is, +ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy +nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá +válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, +munkánként csoportosítva. <span class="mousebutton">Jobb </span>egérgombbal a +munkára kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az +összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik +az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy +nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá +válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum +ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy +hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a +dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum +a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy +megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők +készítéséhez.Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra +könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div><p>Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy +megnyissa a találatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést +láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt +az elemzést is el tudja menteni.Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok +elemzése</span> gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemző +ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok +száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A BibleTime ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Könyvespolc menedzser</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a40414 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. A program működése</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div><p>Ilyen ahogyan egy tipikus <span class="application">BibleTime</span> folyamat kinéz: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="A BibleTime alkalmazás ablak"></div><p> + Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal +oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb +"Nagyító" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt +mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a +"Nagyító" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors +elérést biztosít a különböző funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a +megnyitott dokumentum helye.</p><p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Indítási folyamat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A BibleTime ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0808983 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Gyorsbillentyűk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Gyorsbillentyűk</h2></div></div></div><p>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás +(többnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, +melyik kombináció tartozik egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>. Ne feledje, hogy a +funkcióbillentűk kivételével (F1-F9) a billentyűk mellé a CTRL billentyű +lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szükséges.Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű +leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás (többnyire) ABC sorrendnek +megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, melyik kombináció tartozik +egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> menüiben, (ahol +jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>. Ne feledje, hogy a +funkcióbillentűk kivételével (F1-F9) a billentyűk mellé a CTRL billentyű +lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szükséges.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Gyorsbillentyű</th><th>Leírás</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + </td><td>Visszalép az előzményekben az olvasó ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + </td><td>Előrelép az előzményekben.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés +az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span></a> menüvel +egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés +az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span></a> menüvel +egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok +automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Függőleges mozaik +elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik +elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Függőleges mozaik elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az +automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok +automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Vízszintes mozaik +elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik +elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Vízszintes mozaik elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az +automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok +automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Átlapoló +elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapoló +elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Átlapoló elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus +átlapoló elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok +automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Kézi +elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az kézi +elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Kézi +elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mentés +új folyamatként</span></a> menüponttal, menti a +jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mentés +új folyamatként</span></a> menüponttal, menti a +jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot.Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + </td><td>Kicsinyít. Csökkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + </td><td>Nagyít. Növeli az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + </td><td>Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális +ablakban.Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális +ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + </td><td>Másolás. A kijelölt szöveget a vágólapra másolja.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td>Keresés. Az ablakban lévő szövegben keres.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés +a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</span></a> +menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való +kereséshez.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés +a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</span></a> +menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><span class="guimenu">Fájl</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kilépés</span></a> ponttal, a +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><span class="guimenu">Fájl</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kilépés</span></a> ponttal, a +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td>Bezárja az aktuális ablakot.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik a <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Kézikönyv</span> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a +kézikönyvet.Megegyezik a +<span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Kézikönyv</span> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a +kézikönyvet.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik a <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Biblia +tanulmányozás "hogyan"</span> menüponttal, megnyitja a +segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.Megegyezik a +<span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Biblia tanulmányozás +"hogyan"</span> menüponttal, megnyitja a segédletet a +Biblia tanulmányozásához.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a> +menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a> +menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Könyvespolc mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, +láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Könyvespolc mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, +láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nagyító +mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a +nagyító (információs) ablakot.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nagyító +mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a +nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a374ac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eszköztár leírás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eszköztár leírás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-toolbar"></a>Eszköztár leírás</h2></div></div></div><p>Kérjük nézze meg az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">előző részt</a> +az eszköztár gombjainak magyarázatához. Lehetősége van <span class="action">az +egérmutatót a gomb fölé vinni</span>, és néhány másodpercen belül +megjelenik egy buborék súgó egy rövid leírással. Kérjük nézze meg az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">előző részt</a> az eszköztár gombjainak +magyarázatához. Lehetősége van <span class="action">az egérmutatót a gomb fölé +vinni</span>, és néhány másodpercen belül megjelenik egy buborék súgó egy +rövid leírással. </p><p>Szükségeinek megfelelően beállíthatja az eszköztárat, ehhez használja a +következő menüpontot:Szükségeinek megfelelően beállíthatja az eszköztárat, +ehhez használja a következő menüpontot: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuretoolbars.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure toolbars</span> + </span></dt><dd><p>Eszköztárak testreszabása</p></dd></dl></div><p>A részletes információkért <a class="link" href="">tekintse meg ezt a +részt</a>.A részletes információkért <a class="link" href="">tekintse meg ezt a +részt</a>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Gyorsbillentyűk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7952d6d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div><p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes +bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes +albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk +tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.Ebben a +részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes +bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes +albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk +tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">BibleTime bezárása</span>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy +elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.<span class="action">BibleTime +bezárása</span>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy elmentse -e a +változtatásokat a lemezre.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Eszköztár megjelenítése. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő +eszköztár megjelenítését.<span class="action">Eszköztár megjelenítése. </span> Itt +kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő eszköztár megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a +Könyvespolc megjelenítését.<span class="action">Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</span> Itt +kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Nagyító megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító +(információs ablak) megjelenítését.<span class="action">Nagyító +megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) +megjelenítését.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További +bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.<span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az +alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a +párbeszédablakban.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit +meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a +párbeszédablakban.<span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot +nyit meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</span>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit +meg, ahol meglévő folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következő elemből +tudhatja meg, hogyan kell menteni új folyamatot.<span class="action">A jelenlegi +munkafolyamatot menti</span>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol meglévő +folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következő elemből tudhatja meg, hogyan +kell menteni új folyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven menti</span>. Megkérdezi a +folyamat nevét a mentéshez.<span class="action">A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven +menti</span>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Előzőleg mentett folyamat betöltése</span>. Egy helyi menüt nyit +meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a betöltendő folyamatot.<span class="action">Előzőleg mentett +folyamat betöltése</span>. Egy helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a +betöltendő folyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Mentett folyamat törlése</span>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol +kiválaszthatja a törlendő munkafolyamatot.<span class="action">Mentett folyamat +törlése</span>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a törlendő +munkafolyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</span>. A megnyíló menü +segítségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).<span class="action">Az ablakok +elrendezését szabályozza</span>. A megnyíló menü segítségével eldöntheti, +hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> állítsa be +önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action"> Megnyitja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő beállítási ablakát</span>. Itt +megtalál mindent, amire szüksége lehet, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> úgy viselkedjen, +ahogyan azt szeretné. Nézze meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">beállítások +részt</a> a részletekért.<span class="action"> Megnyitja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő beállítási +ablakát</span>. Itt megtalál mindent, amire szüksége lehet, hogy a +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> úgy viselkedjen, ahogyan azt szeretné. Nézze meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">beállítások részt</a> a részletekért.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és +kezelheti a könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.<span class="action">Nyit egy +ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a +könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Megnyitja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói kézikönyvét</span>. Épp ezt +olvassa.<span class="action">Megnyitja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói +kézikönyvét</span>. Épp ezt olvassa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action"> Megnyit egy segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához</span>. A +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat reménykedik benne, hogy ez a segédlet arra készteti +olvasóit, hogy tanulmányozzák az írásokat, hogy mit is mondanak. Ez a +különleges útmutató úgy lett összeállítva, hogy ne vegyen védelmébe +semmilyen egyéni felekezeti tanítást. Reméljük, hogy olvassa és +tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy megértse, mit is mondanak. Ha úgy kezdi +tanulmányozni az írást, hogy azt kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse a szavát magként +a szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.<span class="action"> Megnyit egy segédletet a +Biblia tanulmányozásához</span>. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat reménykedik benne, +hogy ez a segédlet arra készteti olvasóit, hogy tanulmányozzák az írásokat, +hogy mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató úgy lett összeállítva, hogy +ne vegyen védelmébe semmilyen egyéni felekezeti tanítást. Reméljük, hogy +olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy megértse, mit is mondanak. Ha úgy +kezdi tanulmányozni az írást, hogy azt kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse a szavát +magként a szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Információs ablakot nyit meg a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> projektről</span>, +benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> verziójáról és a fejlesztőkről, a <span class="application">Sword</span> verziójáról, a +<span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és a felhasználási feltételekről.<span class="action">Információs +ablakot nyit meg a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> projektről</span>, benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +verziójáról és a fejlesztőkről, a <span class="application">Sword</span> verziójáról, a <span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és +a felhasználási feltételekről.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Gyorsbillentyűk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..900d031 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Indítási folyamat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indítási folyamat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Indítási folyamat</h2></div></div></div><p>Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak +betöltése előtt:Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak betöltése előtt:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Könyvespolc beállítása.</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a +könyvespolcának beállítását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a +rendszerében. Csak akkor jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett +könyvespolc beállítva. Tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"> ezt a részt</a> további +információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, hasznos lehet legalább egy +Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv telepítése, hogy gyorsan +megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.<span class="action">Könyvespolc +beállítása.</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a könyvespolcának +beállítását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a rendszerében. Csak akkor +jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett könyvespolc +beállítva. Tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"> ezt a +részt</a> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, +hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv +telepítése, hogy gyorsan megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> testreszabása</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy +a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.<span class="action"> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> testreszabása</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy a +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8366ed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel +az ikonnal:A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből +indíthat, evvel az ikonnal: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja +be egy terminál ablakba ezt:A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható +parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja be egy terminál ablakba ezt: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, +BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti +hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)A +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, +BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti +hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminálból indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon +a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:Terminálból +indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon a +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</pre><p>Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt +írja:Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt +írja: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>Megjelenítheti a könyvek (bibliai) neveit a saját nyelvén is.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Bevezetés </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indítási folyamat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97a20b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre alapozva."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545564"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> része</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre +alapozva.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motiváció</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Tájékoztatás</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37f0526 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-config"> + <title>&bibletime; configureren</title> + <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be +found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> + <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> + <title>Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</title> + <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <title> + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Het gedrag bij het opstarten kan aangepast worden aan de gebruiker. Maak een +keuze uit de volgende opties: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Toon opstartlogo</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + <para>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview +on the right pane.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <title> + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de +bijbelboeknamen. Stel dit op uw moedertaal als deze beschikbaar is en u +voelt zich helemaal thuis.</para> + + <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> + </textobject> + <caption> + <para>De Opties dialoog - Lettertypen</para> + </caption> + </mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work +only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then +you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used +in this work.</para> + + <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that +supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the +work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that +language.</para> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> + <title>Lettertypen installeren</title> + <para>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <ulink +url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> Unicode +HOWTO</ulink>.</para> + <tip> + <para>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; will run +faster than with a large font like <trademark class="registered">Bitstream +Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> + <title>Lettertypen verkrijgen</title> + <para>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Your *nix distribution.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft +Windows</trademark>installation on the same computer.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all +characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different +fonts for different languages.</para> + <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> + <title>Unicode lettertypen</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> + Code2000</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Misschien het beste gratis Unicode lettertype, welke een groot aantal +karakters ondersteunt.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> + SIL unicode fonts</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> + FreeFont</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> + Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Verscheidene lettertypen zijn beschikbaar op de ftp pagina van de Crosswire +Bible Society.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> + Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Dekt bijna het gehele bereik van Unicode, maar kan &bibletime; vertragen +door zijn omvang.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Clearlyu</entry> + <entry>Is inbegrepen in sommige distributies. Bevat Europese, Griekse, Hebreeuwse +en Thaise karakters.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Gedeeltelijk bereik van de Unicode standaard, zie voor meer informatie op de +bijbehorende website.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer +( <ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Multilingual Unicode +TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <ulink +url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <title> + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Sneltoetsen zijn speciale toetsencombinaties die gebruikt kunnen worden in +plaats van menu items en iconen. Een aantal van &bibletime;'s commando's +hebben voorgeprogrammeerde sneltoetsen (zie <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">deze sectie</link> voor een volledige +lijst). Aan de meeste van &bibletime;'s commando's kunnen hier sneltoetsen +worden toegewezen. Dit is erg handig om snel toegang te hebben tot de +functies die u het meest nodig heeft.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a32fa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-intro"> + <title>Introductie</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> + <title>About &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para> + + <para>&bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> developers +section</ulink> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> + <title>Beschikbare modules</title> + <para>Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. Hierin zijn +opgenomen: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bijbels</term> + <listitem> + <para>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Boeken</term> + <listitem> + <para>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +The Complete Works"</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bijbelcommentaren</term> + <listitem> + <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to +sections of the Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Dagelijkse overdenkingen</term> + <listitem> + <para>Veel mensen waarderen deze dagelijkse porties van Gods Woord. Onder de +beschikbare modules bevinden zich Daily Light on the Daily Path (Dagelijks +Licht op het Dagelijkse Pad) en de Losungen.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lexicons/Woordenboeken</term> + <listitem> + <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> + <title>Motivatie</title> + <para>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality +program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire +that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</attribution> + <para>Iedere gave, die goed, en elk geschenk, dat volmaakt is, daalt van boven +neder, van de Vader der lichten, bij wie geen verandering is of zweem van +ommekeer.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c7270f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-op"> + <title>Werking van het programma</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> + <title>Programma overzicht</title> + <para>This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on +the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little +"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that +is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, +for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the +footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> + + <para>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de +verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> + <title>Onderdelen van het &bibletime; toepassingsvenster</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> + <title>De Boekenplank</title> + <para>De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per +categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd "Bladwijzers". Dit is +de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> + <title>Modules lezen</title> + <para>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met +de <mousebutton>linker muisknop</mousebutton> klikken op de gewenste +categorie (Bijbels, Bijbelcommentaren, Lexicons, Boeken, Overdenkingen of +Woordenlijsten) om de inhoud te laten zien. Klik dan op één +van de modules om die te openen. Er verschijnt dan een leesvenster in het +Bureaugebied.</para> + + <tip> + <para>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</para> + </tip> + + <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> + <title>Additionele informatie over modules</title> + <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a +window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this +page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> + <title>Zoeken in modules</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> + <title>Werken met bladwijzers</title> + <para> + + <tip> + <para>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</para> + </tip> + + Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new +folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</para> + <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export +bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> + + <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> + <title>Het Vergrootglas</title> + + <para>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het &bibletime; venster is +volledig passief. Telkens wanneer uw muisaanwijzer over een stukje tekst met +extra informatie gaat (bijv. Strong-nummers), dan wordt deze extra +informatie weergegeven in het Vergrootglas en niet in de tekst zelf. Probeer +het maar eens uit.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> + <title>Het Bureau</title> + <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> + <title>Modules lezen</title> + <para>Zoals we al <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">gezien</link> +hebben, kunt u de te lezen modules simpelweg openen door te klikken op hun +symbool in de Boekenplank. Een leesvenster zal worden geopend in het Bureau +gebied. Ieder leesvenster heeft een werkbalk. Hier kunt u gereedschappen +vinden om te navigeren in de module waarin dit leesvenster is verbonden, +alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> + <title>Plaatsing van leesvensters</title> + <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> + <title>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</title> + <para>Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u +een bepaalde module uit de bibliotheek van de <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink> +installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk +bijbelcommentaar).</para> + + <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit +this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain +text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> + + <tip> + <para>If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</para> + </tip> + + <tip> + <para>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> + <title>Zoeken in modules</title> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> + <title>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</title> + <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting +<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo +action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> + <title>De zoekdialoog benaderen</title> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the +<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in +work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</para> + + <para>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</para> + + <para>Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het +zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> + <title>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Het tabblad Opties in de dialoog Tekst Zoeken</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> + <title>Modules selecteren</title> + <para>At the top of the options tab you will find +<guibutton>Choose</guibutton>(works). If you would like to search in +multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where +you can select the works you want to search in.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> + <title>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</title> + <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search +scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> + <title>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</title> + <para>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all +the terms separate the terms by AND.</para> + <para>U kunt jokers gebruiken: '*' komt overeen met elke willekeurige reeks van +karakters, terwijl '?' overeenkomt met één willekeurig karakter. Het gebruik +van haakjes staat u toe om zoektermen te groeperen, bijv. '(Jezus OR Geest) +AND God'.</para> + <para>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's +number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> + <para>Beschikbare typen tekst: + <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <title>Search Types</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Voorvoegsel</entry> + <entry>Betekenis</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Koptekst:</entry> + <entry>doorzoekt kopteksten</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>voetnoot:</entry> + <entry>doorzoekt voetnoten</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>strong:</entry> + <entry>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>morph:</entry> + <entry>doorzoekt morfologische codes</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink +url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> + <title>Zoekresultaten</title> + <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</para> + <tip> + <para>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op +de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en +die zal verspringen naar dat vers.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers +te maken.</para> + </tip> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> + <title>Analyse van zoekresultaten</title> + <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</para> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Zoekanalyse Dialoog</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> + <title>De <guimenuitem>Boekenplank Manager</guimenuitem></title> + <para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> + <title>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</title> + <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</para> + <tip> + <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</para> + </tip> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> + <title>Modules installeren/bijwerken</title> + <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online +repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You +can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and +<guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Om het proces van installeren of bijwerken te starten kiest u een +bibliotheek waarmee u verbinding wilt zoeken en een lokaal bestandspad naar +een Boekenplank om de module(s) naar toe te installeren. Klik dan op +<guibutton>Verbinden met bibliotheek</guibutton>. &bibletime; zal de inhoud +van de bibliotheek scannen en een lijst presenteren van modules die u aan uw +Boekenplank kunt toevoegen of die reeds geïnstalleerd zijn, maar +bijgewerkt kunnen worden omdat er een nieuwe versie beschikbaar is in de +bibliotheek. U kunt dan alle modules aanvinken die u wilt installeren of +bijwerken en dan klikken op <guibutton>Installeer modules</guibutton>. Ze +zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> + <title>Module(s) verwijderen</title> + <para>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules +van uw Boekenplank te verwijderen om schijfruimte vrij te maken. Vink +simpelweg de items aan die u wilt verwijderen en klik op +<guibutton>Verwijder modules</guibutton>.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> + <title>Search Indexes</title> + <para>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</para> + <tip> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </tip> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> + <title>Exporteren en Printen</title> + <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), +<guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</para> + + <para>Afdrukken vanuit &bibletime; is redelijk elementair en is bedoelt als een +hulpfunctie. Als u een document of presentatie samenstelt die tekst bevat +uit &bibletime; modules, dan raden we u aan om een programma voor +presentaties of tekstbewerkingen te gebruiken om uw document op te maken en +niet om direct vanuit &bibletime; af te drukken.</para> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..530abea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,657 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> + <title>Verwijzing</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> + <title>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</title> + <para>In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in +het hoofdmenu van &bibletime;. Ze zijn in precies dezelfde volgorde +gerangschikt als ze voorkomen in &bibletime;, met alle sub-items genoemd +onder het hoofd-item waartoe ze behoren. U kunt ook de sneltoets voor elk +item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">deze sectie</link>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <title> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + </title> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Sluit BibleTime af.</action> BibleTime zal vragen of u onopgeslagen +wijzigingen naar de harde schijf wilt schrijven.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <title> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F5</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to +maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F6</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show toolbar</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Schakelt de weergave van de Werkbalk in/uit.</action> Schakel deze +instelling in/uit om de hoofdwerkbalk wel/niet weer te geven.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/uit.</action> Schakel +deze instelling in/uit om de Boekenplank in het linkerpaneel wel/niet weer +te geven. Dit kan handig zijn als u meer ruimte nodig heeft voor het +vergrootglas.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Schakelt de weergave van het Vergrootglas in/uit.</action> Schakel +deze instelling in/uit om het Vergrootglas in het linkerpaneel aan/uit te +zetten.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <title> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <title> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a +context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be +overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a +new session.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask +for a new name to save the session to.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it +for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Sluit alle geopende vensters</action></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <title> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can +configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your +needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">this section</link> for +details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <title> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bible Study Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of +the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> +contains information about &bibletime; software version, project +contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the +license agreement.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <title>Sneltoetsen index</title> + <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> + <informaltable> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colname="hotkey" /> + <colspec colname="desc" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Sneltoets</entry> + <entry>Beschrijving</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; + <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Kopieëren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; + <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Sluit het huidige venster.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf +Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F8</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F9</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3055a4e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-term"> + <title>&bibletime; opstarten</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Hoe u &bibletime; opstart</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>&bibletime; opstarten</title> + <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject></para> + <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: + <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> + <title>Andere window managers</title> + <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> + <title>Aanpassing van het opstarten</title> + <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the +default bible: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</screen>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> + <title>Volgorde van opstartschermen</title> + <para>Wanneer &bibletime; opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het +hoofdvenster van &bibletime; opent:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Modifies your Bookshelf.</action> This dialog lets you modify your +Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if +no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> this section</link> for further +details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to +install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know +&bibletime;'s basic features quickly.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Customizes &bibletime;.</action>This dialog lets you adapt +&bibletime; to your needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">the +detailed description</link> of this dialog.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..122a7ea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> + <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> + <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> + + <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> + + <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> +]> +<book> +<bookinfo> + <title>Het &bibletime; handboek</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Fred</firstname> + <surname>Saalbach</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> + <surname>Hoyt</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Martin</firstname> + <surname>Gruner</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Thomas</firstname> + <surname>Abthorpe</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>1999-2009</year> + <holder>het &bibletime; team</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime;</para> + </legalnotice> + <date>2009-04</date> + <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <abstract> + <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>QT4</keyword> + <keyword>bibletime</keyword> + <keyword>sword</keyword> + <keyword>crosswire</keyword> + <keyword>help dialog</keyword> + </keywordset> +</bookinfo>&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;</book> + +<!-- + +Local Variables: + +mode: sgml + +sgml-minimize-attributes:nil + +sgml-general-insert-case:lower + +sgml-indent-step:0 + +sgml-indent-data:nil + +End: + +--> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d9fb59 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be +found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting +<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Het gedrag bij het opstarten kan aangepast worden aan de gebruiker. Maak een +keuze uit de volgende opties: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Toon opstartlogo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de +bijbelboeknamen. Stel dit op uw moedertaal als deze beschikbaar is en u +voelt zich helemaal thuis.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can +override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be +displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for +each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"><div class="caption"><p>De Opties dialoog - Lettertypen</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work +only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then +you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used +in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that +supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the +work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that +language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run +faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div><p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all +characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different +fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode lettertypen</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode lettertypen" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> + Code2000</a> + </td><td>Misschien het beste gratis Unicode lettertype, welke een groot aantal +karakters ondersteunt.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> + SIL unicode fonts</a> + </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> + FreeFont</a> + </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> + Crosswire's font directory</a> + </td><td>Verscheidene lettertypen zijn beschikbaar op de ftp pagina van de Crosswire +Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> + Bitstream CyberBit</a> + </td><td>Dekt bijna het gehele bereik van Unicode, maar kan <span class="application">BibleTime</span> vertragen +door zijn omvang.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Is inbegrepen in sommige distributies. Bevat Europese, Griekse, Hebreeuwse +en Thaise karakters.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> + </td><td>Gedeeltelijk bereik van de Unicode standaard, zie voor meer informatie op de +bijbehorende website.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer +( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode +TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Sneltoetsen zijn speciale toetsencombinaties die gebruikt kunnen worden in +plaats van menu items en iconen. Een aantal van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commando's +hebben voorgeprogrammeerde sneltoetsen (zie <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a> voor een volledige +lijst). Aan de meeste van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commando's kunnen hier sneltoetsen +worden toegewezen. Dit is erg handig om snel toegang te hebben tot de +functies die u het meest nodig heeft.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporteren en Printen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Verwijzing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf621ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introductie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides +the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers +section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Hierin zijn +opgenomen: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bijbels</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Boeken</span></dt><dd><p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Bijbelcommentaren</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." +With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken"> record your own personal notes</a> to +sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Dagelijkse overdenkingen</span></dt><dd><p>Veel mensen waarderen deze dagelijkse porties van Gods Woord. Onder de +beschikbare modules bevinden zich Daily Light on the Daily Path (Dagelijks +Licht op het Dagelijkse Pad) en de Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexicons/Woordenboeken</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible +Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible +Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality +program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire +that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Iedere gave, die goed, en elk geschenk, dat volmaakt is, daalt van boven +neder, van de Vader der lichten, bij wie geen verandering is of zweem van +ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Het BibleTime handboek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d304c39 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De Boekenplank Manager</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD +as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online +repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You +can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and +<span class="guibutton">Delete library</span>.</p><p>Om het proces van installeren of bijwerken te starten kiest u een +bibliotheek waarmee u verbinding wilt zoeken en een lokaal bestandspad naar +een Boekenplank om de module(s) naar toe te installeren. Klik dan op +<span class="guibutton">Verbinden met bibliotheek</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zal de inhoud +van de bibliotheek scannen en een lijst presenteren van modules die u aan uw +Boekenplank kunt toevoegen of die reeds geïnstalleerd zijn, maar +bijgewerkt kunnen worden omdat er een nieuwe versie beschikbaar is in de +bibliotheek. U kunt dan alle modules aanvinken die u wilt installeren of +bijwerken en dan klikken op <span class="guibutton">Installeer modules</span>. Ze +zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules +van uw Boekenplank te verwijderen om schijfruimte vrij te maken. Vink +simpelweg de items aan die u wilt verwijderen en klik op +<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Zoeken in modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporteren en Printen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6e3b84 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), +<span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Afdrukken vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is redelijk elementair en is bedoelt als een +hulpfunctie. Als u een document of presentatie samenstelt die tekst bevat +uit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> modules, dan raden we u aan om een programma voor +presentaties of tekstbewerkingen te gebruiken om uw document op te maken en +niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De Boekenplank Manager </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38e79a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div><p>De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per +categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd "Bladwijzers". Dit is +de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met +de <span class="mousebutton">linker muisknop</span> klikken op de gewenste +categorie (Bijbels, Bijbelcommentaren, Lexicons, Boeken, Overdenkingen of +Woordenlijsten) om de inhoud te laten zien. Klik dan op één +van de modules om die te openen. Er verschijnt dan een leesvenster in het +Bureaugebied.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a +window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div><p> + + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p> + + Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new +folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export +bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div><p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is +volledig passief. Telkens wanneer uw muisaanwijzer over een stukje tekst met +extra informatie gaat (bijv. Strong-nummers), dan wordt deze extra +informatie weergegeven in het Vergrootglas en niet in de tekst zelf. Probeer +het maar eens uit.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">search</a> in them, and even save your +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a> +hebben, kunt u de te lezen modules simpelweg openen door te klikken op hun +symbool in de Boekenplank. Een leesvenster zal worden geopend in het Bureau +gebied. Ieder leesvenster heeft een werkbalk. Hier kunt u gereedschappen +vinden om te navigeren in de module waarin dit leesvenster is verbonden, +alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div><p>Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u +een bepaalde module uit de bibliotheek van de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a> +installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk +bijbelcommentaar).</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit +this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain +text</span>(source code editor) or +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Zoeken in modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a234194 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the +<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in +work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</p><p>Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het +zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in +multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search +scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all +the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>U kunt jokers gebruiken: '*' komt overeen met elke willekeurige reeks van +karakters, terwijl '?' overeenkomt met één willekeurig karakter. Het gebruik +van haakjes staat u toe om zoektermen te groeperen, bijv. '(Jezus OR Geest) +AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's +number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Beschikbare typen tekst: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Voorvoegsel</th><th>Betekenis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Koptekst:</td><td>doorzoekt kopteksten</td></tr><tr><td>voetnoot:</td><td>doorzoekt voetnoten</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>doorzoekt morfologische codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op +de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en +die zal verspringen naar dat vers.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers +te maken.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De Boekenplank Manager</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..041b17d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on +the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little +"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that +is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, +for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the +footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de +verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Volgorde van opstartschermen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4bfaf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sneltoetsen index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sneltoetsen index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Sneltoetsen index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look +at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you +can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Hoofdmenu verwijzing">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Sneltoets</th><th>Beschrijving</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + </td><td>Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + </td><td>Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> +</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + </td><td>Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + </td><td>Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + </td><td>Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + </td><td>Kopieëren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + </td><td>Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> +</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </td><td>Sluit het huidige venster.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy +Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf +Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> +</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba16ab8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkbalk verwijzingen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkbalk verwijzingen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-toolbar"></a>Werkbalk verwijzingen</h2></div></div></div><p>Bekijk <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Hoofdmenu verwijzing">de vorige sectie</a> voor een +uitleg over de knoppen die u vindt op de werkbalk. U kunt ook <span class="action">de +muisaanwijzer over een knop bewegen en enkele seconden wachten</span> om +de tooltip met een korte beschrijving van een knop op te roepen.</p><p>U kunt de werkbalk aanpassen naar uw behoeften. Gebruik het volgende item in +het hoofdmenu: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuretoolbars.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure toolbars</span> + </span></dt><dd><p>Werkbalken configureren</p></dd></dl></div><p>Please see <a class="link" href="">this +section</a> for detailed instructions.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sneltoetsen index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4245a50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><p>In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in +het hoofdmenu van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ze zijn in precies dezelfde volgorde +gerangschikt als ze voorkomen in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, met alle sub-items genoemd +onder het hoofd-item waartoe ze behoren. U kunt ook de sneltoets voor elk +item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Sluit BibleTime af.</span> BibleTime zal vragen of u onopgeslagen +wijzigingen naar de harde schijf wilt schrijven.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van de Werkbalk in/uit.</span> Schakel deze +instelling in/uit om de hoofdwerkbalk wel/niet weer te geven.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/uit.</span> Schakel +deze instelling in/uit om de Boekenplank in het linkerpaneel wel/niet weer +te geven. Dit kan handig zijn als u meer ruimte nodig heeft voor het +vergrootglas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van het Vergrootglas in/uit.</span> Schakel +deze instelling in/uit om het Vergrootglas in het linkerpaneel aan/uit te +zetten.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a +context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be +overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a +new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask +for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it +for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can +configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your +needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configureer BibleTime Dialoog">this section</a> for +details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of +the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the +scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen +as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We +expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If +you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> +contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project +contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sneltoetsen index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01cf803 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Volgorde van opstartschermen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Volgorde van opstartschermen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Volgorde van opstartschermen</h2></div></div></div><p>Wanneer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het +hoofdvenster van <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opent:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf.</span> This dialog lets you modify your +Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if +no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"> this section</a> for further +details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to +install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configureer BibleTime Dialoog">the +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..005b080 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Andere window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, +Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +default bible: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introductie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Volgorde van opstartschermen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f392b9c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het BibleTime handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Display + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + Languages + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + Desk + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + HotKeys + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + File + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + View + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + Search + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + Window + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + Settings + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + Help + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile.am b/docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index ff6497b..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = hdbk-config.docbook hdbk-intro.docbook hdbk-operation.docbook hdbk-reference.docbook hdbk-start.docbook index.docbook - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-config.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-config.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-intro.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-intro.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-operation.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-operation.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-reference.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-reference.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-start.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-start.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/index.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/index.docbook; - -uninstall-local: - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-config.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-intro.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-operation.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-reference.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-start.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/index.docbook; diff --git a/docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile.in b/docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 42cd6f2..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,585 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/handbook/unicode -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = hdbk-config.docbook hdbk-intro.docbook hdbk-operation.docbook hdbk-reference.docbook hdbk-start.docbook index.docbook -#>- all: all-am -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -tags: TAGS -TAGS: - -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: - - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-am -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-am - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-data-local - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-local - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ - dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ - install-data install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi \ - install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ - install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-config.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-config.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-intro.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-intro.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-operation.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-operation.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-reference.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-reference.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/hdbk-start.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-start.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/index.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/index.docbook; - -uninstall-local: - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-config.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-intro.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-operation.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-reference.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/hdbk-start.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/handbook/index.docbook; -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/handbook/unicode/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-am - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-config.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 94a037e..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-config.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="hdbk-config"><title>Configuring &bibletime;</title> - -<para>In this section you find a description of the different possibilities -to configure &bibletime;: The <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog -</link> and the <link linkend="hdbk-config-toolbar">Configure Toolbars</link> -dialog. Both can be accessed under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"><title>Configure BibleTime Dialog</title> - - <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways - depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by - selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu></menuchoice> - <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"><title><guimenu>Display</guimenu></title> - - <para>The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Show tip of the day</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Show startup logo</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. - If you select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</para> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"><title><guimenu>Languages</guimenu></title> - - <para>Here you can specify which language should be used for the biblical booknames. Set - this to your native language, if it is available, and you'll feel at home.</para> - - <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the &kde; general display font which can - be specified in the &kcontrolcenter;. You can override this font if neccessary. - Some languages require special fonts to be displayed correctly, and this dialog - allows you to specify a custom font for each language.</para> - - <mediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG"/> - </imageobject> - <textobject><phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase></textobject> - <caption><para>The Options dialog - Fonts.</para></caption> - </mediaobject> - - <para>&bibletime; can now use all fonts supported by KDE/QT. - As long as the works you are interested in display correctly nothing - needs to be done here. If a work only displays as a series - of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then you know that the standard - KDE display font does not contain the characters used in this work.</para> - - <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. - Select the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font - that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display - the work you are interested in, try installing the &kde; localization - package for that language.</para> - - <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"><title>Installing fonts</title> - <para>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. - &kde;'s <ulink url="help:/kcontrol/index.html">KControl Center</ulink> contains - an excellent and easy to use font installation module. - Please read <ulink url="help:/kcontrol/kcmfontinst/index.html"> - its documentation</ulink>. For further information you might want to refer to the - <ulink url="http://www.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/other-formats/html_single/Unicode-HOWTO.html#toc4"> - Unicode HOWTO</ulink>.</para> - - <tip><para>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; - will run faster than with a large font like <trademark class="registered"> - Bitstream Cyberbit</trademark> (about 12Mb).</para></tip> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"><title>Obtaining Fonts</title> - <para>Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Your Linux distribution.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Your distribution's localization packages.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> installation on the same computer.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>A font collection, such as are available from Adobe or Bitstream.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Online font collections.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are - available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters - defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different - languages.</para> - - <table> - <title>Unicode Fonts</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - - <row><entry><ulink url="http://home.att.net/~jameskass/CODE2000.ZIP">Code2000</ulink></entry> - <entry>Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters.</entry></row> - - <row><entry><ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> - SIL unicode fonts</ulink></entry> - <entry>Excellent unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry></row> - - <row><entry><ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/">FreeFont</ulink></entry> - <entry>A new free unicode font initiative.</entry></row> - - <row><entry><ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS">Crosswire's font directory</ulink></entry> - <entry>Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society Ftp site.</entry></row> - - <row><entry><ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/">Bitstream CyberBit</ulink></entry> - <entry>Covers almost the entire range of Unicode, but might slow &bibletime; down because of its size.</entry></row> - - <row><entry>Clearlyu</entry> - <entry>Included in some distributions. Contains European, Greek, Hebrew, Thai.</entry></row> - - <row><entry><ulink url="http://bibliofile.mc.duke.edu/gww/fonts/Unicode.html">Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink></entry> - <entry>Partial coverage, see information on linked site.</entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - - <para>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer - (<ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts - in the Internet</ulink>), or the one by Alan Wood - (<ulink url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> - Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>). - </para> - - </sect3> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"><title><guimenu>Desk</guimenu></title> - - <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in - &bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have - the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work - is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of - crossreferences in the Bible. When you hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses - referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"><title><guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu></title> - - <para>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of - the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s commands have - predefined HotKeys (see <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this section</link> - for a complete listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned - HotKeys here. This is very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</para> - - </sect2> - -</sect1> - - - <sect1 id="hdbk-config-toolbar"><title>Configure Toolbars dialog</title> - <para>You can adapt the toolbar to your needs. Please use the following entry in the main menu: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_configuretoolbars.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Settings - </guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Configure toolbars</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para>Configure toolbars</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para>You will see this dialog, which allows adding and removing buttons from - the main toolbar of &bibletime;. The order of the buttons can also be changed. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="ss_configtoolbar.png" format="PNG"/> - </imageobject> - <textobject><phrase>Toolbar configuration dialog</phrase></textobject> - <caption><para>The Toolbar configuration dialog.</para></caption> - </mediaobject> - <para>Use the 4 buttons in the middle of the window to move buttons to the toolbar, - away from the toolbar or to sort them on the toolbar according to your preference. - </para> - <para>Please see <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars">this section</link> for further information.</para> - </sect1> - -</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-intro.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 811363d..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="hdbk-intro"><title>Introduction</title> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"><title>About BibleTime</title> - <para> - &bibletime; is a powerful Bible study tool written for the &kde; environment on the - Linux operating system. It is based on the <ulink - url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides the back-end - functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, searching - etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink - url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. </para> - - <para>&bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats - supported by the Sword project. - Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <ulink - url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> - developers section</ulink> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</para> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"><title>Available works</title> - - <para> - Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink - url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. These include: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Bibles</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also - ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project. - </para> - </listitem></varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Books</term> - <listitem> - <para>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works" - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Commentaries</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry`s commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">record your own personal notes</link> to sections of the Bible. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Daily devotionals</term> - <listitem> - <para>Many people appreciate these daily portions from God's word. Available works include Daily Light on the Daily Path, and the Losungen. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Lexicons/Dictionaries</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, - Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"><title>Motivation</title> - <para> - Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their - relationship with Him. - We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it - simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is - the source of all good things. - </para> - <blockquote><attribution>James 1:17, NASB</attribution> - <para>Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from above, - coming down from the Father of lights, with whom there is no - variation or shifting shadow.</para> - </blockquote> - <para> - God bless you as you use this program. - </para> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - -</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-operation.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 46ad308..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="hdbk-op"><title>Program operation</title> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> -<title>Program overview</title> - -<para>This is how a typical &bibletime; session looks like: - -<mediaobject> -<imageobject> -<imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG"/> -</imageobject> -<textobject> -<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> </textobject> -</mediaobject> - -You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> -<para>Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application individually.</para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> -<title>Parts of the &bibletime; application window</title> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> -<title>The Bookshelf</title> -<para>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It also has a category called "Bookmarks". This is where you can store and access your own bookmarks. -</para> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> -<title>Reading works</title> -<para>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the <mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired -category (Bibles, Commentaries, Lexicons, Books, Devotionals or Glossaries) to display its contents. Then just click on one of the works to open it for reading. A read window will appear in the Desk area. -</para> -<tip><para>Drag & Drop Works Here</para></tip> -<para> -If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the -Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, then it will jump to the specified location.</para> -</sect3> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> -<title>Additional information about works</title> -<para> -If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on -the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. -For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp">this page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. -</para> -</sect3> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> -<title>Searching in works</title> <para> -You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> -mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features can be -found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>. -</para> -</sect3> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> -<title>Working with bookmarks</title> -<para> -<tip><para>Drag & Drop Works Here</para></tip> -Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop -functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.</para> - -<para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> - -<para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> -</sect3> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> -<title>The Mag(nifying glass)</title> -<para>This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just try it out.</para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> -<title>The Desk</title> -<para> -The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> -<title>Reading works</title> -<para> -As we have <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">already seen</link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you know from your browser.</para> -</sect3> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> -<title>Read window placement</title> -<para> -Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <menuchoice><guimenu>Window</guimenu><guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works. -</para> -</sect3> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> -<title>Editing your own commentary</title> -<para> -To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. This work is called "Personal commentary".</para> -<para> -If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens -in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> - -<tip><para>If <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu></menuchoice> -is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of -the personal commentary.</para></tip> - -<tip><para>Drag&drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text -of the verse will be inserted.</para></tip> -</sect3> - -</sect2> - -</sect1> - - -<sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> -<title>Searching in works</title> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> -<title>Searching text in an open read window</title> -<para> -You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) -just like you are used to from other programs. -This function can be reached either by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and -selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> -<title>Accessing the search dialog</title> -<para> -You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button -on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.</para> -<para>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu></menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</para> -<para>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an open read window.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> -<title>Search configuration</title> -<screenshot> -<screeninfo>Search Text Dialog Options Tab</screeninfo> -<mediaobject> -<imageobject> -<imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG"/> -</imageobject> -</mediaobject> -</screenshot> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> -<title>Selecting works</title> -<para>At the top of the options tab you will find <guibutton>Choose</guibutton> (works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to search in. -</para> -</sect3> - -<sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> -<title>Using Search Scopes</title> -<para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the <guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button.</para> -</sect3> - -<sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> -<title>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</title> -<para>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</para> -<para>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</para> -<para>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> -<para>Available text types: -<table><tgroup cols="2"> -<thead><row><entry>Prefix</entry><entry>Meaning</entry></row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>heading:</entry><entry>searches headings</entry></row> -<row><entry>footnote:</entry><entry>searches footnotes</entry></row> -<row><entry>strong:</entry><entry>searches Strong's Numbers</entry></row> -<row><entry>morph:</entry><entry>searches morphology codes</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table></para> -<para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html</ulink></para> -</sect3> - - -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> -<title>Search results</title> -<para> -Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. -Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</para> - -<tip><para>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the -work at that verse in a new read window.</para></tip> -<tip><para>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to that verse.</para></tip> -<tip><para>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</para></tip> - -<sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> -<title>Search result analysis</title> -<para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis display. -This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the -search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</para> - -<screenshot> -<screeninfo>Search Analysis Dialog Box</screeninfo> -<mediaobject> -<imageobject> -<imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG"/> -</imageobject> -</mediaobject> -</screenshot> -</sect3> -</sect2> -</sect1> - - - -<sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> -<title>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem></title> - -<para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> -<title>Bookshelf path(s) setup</title> - -<para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the harddrive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is "~/.sword/".</para> - -<tip><para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the harddisk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all works on the CD if it is present.</para></tip> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> -<title>Install/update work(s)</title> - -<para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>.</para> - -<para>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click on <guibutton>Connect to library</guibutton>. &bibletime; will scan the contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on <guibutton>Install works</guibutton>. They will then be transferred to your Bookshelf. -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> -<title>Remove work(s)</title> - -<para>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on <guibutton>Remove works</guibutton>. -</para> - -</sect2> - -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> -<title>Exporting and Printing</title> - -<para> -In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you -to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty straightforward, so just try it out.</para> - -<para>Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as -a utility. If you are composing a document or presentation containing text from -&bibletime; works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or editing -tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing from &bibletime; directly. -</para> - -</sect1> - -</chapter> - - - - diff --git a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-reference.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index f23872b..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,480 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> -<title>Reference</title> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"><title>Main menu reference</title> - - <para>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu - of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in &bibletime;, with - all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see - the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be found in - <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this section</link>.</para> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"><title><guimenu>File</guimenu></title> - - <para> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you if - you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</para></listitem> -</varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"><title><guimenu>View</guimenu></title> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Toggles Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn the main toolbar - on or off.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</action> Toggle this setting to turn the - Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need more space for the Mag.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this setting to turn the - Mag on the left pane on or off.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"><title><guimenu>Search</guimenu></title> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</action>. - More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. - More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"><title><guimenu>Window</guimenu></title> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Directly saves the current session</action>. - This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. - It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new session.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. - This will ask for a new name to save the session to.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Loads an existing session</action>. - This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to load.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Deletes an existing session</action>. - This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-fullscreen"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_fullscreen.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fullscreen Mode</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Toggles fullscreen mode</action>. - Here you can turn fullscreen mode on or off. In fullscreen mode, &bibletime; will expand to the full size - of your monitor screen, using as much space as possible.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. - In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of - the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it for you - (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_tile.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Tiles all open read windows vertically</action>.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-horizontally"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>H</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_tile.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Tiles all open windows horizontally</action>.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Cascades all open windows</action>.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"><title><guimenu>Settings</guimenu></title> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars"> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_configuretoolbars.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure toolbars</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Opens a dialog where you can customize &bibletime;'s toolbar</action>. - Just try it out, you can move around the toolbar buttons and even add new ones. Most of the entries available from - the main menu can be put on the toolbar as buttons. If you need a certain feature often, you might want to - put a button on the main menu, so that you can access it with only one click. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-toolbar">this section</link> for further information.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. - You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your needs. - Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">this section</link> for details. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> - <term><menuchoice> - <shortcut><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and - manage your bookshelf</action>. - Please see <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"><title><guimenu>Help</guimenu></title> - - &help.menu.documentation; - - </sect2> - -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-reference-toolbar"><title>Toolbar reference</title> - - <para>Please review <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">the preceding section</link> - for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the toolbar. You can also - <action>move the cursor over a button and wait a few seconds</action> to activate - the button's tooltip with a short description.</para> - <para>You can adapt the toolbar to your needs. Please use the following entry in the main menu: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_configuretoolbars.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure toolbars</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para>Configure toolbars</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - Please see <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars">this section</link> for detailed instructions. - </para> - -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> -<title>HotKeys index</title> - -<para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in -the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly -find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itelf -in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it up in -<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> - -<informaltable> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<colspec colname="hotkey"/> -<colspec colname="desc"/> -<thead> -<row> - <entry>Hotkey</entry> - <entry>Description</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;<keycap>Left</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Moves back in the history of read windows.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;<keycap>Right</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Moves forward in the history of read windows.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Search</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><menuchoice><guimenu>Window</guimenu><guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> - <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; - toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>H</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><menuchoice><guimenu>Window</guimenu><guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> - <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; - toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><menuchoice><guimenu>Window</guimenu><guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> - <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; - toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>M</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><menuchoice><guimenu>Window</guimenu><guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> - <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; - toggle manual window placement.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - saves current layout as new session.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>W</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - closes all open windows.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>-</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>+</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>A</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - cascades all open windows.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - tiles all open windows vertically.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>H</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-horizontally"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - tiles all open windows horizontally.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>O</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Search</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Q</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - closes &bibletime;.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>W</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Closes the current window.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>X</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Moves a bible or commentary read window to the next chapter.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Y</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Moves a bible or commentary read window to the next book.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>V</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Moves a read window to the next verse or entry.</entry> -</row> - - -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-fullscreen"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - toggles fullscreen mode.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>X</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Moves a bible or commentary read window to the previous chapter.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>Y</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Moves a bible or commentary read window to the previous book.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>V</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry>Moves a read window to the previous verse or entry.</entry> -</row> - -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; - opens the handbook.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; - opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Daily tip</guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; - opens the tip of the day.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F4</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F8</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> -</row> -<row> - <entry><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>F9</keycap> </keycombo></entry> - <entry><link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; - toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> -</row> - - -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</informaltable> - -</sect1> - -</chapter> - diff --git a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-start.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 0630959..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/unicode/hdbk-start.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="hdbk-term"><title>Starting &bibletime;</title> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-start"><title>How to start &bibletime;</title> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-start-kde"><title>Starting &bibletime; from KDE</title> - - <para> &bibletime; is a &kde; program and is integrated with the &kde; desktop. - You can launch &bibletime; from the &kde; Start Menu in - the Applications group with this icon: - <mediaobject> - <imageobject><imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> - <textobject> - <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> </textobject> - </mediaobject> - </para> - - <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. - To launch &bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: -<screen> -bibletime -</screen> - </para> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"><title>Other window managers</title> - - <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox or Sawfish, - providing &kde; is already installed on your computer. If your &kde; is installed - in /opt/kde, then the start-up command in a terminal would be:</para> - -<screen> -export KDEDIR=/opt/kde #your KDE directory -bibletime -</screen> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"><title>Startup customization</title> - - <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the - default bible: -<screen> -bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" -</screen> - To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: -<screen> -bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16" -</screen> - You can also use booknames in your current bookname language. - </para> - - </sect2> - -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"><title>Startup sequence</title> - - <para>As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before - the main &bibletime; window opens:</para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface></term> - <listitem><para><action>Modifies your Bookshelf.</action> This dialog - lets you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. - It will only be shown if no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see - <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link>for further details. - If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to install at least one Bible, - Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know &bibletime;'s basic features quickly.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface></term> - <listitem><para><action>Customizes &bibletime;.</action> This dialog lets you - adapt &bibletime; to your needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt"> - the detailed description</link> of this dialog.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><interface>Tip of the Day</interface></term> - <listitem><para>These nifty little tips give you helpful hints for working - more efficiently with &bibletime;, and also a few quotations from the Bible. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - -</sect1> - -</chapter> - diff --git a/docs/handbook/unicode/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/unicode/index.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 8bef1b4..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/unicode/index.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.1-Based Variant V1.0//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> - <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> - <!--<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> --> - <!ENTITY % English "INCLUDE"><!-- change language only here --> - - <!-- user entities --> - <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> - <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> - <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> - <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> - <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> - -]> - - -<book lang="&language;"> - -<bookinfo> -<title>The &bibletime; handbook</title> - -<authorgroup> - -<author> -<firstname>Fred</firstname> -<surname>Saalbach</surname> -</author> - -<author> -<firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> -<surname>Hoyt</surname> -</author> - -<author> -<firstname>Martin</firstname> -<surname>Gruner</surname> -</author> - -</authorgroup> - -<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> - -<copyright> - <year>1999-2005</year> - <holder>the &bibletime; team</holder> -</copyright> - -<legalnotice> - <para> - The &bibletime; handbook is part of &bibletime;. - </para> -</legalnotice> - -<date>2005-07</date> -<releaseinfo>1.5</releaseinfo> - -<abstract> -<para> - &bibletime; is a powerful Bible study tool for &kde;. -</para> -</abstract> - -<keywordset> -<keyword>KDE</keyword> -<keyword>bibletime</keyword> -<keyword>sword</keyword> -<keyword>crosswire</keyword> -<keyword>help dialog</keyword> -</keywordset> - -</bookinfo> - -&hdbkchap1; -&hdbkchap2; -&hdbkchap3; -&hdbkchap4; -&hdbkchap5; - -</book> -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-step:0 -sgml-indent-data:nil -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/howto/Makefile.am b/docs/howto/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index c4da710..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -SUBDIRS = unicode html - - -html-files: - if test -e unicode/index.docbook; then \ - olddir=$$PWD; \ - cd html;\ - echo "Validating the XML files..."; \ - if meinproc ../unicode/index.docbook; then\ - echo "HTML files created successfully."; \ - fi; cd $$olddir; \ - fi; - diff --git a/docs/howto/Makefile.in b/docs/howto/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 12eb7f0..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,740 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/howto -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -#>- RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ -#>- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ -#>- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ -#>- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ -#>- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ -#>- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ -#>- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive -#>+ 7 -RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ - html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ - install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ - install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ - install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ - installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ - ps-recursive uninstall-recursive nmcheck-recursive bcheck-recursive -RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ - distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive -ETAGS = etags -CTAGS = ctags -DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) -#>- DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -#>+ 1 -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(KDE_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -SUBDIRS = unicode html -#>- all: all-recursive -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-recursive - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs - -# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd -# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. -# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, -# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' -# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); -# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. -$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): - @failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - dot_seen=yes; \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done; \ - if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ - fi; test -z "$$fail" - -$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): - @failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - case "$@" in \ - distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - esac; \ - rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ - rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - rev="$$rev ."; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - for subdir in $$rev; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done && test -z "$$fail" -tags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ - done -ctags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ - done - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonemtpy = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - mkid -fID $$unique -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - tags=; \ - here=`pwd`; \ - if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ - include_option=--etags-include; \ - empty_fix=.; \ - else \ - include_option=--include; \ - empty_fix=; \ - fi; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ - tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ - test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - $$tags $$unique; \ - fi -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - tags=; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ - || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ - $$tags $$unique - -GTAGS: - here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ - && cd $(top_srcdir) \ - && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here - -distclean-tags: - -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || exit 1; \ - distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \ - top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \ - (cd $$subdir && \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \ - distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \ - am__remove_distdir=: \ - am__skip_length_check=: \ - distdir) \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-recursive -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: installdirs-recursive -installdirs-am: -install: install-recursive -install-exec: install-exec-recursive -install-data: install-data-recursive -uninstall: uninstall-recursive - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-recursive -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-recursive -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-recursive - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-recursive - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags - -dvi: dvi-recursive - -dvi-am: - -html: html-recursive - -info: info-recursive - -info-am: - -install-data-am: - -install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-recursive - -install-info: install-info-recursive - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive - -install-ps: install-ps-recursive - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-recursive - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-recursive - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: - -.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) install-am \ - install-strip - -.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ - all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - ctags ctags-recursive distclean distclean-generic \ - distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ - html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ - install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ - install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ - install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ - install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ - installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ - maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ - mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \ - uninstall uninstall-am - - -html-files: - if test -e unicode/index.docbook; then \ - olddir=$$PWD; \ - cd html;\ - echo "Validating the XML files..."; \ - if meinproc ../unicode/index.docbook; then\ - echo "HTML files created successfully."; \ - fi; cd $$olddir; \ - fi; -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -KDE_DIST=Makefile.in Makefile.am - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-recursive - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac792ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>ОÑнови на изучаването на БиблиÑта</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Целта на изучаването</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Четенето на БиблиÑта не е заÑлуга и не ноÑи никаква изгода Ñамо по Ñебе Ñи, +оÑвен ако не ни приближава до ИÑÑƒÑ Ð¥Ñ€Ð¸ÑтоÑ. Това от което имаме нужда при +четенето на БиблиÑта, е тръпнещото очакване чрез Ð½ÐµÑ Ð´Ð° Ñе Ñрещнем Ñ +ХриÑтоÑ.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Слушане</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Четене</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Study</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>ЗапаметÑване</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>РазмиÑъл</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Ðачини за изучаване на БиблиÑта</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Тематично изучаване</title> +<para>Изберете Ñи определена тема и Ñ Ñледвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданÑ.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Изучаване на герои</title> +<para>Изучаване на живота на определен библейÑки герой. Ðапример: живота на ЙоÑиф +(Бит. 37-50)</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>ИзÑледване</title> +<para>Изучаване на определен паÑаж, параграф, глава или книга.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>ОÑнови на правилното интерпретиране</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Съдържание</title> +<para>Какво точно Ñе казва? Какво Ñе казва на Ð¾Ñ€Ð¸Ð³Ð¸Ð½Ð°Ð»Ð½Ð¸Ñ ÐµÐ·Ð¸Ðº? Внимавайте Ñ +дефинициите. Ðе четете това, което не е напиÑано!</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>КонтекÑÑ‚</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Препратки</title> +<para>Какво Ñе казва в други Ñтихове по тази тема? Бог никога не Ñи противоречи, +така че нашето тълкувание Ñ‚Ñ€Ñбва да може да издържи проверката на оÑтаналата +чаÑÑ‚ от БиблиÑта.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Примерно изучаване на ÐœÐ°Ñ‚ÐµÑ 6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Сега нека допълним Ð½Ð°ÑˆÐ¸Ñ Ñхематичен план Ñ ÐºÐ¾Ð½ÐºÑ€ÐµÑ‚Ð½Ð¸ инÑтрукции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Как да използваме конкорданÑ?</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>За да намерим определен Ñтих</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Изберете Ñи ключова дума от Ñтиха или дума, коÑто не е чеÑто Ñрещана.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Ðамерете тази дума по азбучен ред</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Под думата има ÑпиÑък от Ñтихове, Ñред които е Ñ‚ÑŠÑ€ÑениÑÑ‚...</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>За да проÑледим тема </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>За да Ñи изÑÑним значениÑта на гръцките и еврейÑките думи</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Ðамерете 1 КоринтÑни 2:15 ............. 350</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>За да разберем значениÑта на имената</title> +<para>По ÑÑŠÑ‰Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð°Ñ‡Ð¸Ð½ можем да открием значениÑта на имената на гръцки или +еврейÑки.</para> +<para>ПотърÑете тези имена и Ñравнете значениÑта им:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Ðавал</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ÐвигеÑ</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ИÑÑƒÑ Ðавиев</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Варава</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51e0de5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>ВажноÑтта на Божието Слово</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Книга, коÑто е уникална</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Сравнение на новозаветните ръкопиÑи Ñ Ð´Ñ€ÑƒÐ³Ð¸ текÑтове от древноÑтта.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Произведение</entry> +<entry>ÐапиÑано</entry> +<entry>Ðай-Ñтаро копие</entry> +<entry>Разлика във времето</entry><entry>Брой копиÑ</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Херодот</entry> +<entry>448-428 пр. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> +<entry>1300 години</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Тацит</entry> +<entry>100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>1100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> +<entry>1000 години</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>ГалÑката война</emphasis> на Цезар</entry> +<entry>50-58 пр. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> +<entry>950 години</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Ливиевата <emphasis>РимÑка ИÑториÑ</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 пр. Ñ…Ñ€. - 17 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> +<entry>900 години</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Ðов Завет</entry> +<entry>40 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€. - 100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>130 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.- чаÑтични ръкопиÑи; 350 ал. Ñ…Ñ€. - пълни ръкопиÑи</entry> <entry>30 - 310 години</entry><entry>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латинÑки +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"С неоÑпорими и разнообразни доказателÑтва на които Ñе облÑгат, +новозаветните текÑтове Ñа неоÑпоримо уникални Ñред оÑтаналите древни +творби." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Книга, коÑто е боговдъхновена</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Тим. 3:16 заÑвÑва: "<emphasis>Ð’Ñичкото пиÑание е +боговдъхновено...</emphasis>" Ð’Ñрвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помиÑлете +за ИÑуÑовото отношение към ПиÑанието. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "<emphasis>...и полезно за поука, за +изобличение, за поправление, за наÑтавление в правдата; за да бъде БожиÑÑ‚ +човек уÑъвършенÑтвуван, Ñъвършено приготвен за вÑÑко добро дело.</emphasis>" +Ðко приемем, че БиблиÑта е Божието Слово, отправено към наÑ, то Ñледва, че +Ñ‚Ñ Ñ‰Ðµ бъде авторитет за Ð½Ð°Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ вÑички въпроÑи каÑаещи вÑрата и поведението. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Книга, коÑто е дейÑтвена</title> +<para> +С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на БиблиÑта? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че +БиблиÑта "<emphasis>дейÑтвува между ваÑ, вÑрващите</emphasis>". Ðека +разгледаме нÑкои Ñтихове и видим как Божието Слово дейÑтва. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Как изучаването на БиблиÑта помага на хриÑтиÑните</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Стих</entry> +<entry>ДейÑтвие</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Еф. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>очиÑтване - "...Ñ Ðµ очиÑтил Ñ Ð²Ð¾Ð´Ð½Ð¾ умиване чрез Ñловото" +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +ДеÑÐ½Ð¸Ñ 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Римл. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +утеха - "...чрез твърдоÑтта и утехата от пиÑаниÑта да имаме надежда" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Римл. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +вÑра - "И тъй, вÑрването е от Ñлушане, а Ñлушането - от ХриÑтовото Ñлово." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Кор. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +поука - "РвÑичко това им Ñе Ñлучи за примери, и Ñе напиÑа за поука нам" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Мат 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +духовна храна - "РТой в отговор каза: 'ПиÑано е: Ðе Ñамо Ñ Ñ…Ð»Ñб ще живее +човек, но Ñ Ð²ÑÑко Ñлово, което излиза от Божиите уÑта." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Книга, коÑто дарÑва Ñвобода</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано Ñ ÑƒÑловие и говори конкретно за +иÑтината на Божието Слово.</para> + +<para>Гръцката дума за "вÑÑ‚ÑŠÑ€", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава <emphasis>буреноÑен +вÑÑ‚ÑŠÑ€</emphasis>. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъÑкани и завличани от +вÑеки вÑÑ‚ÑŠÑ€ на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на БиблиÑта ни +помага, е че ни поÑÑ‚Ð°Ð²Ñ Ð½Ð° здравата оÑнова на ИÑтината, което означава, че +нÑма леÑно да бъдем "завличани".</para> + +<para>"<emphasis>РИÑÑƒÑ Ð² отговор им рече: Заблуждавате Ñе, като не знаете +пиÑаниÑта нито БожиÑта Ñила.</emphasis>" Мат. 22:29</para> +<para>Кои две неща Ñ‚Ñ€Ñбва да знаем, за да не Ñе заблудим?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>ПиÑаниÑта</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>БожиÑта Ñила </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title> +<para> +Еф. 6:10 дава предÑтава за духовното ни вÑеоръжие.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Духовната бронÑ</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>ВъпроÑ</entry> +<entry>Отговор</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Колко от изброените предмети Ñлужат за защита?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Колко - за нападение?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Кое? </entry><entry>Словото - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Съвети</title> +<para> +2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<emphasis>Старай Ñе да Ñе предÑтавиш одобрен пред Бога +работник, който нÑма от що да Ñе Ñрамува, като излагаш право Ñловото на +иÑтината.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Кол. 3:16 казва: "<emphasis>ХриÑтовото Ñлово да Ñе вÑелÑва във Ð²Ð°Ñ Ð±Ð¾Ð³Ð°Ñ‚Ð¾; Ñ +пълна мъдроÑÑ‚ учете Ñе и увещавайте Ñе Ñ Ð¿Ñалми и химни и духовни пеÑни, +като пеете на Бога Ñ Ð±Ð»Ð°Ð³Ð¾Ð´Ð°Ñ‚ в Ñърцата Ñи.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Ðко имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко вÑъщноÑÑ‚ имате? </para> +<para> +Ðемалко!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>ПоÑлеÑлов: Програми за четене на БиблиÑта</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>ÐовиÑÑ‚ Завет за една година: четете по една глава вÑеки работен ден.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Притчи за меÑец: четете по една глава от Притчи вÑеки ден (например главата, +ÑъответÑтваща на датата)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ПÑалми за меÑец:четете по пет пÑалома вÑеки ден, като разликата между +пÑалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете пÑалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и +140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ПÑалми и Притчи за 6 меÑеца: четете по една глава дневно.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>СтариÑÑ‚ Завет без ПÑалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +дневно, като пропуÑнете ПÑалми и Притчи, ще уÑпеете да прочетете Ð¡Ñ‚Ð°Ñ€Ð¸Ñ +Завет за 2 години и 2 Ñедмици. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96044d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Правила за тълкувание на БиблиÑта (херменевтика)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð° думите</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Препратки</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Пример 1.1</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <emphasis>"Болен ли е +нÑкой от ваÑ? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека Ñе помолÑÑ‚ над него +и го помажат Ñ Ð¼Ð°Ñло в ГоÑподното име"</emphasis>. Ð’ какъв ÑмиÑъл Ñе +използва думата "помазвам" тук - практичеÑки или духовен? ПрактичеÑки!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейÑки контекÑÑ‚</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Пример 2.1</title> +<para>Ð’ Ð¿Ñ€ÐµÐ´Ð¸ÑˆÐ½Ð¸Ñ ÑƒÑ€Ð¾Ðº обÑъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<emphasis>"да Ñе роди от вода и +Дух"</emphasis>. Какво общо има водата Ñ Ñ€Ð°Ð·Ð³Ð¾Ð²Ð¾Ñ€Ð°, ÑъглаÑно контекÑта?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Пример 2.2</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Пример 2.3</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на иÑторичеÑÐºÐ¸Ñ Ð¸ културен контекÑÑ‚</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Пример 3.1</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Пример 3.2</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте Ñъобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Пример 4.1</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Пример 4.2</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегориÑ</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Ð’Ñрно ли е, че вÑÑка притча е алегориÑ?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Пример 5.1</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>ИÑтинÑко наÑилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му Ñе ще да защитава +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморÑват" и Ñ‚.н.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Пример 5.2</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..012f073 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>РъководÑтво за изучаване на БиблиÑта</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Резюме</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e92818 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfc34be --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..978832c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата +част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b03e36d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф +(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc5c5ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал</p></li><li><p>Авигея</p></li><li><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f66034f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си, +освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при +четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с +Христос.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Подходи към Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a603600 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Всичкото писание е +боговдъхновено...</em></span>" Вярвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помислете +за Исусовото отношение към Писанието. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "<span class="emphasis"><em>...и полезно за поука, за +изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият +човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело.</em></span>" +Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че +тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e53f63e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога +работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на +истината.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Кол. 3:16 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Христовото слово да се вселява във вас богато; с +пълна мъдрост учете се и увещавайте се с псалми и химни и духовни песни, +като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си.</em></span>" +</p><p>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате? </p><p> +Немалко!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e847b06 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за +истината на Божието Слово.</p><p>Гръцката дума за "вятър", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава <span class="emphasis"><em>буреносен +вятър</em></span>. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъскани и завличани от +всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни +помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че +няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</p><p>"<span class="emphasis"><em>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете +писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Писанията</p></li><li><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b812c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ac9d18 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между +псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и +140.</p></li><li><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария +Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..291892f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> +Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26b863f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> +С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че +Библията "<span class="emphasis"><em>действува между вас, вярващите</em></span>". Нека +разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26 +</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Деяния 20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Римл. 15:4 +</td><td> +утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Римл. 10:17 +</td><td> +вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Кор. 10:11 +</td><td> +поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Мат 4:4 +</td><td> +духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее +човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..747c259 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Нов Завет</td><td>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</td><td>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</td><td>30 - 310 години</td><td>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, +новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни +творби." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e70115 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и +Дух"</em></span>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6c0262 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67c1852 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5093f4f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b1c476 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Болен ли е +някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над него +и го помажат с масло в Господното име"</em></span>. В какъв смисъл се +използва думата "помазвам" тук - практически или духовен? Практически!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..493b4f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c82e675 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Základy studia Bible</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>ProÄ pÅ™istupujeme k Bibli</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>V samotném Ätenà PÃsma nenà žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepÅ™ivede k +JežÃÅ¡i Kristu. PÅ™i každém Ätenà Bible je potÅ™eba horlivÄ› oÄekávat, že se +takto můžeme setkat s JežÃÅ¡em.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>PÅ™Ãstupy k BožÃmu Slovu</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>SlyÅ¡enÃ</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>ÄŒtenÃ</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>MemorovánÃ</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>MeditovánÃ</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Typy studia Bible</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Tématické studium</title> +<para>Zvolà se urÄité téma a procházejà se mÃsta, která o tématu mluvÃ. VyužÃvajà +se pÅ™itom křÞové odkazy a konkordance.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Studium postavy</title> +<para>Studium života biblické postavy, napÅ™. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>VysvÄ›tlujÃcà studium</title> +<para>Studium urÄité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Obsah</title> +<para>Co text Å™Ãká? Co text Å™Ãká v originálnÃm jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "ÄÃst" nÄ›co, co text neÅ™Ãká.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Souvislosti</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Odkazy</title> +<para>Co Å™Ãkajà ostatnà verÅ¡e k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopÅ™e sám sebe, +proto naÅ¡e interpretace musà obstát vzhledem ke zbytku PÃsma.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>VysvÄ›tlujÃcà studium MatouÅ¡e 6,1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>A teÄ doplňte osnovu o konkrétnà instrukce, jak se vyhnout Å¡patným způsobům +praktikovánà spravedlnosti:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Jak použÃvat konkordanci</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>K nalezenà konkrétnÃho verÅ¡e</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Vyberte z verÅ¡e klÃÄové slovo nebo slovo nejménÄ› běžné.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základnÃm tvaru).</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ProjdÄ›te seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verÅ¡.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>K tématickému studiu </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>K ujasnÄ›nà slovnÃho významu v Å™eÄtinÄ› a hebrejÅ¡tinÄ›</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je ÄÃslo 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>K nalezenà významu jmen</title> +<para>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v Å™eÄtinÄ› nebo hebrejÅ¡tinÄ›.</para> +<para>NaleznÄ›te tato jména a zjistÄ›te jejich význam:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nábal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Jozue</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabáš</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c8d5c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Význam BožÃho Slova</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>JedineÄná kniha</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Porovnánà spisů Nového Zákona s ostatnÃmi starovÄ›kými texty.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Text</entry> +<entry>Kdy napsáno</entry> +<entry>NejstarÅ¡Ã opis</entry> +<entry>ÄŒasový odstup</entry><entry>PoÄet opisů</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 pÅ™.K.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> +<entry>1300 let</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 n.l.</entry><entry>1100 n.l.</entry> +<entry>1000 let</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesarova <emphasis>Válka Galská</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 pÅ™.K.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> +<entry>950 let</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livyho <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 pÅ™.K. - 17 n.l.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> +<entry>900 let</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Nový Zákon</entry> +<entry>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</entry><entry>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</entry> <entry>30 - 310 let</entry><entry>5000 Å™eckých a 10 000 latinských +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepÅ™en, je text Nového Zákona +absolutnÄ› a nedosažitelnÄ› osamocený mezi ostatnÃmi starovÄ›kými prózami." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <emphasis>"VeÅ¡keré PÃsmo vdechnuté Bohem..."</emphasis> +VěřÃte tomu? Než odpovÃte, zvažte JežÃšův postoj k PÃsmu. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2Tm 3,16 pokraÄuje: <emphasis>"a je užiteÄné k vyuÄovánÃ, k usvÄ›dÄovánÃ, k +napravovánà a k výchovÄ› ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Božà ÄlovÄ›k dokonalý a +vybavený ke každému dobrému dÃlu."</emphasis> Pokud pÅ™ijmeme, že Bible je +opravdu Bůh mluvÃcà k nám, budeme ji mÃt jako autoritu ve vÅ¡ech vÄ›cech vÃry +a chovánÃ. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title> +<para> +Co vám studium Bible pÅ™inese? 1Te 2,13 Å™Ãká, že Bible je <emphasis>"slovo +BožÃ, jež také působà ve vás věřÃcÃch."</emphasis> PopiÅ¡me si, co vÅ¡echno +Slovo vykonává. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Co studium Bible dÄ›lá s kÅ™esÅ¥anem?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Odkaz</entry> +<entry>Vliv</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef 5,26 +</entry> +<entry>oÄiÅ¡Å¥uje - "...když ji oÄistil koupelà vody skrze slovo." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Sk 20,32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Ř 15,4 +</entry> +<entry> +povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpÄ›livost a skrze potěšenà PÃsem mÄ›li nadÄ›ji." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Ř 10,17 +</entry> +<entry> +dává vÃru - "VÃra je tedy ze slyÅ¡enà a slyÅ¡enà skrze slovo BožÃ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1K 10,11 +</entry> +<entry> +napomÃná - "A toto vÅ¡echno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro +napomenutà nám" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mt 4,4 +</entry> +<entry> +sytà - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude ÄlovÄ›k živ, ale každým slovem, které +vycházà z BožÃch úst.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>VidÃme, že se jedná o podmÃnÄ›né zaslÃbenÃ, mluvÃcà speciálnÄ› o pravdÄ› BožÃho +slova.</para> + +<para>Řecké slovo pro "vÃtr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <emphasis>prudký +vÃtr</emphasis>. <emphasis>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmÃtaná a unášená +každým vÄ›trem uÄenÃ...</emphasis> Jedna z vÄ›cÃ, které nám studium Bible +pÅ™inášÃ, je zakoÅ™enÄ›nà v pravdÄ›, takže nemůžeme být jednoduÅ¡e "odfouknuti".</para> + +<para><emphasis>JežÃÅ¡ jim vÅ¡ak odpovÄ›dÄ›l: "BloudÃte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = +dÄ›láte chybu], protože neznáte PÃsma ani Božà moc."</emphasis>Mt 22,29</para> +<para>Jaké dvÄ› vÄ›ci musÃme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Božà slovo</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Božà moc </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title> +<para> +V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden pÅ™ehled naÅ¡Ã duchovnà zbroje.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Duchovnà zbroj</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Otázka</entry> +<entry>OdpovÄ›Ä</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Kolik popsaných Äástà zbroje sloužà k obranÄ›?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Kolik je jich útoÄných?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Která (-é)? </entry><entry>Slovo - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>NapomenutÃ</title> +<para> +<emphasis>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl pÅ™edstavit jako +osvÄ›dÄený pÅ™ed Bohem, dÄ›lnÃk, který se nemá za co stydÄ›t a který správnÄ› +vykládá slovo pravdy."</emphasis> (2Tm 2,15) +</para> +<para> +<emphasis>"AÅ¥ ve vás bohatÄ› pÅ™ebývá Kristovo slovo ve vÅ¡Ã +moudrosti. VyuÄujte a napomÃnejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpÄ›vy a +duchovnÃmi pÃsnÄ›mi; s vdÄ›Änostà zpÃvejte svým srdcem Pánu."</emphasis> (Kol +3,16) +</para> + +<para>Pokud jste v nÄ›Äem bohatÃ, kolik toho nÄ›Äeho máte? </para> +<para> +Nemálo!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>PÅ™Ãloha: Plány Ätenà Bible</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Nový Zákon za rok: ÄtÄ›te jednu kapitolu dennÄ›, pÄ›t dnà v týdnu.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>PÅ™Ãslovà za mÄ›sÃc: ÄtÄ›te jednu kapitolu PÅ™Ãslovà dennÄ›, podle ÄÃsla dne v +mÄ›sÃci.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Žalmy za mÄ›sÃc: ÄtÄ›te každý den pÄ›t Žalmů s odstupem tÅ™iceti ÄÃsel, +napÅ™Ãklad pro 20. den ÄtÄ›te Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Žalmy a PÅ™Ãslovà za Å¡est mÄ›sÃců: ÄtÄ›te od zaÄátku do konce jednu kapitolu +dennÄ›.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a PÅ™Ãslovà za dva roky: když budete ÄÃst jednu +kapitolu dennÄ› a pÅ™eskoÄÃte Žalmy a PÅ™ÃslovÃ, pÅ™eÄtete celý SZ za dva roky a +dva týdny. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87a2208 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle pÅ™esného významu slov.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Odkazy</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>A nynà se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazánÃ" +duchovnà nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 2A</title> +<para>PodÃvejme se na Jan 3,5: "<emphasis>Jestliže se nÄ›kdo nenarodà z vody a z +Ducha</emphasis>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>PÅ™iklad 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturnÃm kontextu</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normálnà užÃvánà slov v jazyce</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopenà smyslu podobenstvà a rozdÃlu mezi podobenstvÃm a +alegoriÃ</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Je pravda, že každé podobenstvà je alegoriÃ?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Zcela znásilnÄ›ný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebnÃk jej +obtěžuje atd.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d953522 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Jak studovat Bibli</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Původnà anglické znÄ›nÃ:</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..522b7c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d0611f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům +praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..daeed6b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f6867b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48e4ff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozue</p></li><li><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5759b6a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k +Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se +takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48f7168 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <span class="emphasis"><em>"Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem..."</em></span> +Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: <span class="emphasis"><em>"a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k +napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a +vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu."</em></span> Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je +opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry +a chování. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfc80b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako +osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně +vykládá slovo pravdy."</em></span> (2Tm 2,15) +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Ať ve vás bohatě přebývá Kristovo slovo ve vší +moudrosti. Vyučujte a napomínejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpěvy a +duchovními písněmi; s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu."</em></span> (Kol +3,16) +</p><p>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte? </p><p> +Nemálo!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e430bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího +slova.</p><p>Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <span class="emphasis"><em>prudký +vítr</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená +každým větrem učení...</em></span> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible +přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = +děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c54852c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3b4cec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci.</p></li><li><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně.</p></li><li><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a +dva týdny. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b030774 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f18183d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <span class="emphasis"><em>"slovo +Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</em></span> Popišme si, co všechno +Slovo vykonává. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 +</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Sk 20,32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Ř 15,4 +</td><td> +povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Ř 10,17 +</td><td> +dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1K 10,11 +</td><td> +napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro +napomenutí nám" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt 4,4 +</td><td> +sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které +vychází z Božích úst.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81a6642 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nový Zákon</td><td>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</td><td>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</td><td>30 - 310 let</td><td>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona +absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..294da7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z +Ducha</em></span>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42859a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..649ea35 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51451a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej +obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0502251 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazání" +duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa45496 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64d4ea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, +nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn +wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie +Christus zu finden.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hören</title> +<para>Lukas 11,28 <quote>Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lesen</title> +<para>Offenbarung 1,3 <quote>Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist +nahe.</quote></para> +<para>1. Timotheus 4,13 <quote>Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studium</title> +<para>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <quote>Diese waren freundlicher als die in +Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten +Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so +verhielte.</quote> +</para> +<para>2. Timotheus 2,15 <quote>Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Auswendiglernen</title> +<para>Psalm 119,11 <quote>Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sündige.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Nachdenken</title> +<para>Psalm 1,1-3 <quote>Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern +Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag +und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der +zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Thematische Studie</title> +<para>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Charakterstudie</title> +<para>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Textauszugsstudie</title> +<para>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Inhalt</title> +<para>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt +wird.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Kontext</title> +<para>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst +die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten +Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Querverweise</title> +<para>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere +Stellen bestehen.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Was bedeutet <quote>Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</quote>? Gibt der Text +irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? +<emphasis>Unsere Absichten!</emphasis> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln +diesen Gedanken?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Wenn Sie spenden</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Wenn Sie fasten</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Wenn Sie beten</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Füllen Sie jetzt die Ãœbersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Wenn Sie spenden + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>usw.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Finden Sie diese Verse: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</title> +<para>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <quote>Richtet +nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Korinther 2,15 +(Lutherbibel von 1545) <quote>Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von +niemand gerichtet.</quote> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei +verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" +im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</title> +<para>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.</para> +<para>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Josua</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8368339 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Werk</entry> +<entry>Erstellungszeit</entry> +<entry>Erstausgabe</entry> +<entry>Zeitspanne</entry><entry>Anzahl von Kopien</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodot</entry> +<entry>448-428 v.Chr..</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> +<entry>1300 Jahre</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 n.Chr.</entry><entry>1100 n.Chr.</entry> +<entry>1000 Jahre</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischer Krieg</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 v.Chr.</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> +<entry>950 Jahre</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livius' <emphasis>Römische Geschichte</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> +<entry>900 Jahre</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Neues Testament</entry> +<entry>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</entry><entry>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</entry> <entry>30 - 310 Jahre</entry><entry>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen +alten Prosaschriften." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <emphasis><quote>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott +eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</quote></emphasis> Glauben Sie das? +Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in +Betracht. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <emphasis><quote>ist nütze zur Lehre, +zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass +der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk +geschickt. </quote></emphasis> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel +wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie +unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title> +<para> +Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, +dass die Bibel <emphasis><quote> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr +glaubet.</quote> </emphasis> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit +nieder, die das Wort durchführt. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Referenz</entry> +<entry>Zweck</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Epheser 5,26 +</entry> +<entry>es reinigt -- <quote>[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</quote> +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Apostelgeschichte 20,32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Römer 15,4 +</entry> +<entry> +es ermutigt -- <quote>Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung +haben. </quote> +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Römer 10,17 +</entry> +<entry> +es gibt Glauben -- <quote>So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</quote> +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1. Korinther 10,11 +</entry> +<entry> +es warnt -- <quote> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</quote> +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matthäus 4,4 +</entry> +<entry> +Nahrung -- <quote>Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem +Wort Gottes geht."</quote> +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der +Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</para> + +<para>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint +einen <emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>. <emphasis>Als Folge sind wir +nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von +jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der +Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <quote>weggeblasen werden</quote>.</para> + +<para><emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <quote>Ihr irrt, weil +ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</quote></emphasis> +Matthäus 22,29</para> +<para>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Gottes Wort</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Gottes Kraft </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title> +<para> +Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Geistliche Rüstung</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Frage</entry> +<entry>Antwort</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Welche? </entry><entry>das Wort - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Ermahnungen</title> +<para> +2. Thimotheus 2,15<emphasis><quote>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu +erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort +der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</quote></emphasis> +</para> +<para> +Kollosser 3,16<emphasis><quote> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, +Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren +Herzen. </quote></emphasis> +</para> + +<para>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </para> +<para> +Nicht wenig!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote></title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 +lesen.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie +das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cca2a46 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Bestimmung</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Querverweise</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Beispiel 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Beispiel 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Querverweise für aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Querverweise für chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk 4,18 <quote>Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich +gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht +bringe...</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: +<emphasis>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE +GEISTLICHE</emphasis>.</para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 +anwenden <emphasis><quote>Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im +Namen des Herrn.</quote></emphasis> Ist hier <quote>salben</quote> geistlich +oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Beispiel 2A</title> +<para>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<emphasis><quote>geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</quote></emphasis> Im +Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Beispiel 2B</title> +<para>1 Korinther 14,34 <quote>[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von +1. Korinther 11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet +[...]</quote> genommen werden.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Beispiel 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Beispiel 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Beispiel 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Beispiel 4A</title> +<para><quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt.6,23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Beispiel 4B</title> +<para>Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title> +<para>Eine Allegorie ist <emphasis>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine +Bedeutung hat.</emphasis></para> +<para>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Beispiel 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Beispiel 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a78fad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Zusammenfassung</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4aa1e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 “<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 “<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist +nahe.</span>”</p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 “<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 “<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in +Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten +Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so +verhielte.</span>” +</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 “<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 “<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sündige.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 “<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern +Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag +und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der +zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8721827 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet “<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>”? Gibt der Text +irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Unsere Absichten!</em></span> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln +diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..796ed08 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt +wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst +die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten +Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere +Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcd330e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a464100 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 “<span class="quote">Richtet +nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>” und 1. Korinther 2,15 +(Lutherbibel von 1545) “<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von +niemand gerichtet.</span>” entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei +verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" +im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6c7c4e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, +nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn +wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie +Christus zu finden.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Bibellesepläne </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annäherung an Gottes Wort</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..306029a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott +eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>”</em></span> Glauben Sie das? +Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in +Betracht. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, +zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass +der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk +geschickt. </span>”</em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel +wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie +unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0973991 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> +2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu +erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort +der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>”</em></span> +</p><p> +Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, +Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren +Herzen. </span>”</em></span> +</p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </p><p> +Nicht wenig!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Einer für Alle</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb1cf12 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der +Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</p><p>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint +einen <span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>Als Folge sind wir +nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von +jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der +Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht “<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>”.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, “<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil +ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>”</em></span> +Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..563421b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Einer für Alle</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Einer für Alle</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: “<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>”</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..893450e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche.</p></li><li><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 +lesen.</p></li><li><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie +das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Einer für Alle </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15b7e6d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> +Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b87011d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> +Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, +dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr +glaubet.</span>” </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit +nieder, die das Wort durchführt. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26 +</td><td>es reinigt -- “<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</span>” +</td></tr><tr><td> +Apostelgeschichte 20,32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Römer 15,4 +</td><td> +es ermutigt -- “<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung +haben. </span>” +</td></tr><tr><td> +Römer 10,17 +</td><td> +es gibt Glauben -- “<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>” +</td></tr><tr><td> +1. Korinther 10,11 +</td><td> +es warnt -- “<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>” +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matthäus 4,4 +</td><td> +Nahrung -- “<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem +Wort Gottes geht."</span>” +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36d1852 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Neues Testament</td><td>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</td><td>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</td><td>30 - 310 Jahre</td><td>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen +alten Prosaschriften." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75aef2f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>”</em></span> Im +Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 “<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung</span>” muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von +1. Korinther 11,5 “<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet +[...]</span>” genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a94ad68 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f84cb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>” in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 “<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16e27f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine +Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..010ba87 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Bestimmung. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Querverweise für aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl.</p></li><li><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Querverweise für chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk 4,18 “<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich +gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht +bringe...</span>”</p></li><li><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft</p></li><li><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: +<span class="emphasis"><em>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE +GEISTLICHE</em></span>.</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 +anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im +Namen des Herrn.</span>”</em></span> Ist hier “<span class="quote">salben</span>” geistlich +oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7848e61 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index f70bf81..f70bf81 100644 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 8464528..4e837bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: </para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> -<table> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> <title>Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</title> <tgroup cols="5"> <thead> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word performs. </para> -<table> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> <title>What does Bible study do for Christians?</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para> <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A Book that Wars</title> <para> Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para> -<table> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> <title>Spiritual Armor</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index aadc189..aadc189 100644 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc59daf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> + + <copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and + is licensed under the terms of the license + <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstract</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the + readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This + particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to + advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read + and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start + with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your + heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61e504d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and +observe it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself +approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling +accurately the word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not +sin against Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And +in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted +by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not +wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all +the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the +Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become +familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types of Bible Studies</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b66c912 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums +up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself +if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area +of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our +righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c22833 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful +with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make +sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God +doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc68911 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a +concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in +Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b47b383 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the +concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. +"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 +“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in +English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. + Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the + OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..507a4a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that +in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you +are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just so +in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of +Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus +Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that +through it we may meet Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1b9e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... +</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that +proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider Jesus' attitude +toward the Scriptures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for +granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say +'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in +Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He +said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He +went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true to +say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to +say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not +speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor +did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God +spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "<span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for +correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, +equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of faith +and conduct. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..733f148 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly +dividing the word of truth.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another +with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</em></span>" +</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you +have? </p><p> +Not a little!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these +collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But +beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and +excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for +All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee954ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you +free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by +itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to +all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the +sentence, in v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by +waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One +thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the +result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not +understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>God's word</p></li><li><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0fdfc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for +All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for +All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the +finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek +Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as +to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT +to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was +once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" +(Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once +for all and Christ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian +revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ complete. +Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory to Christ... These are +the two rocks on which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed +word without the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without +the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70e1595 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your +Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, +or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a +week.</p></li><li><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, +corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, +for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs +one chapter per day.</p></li><li><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if +you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for +All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ce331f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> +Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c54d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p> +What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible +"<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you +who believe.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word +performs. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="What does Bible study do for Christians?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26 +</td><td>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Acts 20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- +" +...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the +inheritance among all those who are sanctified. +" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 15:4 +</td><td> +encourages -- "that through perseverance and the +encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 10:17 +</td><td> +gives faith -- +"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of +Christ." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Cor. 10:11 +</td><td> +instructs -- +"Now these things happened to them for an example, +and they were written for our instruction" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt. 4:4 +</td><td> +nourishment -- +"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, +but on every word that proceeds out of the +mouth of God.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that God Breathed </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Liberates</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e040caa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for +All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on +God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> +compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>New Testament</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 +A.D. Full manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 years</td><td>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied +900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have +full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New +Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How +many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 +in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which +it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably +alone among other ancient prose writings." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the +Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> p. +25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that God Breathed</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9ce9f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the +verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, +it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is +the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being +discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your +interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to be taken within the biblical +context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, +and let each of you be baptized in the name of +Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching +elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging +baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, +how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..139157a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but “<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. +We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have +led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," +esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning +yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the +apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets +of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish +mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 +p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = +day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context +is that cutting animals in two and then walking between +the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking +the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But +in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f81e743 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and +figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even +more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't +understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I +am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. +Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we +are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a +lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) +with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same +rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”. The Mormons +had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..533ed34 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of +God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one +point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get +our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one +lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer +"bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it +an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a +time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..794ef4d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by +delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says +this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no +prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; +by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are +some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to +their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been +drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. +Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author + use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical + documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? + <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek + words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want +to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look +it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters +give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up +the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying +influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look +up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for +"present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do +something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This +is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated +"anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). + Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, +as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main +verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the +definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good +Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal +use in Jesus' day. +</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let +him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would +be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the +Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person +medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and +spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..924d009 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and + is licensed under the terms of the license + + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the + readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This + particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to + advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read + and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start + with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your + heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance of God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for +All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">What does Bible study do for Christians?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aca78fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Joh 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen +elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun +luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <quote>Menemme +kehdon luo vauvan takia</quote>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</attribution> +<para>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten +omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana +sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan +maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he +olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</para> +<para>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta +vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa +Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme +Kristuksen.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title> +<para>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan +kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen +kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, +tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Kuuntele</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lue</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Tutki</title> +<para>Apt. 17:11 <quote>Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden +sanaa oikein.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Paina mieleen</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Mietiskele</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</quote> +</para> + +<para>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia +sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on +avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua +enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat +tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</title> +<para>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</title> +<para>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Selittävä tutkiminen</title> +<para>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Sisältö</title> +<para>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Asiayhteys</title> +<para>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - +tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan +kanssa.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Ristiinviittaukset</title> +<para>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin +kirjoituksiin.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title> +<para>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin +avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista +jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko +ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se +roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Mitä tarkoittaa <quote>hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</quote>? Antaako +tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? +<emphasis>Motiivimme!</emphasis> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Kun annat</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Kun paastoat</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Kun rukoilet</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Kun annat + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <quote>kuulostaa +trumpetilta</quote> tänäpäivänä?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>tee se salaisesti.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>jne.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Löydä erityinen jae</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Etsi nämä jakeet: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </title> +<para>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun +tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut +viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden +viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa +"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</title> +<para>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <quote>Älkää +tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</quote> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <quote>Hengellinen +ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan +voi tutkia.</quote> Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin +käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Katso "tuomio".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku +viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Nyt katso "tuomio".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa +Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) +Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</title> +<para>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.</para> +<para>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Joosua</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..821283c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title> +<para>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka +kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista +oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</title> +<para>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen +seuraavissa asioissa:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla +dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best +seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin +ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi +kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat +luotettavia?</emphasis> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden +muinaisten tekstien kanssa: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Työ</entry> +<entry>Milloin kirjoitettu</entry> +<entry>Varhaisin kopio</entry> +<entry>Aikaväli</entry><entry>Kopioiden lukumäärä</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 eKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> +<entry>1300 vuotta</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 jKr.</entry><entry>1100 jKr.</entry> +<entry>1000 vuotta</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 eKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> +<entry>950 vuotta</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livyn <emphasis>Rooman historia</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> +<entry>900 vuotta</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Uusi Testamentti</entry> +<entry>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</entry><entry>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</entry> <entry>30 - 310 vuotta</entry><entry>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen +sota</emphasis>, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen +jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta +350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia +vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130 +jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? +5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis> s. 25-26</attribution><para>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin +tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten +proosatekstien joukossa." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja +toimii... </emphasis>" Jeesus sanoi <emphasis>(Matt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan +jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</emphasis>" Kun luemme +Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla. +</para> +<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt +kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja +kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään.</emphasis>" Uskotko sinä +tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan +todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt +uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus +itse opetti niin. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "<emphasis>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, +ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan +ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</emphasis>" Jos +hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, +että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title> +<para> +Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu +"<emphasis>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen +rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Viittaus</entry> +<entry>Toiminta</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Apt 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat +meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Room. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten +rohkaisuun kautta." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Room. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Kor. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat +kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matt. 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title> +<para> +Joh.8:32 "<emphasis>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä +vapaita.</emphasis>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai +ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset +lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "<emphasis>Jos te pysytte +uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella +opetuslapsiani... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan +totuudesta.</para> + +<para>Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa +<emphasis>rajuilmaa.</emphasis> "<emphasis>silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä, +jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien +ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</emphasis>"Yksi asia, minkä +Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä +seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</para> + +<para><emphasis>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </emphasis>"<emphasis>Te +kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan +voimaa.</emphasis>"Matt.22:29</para> +<para>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Jumalan sana</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Jumalan voima </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title> +<para> +Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Hengellinen sotavaruste</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Kysymys</entry> +<entry>Vastaus</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</entry><entry>Yksi</entry></row> +<row><entry>Mikä niistä? </entry><entry>sana - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Kehotus</title> +<para> +2 Tim.2:15 "<emphasis>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden +sanaa oikein.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Kol.3:16 "<emphasis>Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana +keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja +laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä +lauluja.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? </para> +<para> +Ei pieni!</para> + +<para> +Saarn.12:11-12 "<emphasis>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan +piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman +paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla +kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää +ruumiin.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on +kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen +lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen +täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava +Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen +reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden +lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden +lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> auktoriteetiksemme ja <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> pelastukseksemme.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title> <para> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti +Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, +esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta +pitääksesi sen tuoreena! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbf126f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että +huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille +selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</title> +<para>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen +kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen +merkitys näillä askelilla:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Määrittely</title> + <para>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Ristiinviittaukset</title> + <para>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai +hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, +selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja +käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat +sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin +Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana +ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <emphasis>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan +kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla +voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Esimerkki 1A</title> +<para>Joh.20:17 <emphasis>"Älä koske minuun"</emphasis> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, +eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt +kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei +näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' +<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, +1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Esimerkki 1B</title> +<para>Jaak. 5:14, <emphasis>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja +rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</emphasis>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja +määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <emphasis>"aleipho" on öljyn +jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</emphasis></para> + +<para>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan +kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä +ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen +päivinä. +</para> +<para>Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <emphasis>"Jos +joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä +voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan +Herran nimeen."</emphasis> Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? +Jokapäiväistä!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title> +<para>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? +Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on +virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan +tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan +jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Esimerkki 2A</title> +<para>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <emphasis>"syntynyt vedestä ja +Hengestä."</emphasis> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä +asiayhteydessään?</para> +<para>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja +Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä +muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on +näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Esimerkki 2B</title> +<para>1 Kor.14:34 <quote>Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</quote> on otettu +raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 <quote>jokainen nainen [...] +rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Esimerkki 2C</title> +<para>Apt. 2:38 <quote>Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin +kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi +[...] " </quote>. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos +tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta +selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla +Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen +kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie +uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 +<emphasis>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan +evankeliumia"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title> +<para> +Emme kysy ensiksi <quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote> vaan <quote>Mitä +se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</quote>; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, +<quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote>. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon +kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Esimerkki 3A</title><para> <quote>3 päivää & 3 yötä</quote> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia +"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin +kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös +sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? +Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään +silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.</para> +<para>Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän +osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja +puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa, +vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä +tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja +päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai +klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 +i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta +poistaa ongelman.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Esimerkki 3B</title><para>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin +sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä +palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin +rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen +mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella +sopimuksella.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title> +<para>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla +kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Esimerkki 4A</title> +<para><quote>paha silmä</quote> Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö +2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja +jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä +oikein!!</para> +<para>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <quote>evil +eye</quote>. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 +"<emphasis>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä +karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</emphasis>" +Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai +kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä +ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Esimerkki 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</quote></para> +<para>5. Moos. 33:27 <quote>Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää +heidät.</quote></para> +<para> +Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli +kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat +opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen +antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin +(<emphasis>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</emphasis> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla +joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden +tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 <quote>Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet +turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja +kilpi.</quote>. W.M. sanoi, <quote>Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte +Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</quote>. Mormonien oli +naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</title> +<para>Vertauskuva on: <emphasis>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on +merkitys.</emphasis></para> +<para>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</para> + +<para>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on +vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, +jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia +kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä +opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden +sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, +jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Esimerkki 5A</title> +<para>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen +vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</para> +<para>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Esimerkki 5B</title> +<para>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen +merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </para> +<para>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa +valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei +kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f42934 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on +lisensioitu <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> +"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link> -lisenssillä. + </para> + <para> + Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstrakti</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff226bd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan +kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen +kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, +tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 “<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden +sanaa oikein.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>” +</p><p>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia +sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on +avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua +enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat +tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b4c89e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin +avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista +jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko +ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se +roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa “<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”? Antaako +tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat</p></li><li><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan “<span class="quote">kuulostaa +trumpetilta</span>” tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c430004 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - +tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan +kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin +kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0f0ad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bddb39 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</p></li><li><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun +tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut +viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden +viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa +"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 “<span class="quote">Älkää +tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>” ja 1 Kor.2:15 “<span class="quote">Hengellinen +ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan +voi tutkia.</span>” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin +käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku +viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa +Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) +Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joosua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09514c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen +elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun +luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat “<span class="quote">Menemme +kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten +omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana +sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan +maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he +olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</p><p>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta +vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa +Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme +Kristuksen.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e92727a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja +toimii... </em></span>" Jeesus sanoi <span class="emphasis"><em>(Matt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan +jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</em></span>" Kun luemme +Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt +kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja +kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään.</em></span>" Uskotko sinä +tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan +todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt +uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus +itse opetti niin. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "<span class="emphasis"><em>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, +ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan +ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</em></span>" Jos +hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, +että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f694b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden +sanaa oikein.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Kol.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana +keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja +laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä +lauluja.</em></span>" +</p><p>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? </p><p> +Ei pieni!</p><p> +Saarn.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan +piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman +paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla +kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää +ruumiin.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89ca3ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> +Joh.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä +vapaita.</em></span>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai +ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset +lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jos te pysytte +uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella +opetuslapsiani... </em></span>"</p><p>Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan +totuudesta.</p><p>Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa +<span class="emphasis"><em>rajuilmaa.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä, +jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien +ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</em></span>"Yksi asia, minkä +Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä +seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Te +kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan +voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3f6ebc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on +kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen +lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen +täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava +Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen +reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden +lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden +lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> auktoriteetiksemme ja <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> pelastukseksemme.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4582aab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti +Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, +esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta +pitääksesi sen tuoreena! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e8143a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d598aff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> +Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu +"<span class="emphasis"><em>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen +rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Apt 20:32 +</td><td> +rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat +meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Room. 15:4 +</td><td> +rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten +rohkaisuun kautta." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Room. 10:17 +</td><td> +antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Kor. 10:11 +</td><td> +opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat +kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matt. 4:4 +</td><td> +ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62b996d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka +kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista +oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen +seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla +dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best +seller! +</p></li><li><p> +tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin +ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi +kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. +</p></li><li><p> +säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat +luotettavia?</em></span> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden +muinaisten tekstien kanssa: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Uusi Testamentti</td><td>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</td><td>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</td><td>30 - 310 vuotta</td><td>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen +sota</em></span>, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen +jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta +350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia +vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130 +jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? +5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin +tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten +proosatekstien joukossa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span> s. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dab129f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? +Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on +virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan +tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan +jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja +Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä +asiayhteydessään?</p><p>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja +Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä +muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on +näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>” on otettu +raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 “<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] +rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 “<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin +kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi +[...] " </span>”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos +tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta +selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla +Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen +kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie +uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan +evankeliumia"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a32165a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> +Emme kysy ensiksi “<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>” vaan “<span class="quote">Mitä +se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, +“<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon +kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia +"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin +kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös +sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? +Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään +silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.</p><p>Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän +osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja +puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa, +vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä +tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja +päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai +klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 +i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta +poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin +sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä +palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin +rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen +mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella +sopimuksella.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f32a9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla +kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>” Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö +2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja +jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä +oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, “<span class="quote">evil +eye</span>”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 +"<span class="emphasis"><em>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä +karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</em></span>" +Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai +kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä +ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 “<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää +heidät.</span>”</p><p> +Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli +kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat +opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen +antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin +(<span class="emphasis"><em>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</em></span> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla +joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden +tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 “<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet +turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja +kilpi.</span>”. W.M. sanoi, “<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte +Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”. Mormonien oli +naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..948e4c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on +merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on +vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, +jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia +kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä +opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden +sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, +jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen +vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen +merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </p><p>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa +valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei +kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9dd5e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että +huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille +selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen +kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen +merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li><p><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai +hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, +selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja +käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat +sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin +Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana +ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <span class="emphasis"><em>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan +kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla +voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, +eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt +kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei +näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' +<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, +1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja +rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja +määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" on öljyn +jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</em></span></p><p>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan +kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä +ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen +päivinä. +</p><p>Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <span class="emphasis"><em>"Jos +joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä +voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan +Herran nimeen."</em></span> Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? +Jokapäiväistä!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..297a8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on +lisensioitu +"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä. + </p><p> + Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9ffcb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bases de l'étude biblique</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, +mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que +nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à +travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Écouter</title> +<para>Luc 11:28 <emphasis>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et +qui la gardent !"</emphasis></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lire</title> +<para>Apocalypse 1:3 <emphasis>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les +paroles de la prophétie..."</emphasis></para> +<para>1 Timothée.4:13 <emphasis>"appliques toi à la lecture [des +Écritures]..."</emphasis> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Étude</title> +<para>Actes 17:11 <emphasis>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux +de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et +ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait +était exact."</emphasis> +</para> +<para>2 Timothée.2:15 <emphasis>"Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter +devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui +dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</emphasis></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Mémoriser</title> +<para>Psaumes.119:11 <emphasis>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas +pécher contre toi."</emphasis></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Méditer</title> +<para>Psaumes.1:2-3 <emphasis>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de +l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre planté près +d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage +ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit."</emphasis> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Étude thématique</title> +<para>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Étude de personnage</title> +<para>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans +Genèse 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Étude expositoire</title> +<para>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenu</title> +<para>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne +signifie pas.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexte</title> +<para>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la +règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage +entier et du livre.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Références croisées</title> +<para>Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible +? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente +face aux autres Écritures.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des +exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! +Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Quand tu fais l'aumône</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Quand tu jeûnes</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Quand tu pries</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Quand tu fais l'aumône + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Trouver ces versets : +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Pour faire une étude thématique </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</title> +<para>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne +jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme +spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-être y a-t-il deux mots +grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (à partir de +maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Recherche du mot "jugés".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Pour trouver la signification des noms</title> +<para>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</para> +<para>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigaïl</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57d6296 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un livre unique</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Ouvrage</entry> +<entry>Date d'écriture</entry> +<entry>Copie la plus ancienne</entry> +<entry>Période écoulée</entry><entry>Nombre de copies</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Hérodote</entry> +<entry>448-428 avant J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> +<entry>1300 ans</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacite</entry> +<entry>100 après J.C.</entry><entry>1100 après J.C.</entry> +<entry>1000 ans</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César</entry> +<entry>50-58 avant J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> +<entry>950 ans</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>L'<emphasis>histoire romaine</emphasis> de Live</entry> +<entry>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> +<entry>900 ans</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Nouveau Testament</entry> +<entry>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</entry><entry>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</entry> <entry>30 - 310 ans</entry><entry>5000 grecs & 10000 latins +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part +parmis les autres écrits en prose anciens." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tim.3:16 dit,"<emphasis>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est +parcourue du Souffle de Dieu].</emphasis>" Le pensez vous ? Avant de +répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à -vis des Écritures. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Timothée 3:16 poursuit : "<emphasis>... et utile pour enseigner, pour +convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme +de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre.</emphasis>" Si nous +admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle +doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un livre qui agit</title> +<para> +Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13 +affirme que la Bible "<emphasis>...agit en vous qui croyez.</emphasis>" À +coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Référence</entry> +<entry>Action</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Eph. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir +purifiée par le baptême d'eau..." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Actes 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rom. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que +donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rom. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de +la parole de Christ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Cor. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et +elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matt 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +nourriture -- "Jésus répondit: Il est écrit: L'homme ne vivra pas de pain +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un livre qui libère</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout +particulièrement à propos de la vérité de la Parole.</para> + +<para>Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Eph 4:14 signifie plus précisément un +<emphasis>vent violent. </emphasis> "<emphasis>afin que nous ne soyons plus +des enfants, flottants et emportés à tout vent de +doctrine...</emphasis>"L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous +ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas +facilement "emportés".</para> + +<para><emphasis> Jésus leur répondit : </emphasis>"<emphasis>Vous êtes dans +l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de +Dieu.</emphasis>"Matthieu.22:29</para> +<para>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de +l'erreur ?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>La Parole de Dieu</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>La puissance de Dieu </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un livre qui combat</title> +<para> +Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>L'armure spirituelle</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Question</entry> +<entry>Réponse</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Combien sont offensives ?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>La (les) quelle(s) ? </entry><entry>La Parole - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>les exhortations</title> +<para> +2 Timothée 2:15 "<emphasis>Efforces toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un +homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la +parole de la vérité.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Colossiens 3:16 "<emphasis>Que la parole de Christ habite parmi vous +abondamment; instruisez vous et exhortez vous les uns les autres en toute +sagesse, par des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, +chantant à Dieu dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? </para> +<para> +Pas qu'un peu !</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par +exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & +140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes +un chapitre par jour.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les psaumes & +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f884b92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Définition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Références croisées</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemple 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemple 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Références croisées d'alelpho : + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Références croisées de chrio + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux +références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des +différences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE +SPIRITUEL</para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à +Jacques 5:14 <emphasis>"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade? Qu'il appelle +les anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant +d'huile au nom du Seigneur."</emphasis> "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou +spirituel ? Pratique !</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemple 2A</title> +<para>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <emphasis>"...naît +d'eau et d'Esprit..."</emphasis> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont +on parle ici ?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemple 2B</title> +<para>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <emphasis>"que les femmes se taisent dans les +assemblées"</emphasis> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 +Corinthiens 11:5 <emphasis>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui +prophétise..."</emphasis></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemple 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemple 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemple 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemple 4A</title> +<para><quote>oeil en mauvais état</quote> dans Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemple 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</title> +<para>Une allégorie est : <emphasis>Une histoire où chaque élément à une +signification.</emphasis></para> +<para>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemple 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemple 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab3b006 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Résumé</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57358c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et +qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les +paroles de la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Timothée.4:13 <span class="emphasis"><em>"appliques toi à la lecture [des +Écritures]..."</em></span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux +de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et +ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait +était exact."</em></span> +</p><p>2 Timothée.2:15 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter +devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui +dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas +pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de +l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre planté près +d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage +ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit."</em></span> +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3ae506 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des +exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! +Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..133ac3b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne +signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la +règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage +entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible +? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente +face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62829a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans +Genèse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..821f24a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets : +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne +jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme +spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-être y a-t-il deux mots +grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (à partir de +maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li><p>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c9772b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, +mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que +nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à +travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approche de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2770b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 dit,"<span class="emphasis"><em>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est +parcourue du Souffle de Dieu].</em></span>" Le pensez vous ? Avant de +répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à-vis des Écritures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Timothée 3:16 poursuit : "<span class="emphasis"><em>... et utile pour enseigner, pour +convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme +de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre.</em></span>" Si nous +admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle +doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8027e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Timothée 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Efforces toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un +homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la +parole de la vérité.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Colossiens 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Que la parole de Christ habite parmi vous +abondamment; instruisez vous et exhortez vous les uns les autres en toute +sagesse, par des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, +chantant à Dieu dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</em></span>" +</p><p>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? </p><p> +Pas qu'un peu !</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80ba71e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout +particulièrement à propos de la vérité de la Parole.</p><p>Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Eph 4:14 signifie plus précisément un +<span class="emphasis"><em>vent violent. </em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>afin que nous ne soyons plus +des enfants, flottants et emportés à tout vent de +doctrine...</em></span>"L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous +ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas +facilement "emportés".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Jésus leur répondit : </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vous êtes dans +l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de +Dieu.</em></span>"Matthieu.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de +l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc76a82 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99329b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par +exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & +140.</p></li><li><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes +un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les psaumes & +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eadb07b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> +Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31f3166 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> +Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13 +affirme que la Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>...agit en vous qui croyez.</em></span>" À +coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26 +</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir +purifiée par le baptême d'eau..." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Actes 20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 15:4 +</td><td> +encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que +donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 10:17 +</td><td> +foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de +la parole de Christ." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Cor. 10:11 +</td><td> +instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et +elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matt 4:4 +</td><td> +nourriture -- "Jésus répondit: Il est écrit: L'homme ne vivra pas de pain +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6cc78c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 après J.C.</td><td>1100 après J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>la <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre des Gaules</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>950 ans</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>L'<span class="emphasis"><em>histoire romaine</em></span> de Live</td><td>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>900 ans</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nouveau Testament</td><td>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</td><td>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</td><td>30 - 310 ans</td><td>5000 grecs & 10000 latins +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part +parmis les autres écrits en prose anciens." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..224a6f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît +d'eau et d'Esprit..."</em></span> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont +on parle ici ?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les +assemblées"</em></span> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 +Corinthiens 11:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui +prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecebcd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dae9ace --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span>” dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e1585d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire où chaque élément à une +signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f02d99 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Références croisées d'alelpho : + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Références croisées de chrio + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux +références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des +différences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE +SPIRITUEL</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à +Jacques 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade? Qu'il appelle +les anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant +d'huile au nom du Seigneur."</em></span> "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou +spirituel ? Pratique !</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e11a792 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545542"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/html/Makefile.am b/docs/howto/html/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 6854ff2..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/html/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - -uninstall-local: diff --git a/docs/howto/html/Makefile.in b/docs/howto/html/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 29dfde2..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/html/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,567 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/howto/html -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = -#>- all: all-am -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/html/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -tags: TAGS -TAGS: - -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: - - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-am -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-am - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-data-local - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-local - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ - dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ - install-data install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi \ - install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ - install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - -uninstall-local: -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/html/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-am - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5f5f4d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Tudakozzátok az Ãrásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök +életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok +hozzám jÅ‘ni, hogy életetek legyen!</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>A fÅ‘ indÃtéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: +<quote> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsÅ‘höz, hogy ringassuk a babát</quote>; de a +Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az +Istennel való szövetségért. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Ãrást, ugyanannyi, +mintha birtokolnáknák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki +befogadta a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövÅ‘ életet." Ez a fajta +tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben Å‘k keservesen csalódtak. [...]</para> +<para>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Ãrást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha +ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, +szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk +Krisztussal.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</title> +<para>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, mÃg tanulmányozni +és memorizálni azt már mikroszkópikus betekintést enged az +Ãrásba. Elmélkedni az Ãrásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, +tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hallgatni</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>SÅ‘t inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +és megtartják azt.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Olvasni</title> +<para>Jel.1:3 <quote>Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak +beszédeit [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Tanulmányozni</title> +<para>ApCsel 17:11 <quote>Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az Ãgét teljes készséggel, +naponként tudakozva az Ãrásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Igyekezzél, hogy Isten elÅ‘tt becsületesen megállj, mint +oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak +beszédét.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizálni</title> +<para>Zsolt.119:11 <quote>SzÃvembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem +ellened.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Elmélkedni</title> +<para>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <quote>Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az Å‘ +törvényérÅ‘l gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek +mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</quote> +</para> + +<para>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlÃtották, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes +megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az IgérÅ‘l miközben +bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az elÅ‘zÅ‘ négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen +feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van +szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és +memorizálja. Ez azért van Ãgy, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia +általános üzenetét.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás tÃpusai</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Témák tanulmányozása</title> +<para>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szószedetek alapján.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Karakterek tanulmányozása</title> +<para>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>MegismerÅ‘ tanulmányozás</title> +<para>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Tartalom</title> +<para>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>szövegkörnyezet</title> +<para>A környezetében lévÅ‘ versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a +király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes +szakasszal és könyvvel.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> +<para>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok +tesztjének.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerÅ‘ tanulmányozása</title> +<para>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, elÅ‘ször megkeresve a +kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor +megtalálta, Ãrjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek elÅ‘tt gyakoroljátok</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Mit jelent a <quote>kegyesség gyakorlása</quote>? Ad erre a szakasz példát? +Az életünk mely területének lett ez cÃmezve? <emphasis>A +motivációnknak!</emphasis> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Amikor adsz</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Amikor böjtölsz</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Amikor imádkozol</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Amikor adsz + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <quote>kürtöltethet</quote> bárki manapság?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>titokban csináld.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>stb.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Megtalálni a pontos verset</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versbÅ‘l.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Menjen végig az oszlopon, mÃg meg nem találja a verset.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Keresse meg ezeket: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </title> +<para>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. ElÅ‘ször +nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket +felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide +vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdÃj" és még a +"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>A jelentés tisztázása GörögbÅ‘l és HéberbÅ‘l</title> +<para>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<quote>Ne Ãtéljetek, +hogy ne Ãtéltessetek!</quote> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <quote>A lelki ember azonban +mindent megÃtél</quote> között? Lehet, hogy itt két különbözÅ‘ görög szó van, +amit ugyanúgy "Ãtél" szóval fordÃthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's +Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Keresse meg az "Ãtél" szót</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott +görög szó hivatkozási száma. Ãrja le.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Most keresse ki a "megÃtél" szót.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a +görög, mÃg az Ószövetségé a héber.) HasonlÃtsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú +szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</title> +<para>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.</para> +<para>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és Ãrja le a jelentésüket:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nábál</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Józsué</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabás</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d34ff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Isten szavának jelentÅ‘sége</title> +<para>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segÃtségük hÃvják +Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsÅ‘dleges módoknak, hogy +megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>A Könyv, amely PÃRATLAN</title> +<para>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Ãllamokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt +hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idÅ‘k és minden év +bestsellere! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +szerzÅ‘ségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt Ãródott, különbözÅ‘ háttérrel +rendelkezÅ‘ 40 különbözÅ‘ szerzÅ‘tÅ‘l, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy Ãrta +volna. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <emphasis> MegbÃzhatóak az Újszövetség +dokumentumai?</emphasis> műve összehasonlÃtja az Újszövetség kéziratait más +Å‘si iratokkal: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlÃtása más Å‘si iratokkal.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Irat</entry> +<entry>Keletkezés</entry> +<entry>Legkorábbi másolat</entry> +<entry>Eltelt idÅ‘</entry><entry>Fennmaradt másolatok</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Hérodotosz</entry> +<entry>448-428 Kr.e</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> +<entry>1300 év</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 Kr.u.</entry><entry>1100 Kr.u.</entry> +<entry>1000 év</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háború</emphasis></entry> +<entry>58-50 Kr.e.</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> +<entry>950 év</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livius <emphasis>Róma története</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> +<entry>900 év</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Újszövetség</entry> +<entry>Kr.u. 40 - 100</entry><entry>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</entry> <entry>30 -310 év</entry><entry>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háborújából</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 +évvel késÅ‘bbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan +példánya 350-bÅ‘l, több papirusztekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes +szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekbÅ‘l, mÃg János evangéliumának töredékeit +Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szövegkritikája Ãrja, 1.kötet +561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet Kérdései</emphasis> +25-26. oldalán </attribution><para>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyÃték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelÃthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi +Å‘si prózai irat között." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title> +<para><emphasis>Zsid. 4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Isten igéje élÅ‘ és +ható... </emphasis> " Jézus mondta<emphasis> (Mt. 4:4)</emphasis><emphasis> +Meg van Ãrva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely +Isten szájából származik.</emphasis> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten +Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szÃvünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen. +</para> +<para>2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "<emphasis>A teljes Ãrás IstentÅ‘l +ihletett,</emphasis>". Hiszi ezt? MielÅ‘tt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus +hozzáállását a SzentÃráshoz. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó</emphasis>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, 93-95 </attribution><para>Hivatkozott emberi szerzÅ‘kre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy +Isteni SzerzÅ‘ állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes +mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1 +Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtÅ‘jét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt +mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van +Ãrva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 & +Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzÅ‘i is +meggyÅ‘zÅ‘désük szerint átvettek, ti. az Ãrás kettÅ‘s szerzÅ‘ségét. Számukra +valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az +atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a SzentlélektÅ‘l +indÃttatva szólaltak meg az IstentÅ‘l küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem +Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek +úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerzÅ‘ szava. Isten szólt. Emberek +szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ... +</para> +<para> +Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Ãrásokról. Az Å‘ bizonyságuk volt Isten +bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fÅ‘ +oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy +Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla. </para></blockquote> + +<para>A 2 Tim. 3:16 Ãgy folytatódik: "<emphasis>hasznos a tanÃtásra, a feddésre, a +megjobbÃtásra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten +embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészÃtett.</emphasis>" Ha hisszük, hogy a +Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a +tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title> +<para> +Mit tesz önért a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy +"<emphasis>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</emphasis>" +Minden Ãrás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Hivatkozás</entry> +<entry>Cselekedet</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>megtisztÃt -- "...hogy a vÃz fürdÅ‘jével az ige által megtisztÃtva +megszentelje." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +ApCsel. 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +felépÃt -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépÃthet +benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Róm. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +vÃgasztal -- "Ãrásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merÃtve reménykedjünk." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Róm. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde +által." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Kor. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül +Ãratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó idÅ‘kben élünk." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mt. 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +táplál -- "Å Ãgy válaszolt: 'Meg van Ãrva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, +hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>A könyv ami megszabadÃt</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + +<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis> "<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + +<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para> +<para>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>God's word</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>God's power </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A Book that Wars</title> +<para> +Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Spiritual Armor</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Question</entry> +<entry>Answer</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>How many are offensive?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Which one(s)? </entry><entry>the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortations</title> +<para> +2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all +wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have? </para> +<para> +Not a little!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to +the day of the month.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance +on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one +chapter per day.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one +chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you +will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13b5880 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Example 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Example 2A</title> +<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Example 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Example 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Example 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Example 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Example 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Example 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Example 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28fe8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstract</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..757a7ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni +és memorizálni azt már mikroszkópikus betekintést enged az +Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, +tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +és megtartják azt.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 “<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak +beszédeit [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 “<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak +beszédét.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 “<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem +ellened.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 “<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő +törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek +mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>” +</p><p>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes +megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben +bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen +feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van +szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és +memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia +általános üzenetét.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d248cc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a +kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor +megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a “<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? +Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <span class="emphasis"><em>A +motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan “<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>” bárki manapság?)</p></li><li><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47adeec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a +király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes +szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok +tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30e6e93 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e642cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</p></li><li><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először +nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket +felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide +vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a +"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1“<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, +hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>” és az 1 Kor.2.15 “<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban +mindent megítél</span>” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, +amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's +Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott +görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a +görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú +szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábál</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Józsué</p></li><li><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..792ba14 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök +életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok +hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: +“<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”; de a +Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az +Istennel való szövetségért. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, +mintha birtokolnáknák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki +befogadta a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta +tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha +ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, +szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk +Krisztussal.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f2e2ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és +ható... </em></span> " Jézus mondta<span class="emphasis"><em> (Mt. 4:4)</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em> +Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely +Isten szájából származik.</em></span> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten +Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szívünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen. +</p><p>2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "<span class="emphasis"><em>A teljes Írás Istentől +ihletett,</em></span>". Hiszi ezt? Mielőtt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus +hozzáállását a Szentíráshoz. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy +Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes +mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1 +Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtőjét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt +mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van +írva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 & +Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzői is +meggyőződésük szerint átvettek, ti. az írás kettős szerzőségét. Számukra +valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az +atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a Szentlélektől +indíttatva szólaltak meg az Istentől küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem +Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek +úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerző szava. Isten szólt. Emberek +szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ... +</p><p> +Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Írásokról. Az ő bizonyságuk volt Isten +bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fő +oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy +Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó</em></span>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: "<span class="emphasis"><em>hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, a +megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten +embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített.</em></span>" Ha hisszük, hogy a +Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a +tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d7693a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all +wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>" +</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have? </p><p> +Not a little!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e767de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>God's word</p></li><li><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71266c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6a24d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week.</p></li><li><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to +the day of the month.</p></li><li><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance +on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one +chapter per day.</p></li><li><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one +chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you +will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc677d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> +Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fcc543 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> +Mit tesz önért a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy +"<span class="emphasis"><em>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</em></span>" +Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva +megszentelje." +</td></tr><tr><td> +ApCsel. 20:32 +</td><td> +felépít -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet +benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Róm. 15:4 +</td><td> +vígasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Róm. 10:17 +</td><td> +hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde +által." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Kor. 10:11 +</td><td> +figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül +íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt. 4:4 +</td><td> +táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, +hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cb5d33 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják +Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy +megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt +hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év +bestsellere! +</p></li><li><p> +szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel +rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta +volna. +</p></li><li><p> +fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <span class="emphasis"><em> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség +dokumentumai?</em></span> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más +ősi iratokkal: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háborújából</em></span> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 +évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan +példánya 350-ből, több papirusztekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes +szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit +Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi +ősi prózai irat között." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szövegkritikája írja, 1.kötet +561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <span class="emphasis"><em>Élet Kérdései</em></span> +25-26. oldalán </span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98cef98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e80538a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1e0040 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..516bfc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffbf96c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..643aa51 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38d1b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Elementi di studio della bibbia</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Non c'�merito n�profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se +ci porta a Ges Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo +avere una forta speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>L'ascolto</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>La lettura</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Study</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizzazione</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditazione</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Studio tematico</title> +<para>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Studio di una personaggio</title> +<para>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Esposizione</title> +<para>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenuto</title> +<para>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contesto</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referenze</title> +<para>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La +parola di Dio non �contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra +interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Trovare un particolare versetto</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fare uno studio tematico </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Trovare i significati dei nomi</title> +<para>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o +ebraico.</para> +<para>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Joshua</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabus</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f94c0a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>L'importanza della parola di Dio</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un libro eccezionale</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Opera</entry> +<entry>Epoca di scrittura</entry> +<entry>Copia più antica</entry> +<entry>Differnza di tempo</entry><entry>Numero delle copie</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Erodoto</entry> +<entry>448-428 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>1300 anni</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacito</entry> +<entry>100 D.C.</entry><entry>1100 D.C.</entry> +<entry>1000 anni</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Giulio Cesare</entry> +<entry>50-58 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>950 anni</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>Ab urbe condita</emphasis> di Livio</entry> +<entry>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>900 anni</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Nuovo testamento</entry> +<entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry><entry>130 D.C. manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. manoscritti integrali</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anni</entry><entry>5.00 greci & 10.000 latini +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del nuovo +testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa +dell'Anitichità ." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "<emphasis>Tutta la scrittura infatti è ispirata da +Dio.</emphasis>" Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la +posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tm 3,16 continua: "<emphasis>è utile per insegnare, convincere, correggere +e formare alla giustizia, perchè l'uomo di Dio sia completo e ben preparato +per ogni opera buona.</emphasis>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia è veramente +Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra guida in +tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un libro che funziona</title> +<para> +Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la +bibbia "<emphasis>opera in voi che credete.</emphasis>" Accanto ad ogni +scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Riferimento</entry> +<entry>Effetto</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef 5,26 +</entry> +<entry>purifica -- "... purificandola per mezzo dell'acqua e della parola." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +At 20,32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rm 15,4 +</entry> +<entry> +consola -- "perché in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che ci +vengono dalle Scritture teniamo viva la nostra speranza." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rm 10,17 +</entry> +<entry> +da fede -- "La fede dipende dunque dalla predicazione e la predicazione a +sua volta si attua per la parola di Cristo." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Cor 10,11 +</entry> +<entry> +ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accadero a loro come esempio, e sono +state scritte per ammonimento nostro" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mt 4,4 +</entry> +<entry> +nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non solo di pane vivrà l'uomo ma di +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare +della verità della parola di Dio.</para> + +<para>La parola greca per "vento" usato in Ef 4,14 parla di un <emphasis>vento +violento.</emphasis> "<emphasis>Questo affinché non siamo più come fanciulli +sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina +...</emphasis>" Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che +saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente +"soffiati via."</para> + +<para><emphasis>E Gesù rispose loro: </emphasis>"<emphasis>Voi vi ingannate, non +conoscendo né le Scritture, né la potenza di Dio.</emphasis>"Mt 22,29</para> +<para>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dall'errore?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>La parola di Dio</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>La forza di Dio </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title> +<para> +Ef 6,10-18 è un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Armamento spirituale</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Domanda</entry> +<entry>Risposta</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Quante sono offensive?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Quale? </entry><entry>La parola - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Esortazioni</title> +<para> +2 Tm 2,15 <emphasis><quote>Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un +uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno +scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità .</quote></emphasis> +</para> +<para> +Col 3,16 <emphasis><quote>La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi +abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a +Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici +spirituali.</quote></emphasis> +</para> + +<para>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </para> +<para> +Non poco!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote></title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al +giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a184bbe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Referenze</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Esempio 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a +Giacomo 5:14 "<emphasis>Qualcuno di voi è infermo? Chiami gli anziani, della +chiesa, ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo di olio nel nome del +Signore.</emphasis>" Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Esempio 2A</title> +<para>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<emphasis>nato d'acqua +e di Spirito.</emphasis>" Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Esempio 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Esempio 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Esempio 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Esempio 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Esempio 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Esempio 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Esempio 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i +diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Esempio 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d2e2b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstract</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65f27ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..735e5c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b07093 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La +parola di Dio non �contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra +interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2dd80f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc45fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o +ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc6828b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Non c'�merito n�profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se +ci porta a Ges Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo +avere una forta speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bdce85 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Tutta la scrittura infatti è ispirata da +Dio.</em></span>" Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la +posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3,16 continua: "<span class="emphasis"><em>è utile per insegnare, convincere, correggere +e formare alla giustizia, perchè l'uomo di Dio sia completo e ben preparato +per ogni opera buona.</em></span>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia è veramente +Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra guida in +tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..820d273 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un +uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno +scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.</span>”</em></span> +</p><p> +Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi +abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a +Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici +spirituali.</span>”</em></span> +</p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </p><p> +Non poco!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: Una volta per tutte</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46399e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare +della verità della parola di Dio.</p><p>La parola greca per "vento" usato in Ef 4,14 parla di un <span class="emphasis"><em>vento +violento.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Questo affinché non siamo più come fanciulli +sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina +...</em></span>" Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che +saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente +"soffiati via."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>E Gesù rispose loro: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Voi vi ingannate, non +conoscendo né le Scritture, né la potenza di Dio.</em></span>"Mt 22,29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c65867 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: Una volta per tutte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: “<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>”</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0e81b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.</p></li><li><p>Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li><p>Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.</p></li><li><p>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al +giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: Una volta per tutte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd236e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef 6,10-18 è un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89c7b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> +Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la +bibbia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera in voi che credete.</em></span>" Accanto ad ogni +scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 +</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola per mezzo dell'acqua e della parola." +</td></tr><tr><td> +At 20,32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rm 15,4 +</td><td> +consola -- "perché in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che ci +vengono dalle Scritture teniamo viva la nostra speranza." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rm 10,17 +</td><td> +da fede -- "La fede dipende dunque dalla predicazione e la predicazione a +sua volta si attua per la parola di Cristo." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Cor 10,11 +</td><td> +ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accadero a loro come esempio, e sono +state scritte per ammonimento nostro" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt 4,4 +</td><td> +nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non solo di pane vivrà l'uomo ma di +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f325dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Opera</th><th>Epoca di scrittura</th><th>Copia più antica</th><th>Differnza di tempo</th><th>Numero delle copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nuovo testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C. manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. manoscritti integrali</td><td>30 - 310 anni</td><td>5.00 greci & 10.000 latini +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del nuovo +testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa +dell'Anitichità." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0eb100b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua +e di Spirito.</em></span>" Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb81e92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d48334 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da96a91 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i +diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ef54c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a +Giacomo 5:14 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Qualcuno di voi è infermo? Chiami gli anziani, della +chiesa, ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo di olio nel nome del +Signore.</em></span>" Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2aa4af0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4eae92b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>성경 ê³µë¶€ì˜ ê¸°ì´ˆë“¤</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>ì„±ê²½ì— ì ‘ê·¼í•˜ëŠ” ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ëª©ì </title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>ì„±ê²½ì„ ë‹¨ì§€ ì½ê¸° 위해 ì½ëŠ”다면 아무 ìœ ìµì´ë‚˜ ì´ë“ì´ ì—†ë‹¤, ì˜¤ì§ ìš°ë¦¬ë¥¼ 예수 그리스ë„ì—게 알리는 ë°ì—만 ì†Œìš©ì´ ìžˆë‹¤. ì„±ê²½ì„ ì½ì„ ë•Œì— +필요한 ê²ƒì€ ì˜¤ì§ ë§ì”€ì„ 통해 그리스ë„를 ë§Œë‚˜ê³ ìž í•˜ëŠ” ê°„ì ˆí•œ 소ë§ë¿ì´ë‹¤.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œì˜ ì ‘ê·¼</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>들ìŒ(Hear)</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>ì½ìŒ(Read)</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>공부</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>암송(Memorize)</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>묵ìƒ(Meditate)</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>ì„±ê²½ê³µë¶€ì˜ ìœ í˜•ë“¤</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>ì£¼ì œë³„ 성경공부</title> +<para>íŠ¹ì • ì£¼ì œ(Topic)를 ì •í•œë’¤, 겹참조와 색ì¸ì„ 참조하여 ì£¼ì œì— ë§žê²Œ 공부한다.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>ì¸ë¬¼ë³„ 성경공부</title> +<para>ì„±ê²½ì˜ í•œ ì¸ë¬¼ì˜ ì‚¶ì„ ê³µë¶€í•œë‹¤, 예. ì°½ 37-50장ì—ì„œì˜ ìš”ì…‰ì˜ ì‚¶.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>설명ì ì¸(Expository) 성경공부</title> +<para>íŠ¹ì • êµ¬ì ˆ, 문단, 장 í˜¹ì€ ì±…ì„ ì„ íƒí•˜ì—¬ 공부한다.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>바른 í•´ì„ì˜ ê¸°ë³¸</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>ë‚´ìš©(Content)</title> +<para>ë§í•˜ê³ 있는바가 무엇ì¸ê°€? ì›ì–´ì—서는 어떻게 ë§í•˜ê³ 있는가? ì •ì˜ì— 주ì˜í•˜ë¼. ê·¸ê²ƒì´ ë§í•˜ê³ 있지 ì•Šì€ë°”대로 í•´ì„하지마ë¼.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>문맥(Context)</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title> +<para>ì„±ê²½ì˜ ë‹¤ë¥¸ 부분ì—서는 ì´ ì£¼ì œì— ê´€í•˜ì—¬ 어떻게 ë§í•˜ê³ 있는가? í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì€ ìŠ¤ìŠ¤ë¡œ 모순ë˜ì§€ ì•Šìœ¼ì‹ ë¶„ìž…ë‹ˆë‹¤. 그래서 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ í•´ì„ì€ ë‹¤ë¥¸ +ë§ì”€ì— 비춰ë´ì„œë„ 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>ë§ˆíƒœë³µìŒ 6:1-18ì„ ë³¸ë¬¸ìœ¼ë¡œ 설명ì ì¸(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ì˜ë¥¼ 연습하는 ìž˜ëª»ëœ ë°©ë²•ë“¤ì„ í”¼í• ìˆ˜ 있는 방법들로 아웃ë¼ì¸ì„ 채우ì‹ì‹œì˜¤:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>워í¬ì‹œíŠ¸(Worksheet): 색ì¸(Concordance)ì„ ì‚¬ìš©í•˜ëŠ” 법</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>íŠ¹ì • êµ¬ì ˆ 찾기</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>ë¬¸ìž¥ì˜ í•µì‹¬ 단어나 가장 특ì´í•œ 단어를 뽑는다.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 ì •ë¦¬í•œë‹¤.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>필요한 êµ¬ì ˆì„ ì°¾ì„때까지 리스트를 ë”°ë¼ë‚´ë ¤ê°€ë³¸ë‹¤.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>ì£¼ì œë³„ 성경공부 하기 </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>í—¬ë¼ì–´ì™€ 히브리어 ì›ë¬¸ì˜ 단어 ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ 찾아보아 ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ 명확히 하기</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ê³ ì „ 2:15ë¡œ 가보ìž. 번호는 350ì´ë‹¤.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>ì´ë¦„ì˜ ì˜ë¯¸ë“¤ì„ 찾기</title> +<para>í—¬ë¼ì–´ë‚˜ ížˆë¸Œë¦¬ì–´ì˜ ì´ë¦„ì˜ ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ ì°¾ì•˜ë˜ ë°©ì‹ê³¼ 같다. </para> +<para>ì´ ì´ë¦„ë“¤ì„ í™•ì¸í•˜ê³ ì˜ë¯¸ë“¤ì„ ì 어넣는다.</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>나발(Nabal)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>아비가ì¼(Abigail)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>여호수아(Joshua)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>바나바(Barnabus)</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92d83b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€ì˜ 중요성</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>특별한(Unique) ì±…</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>ì‹ ì•½ì„±ê²½ 사본과 다른 ê³ ëŒ€ 사본 í…ìŠ¤íŠ¸ë“¤ê³¼ì˜ ë¹„êµ</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>ìž‘í’ˆ</entry> +<entry>씌여진 시기</entry> +<entry>ìµœê³ (å¤) 사본</entry> +<entry>ìµœê³ (å¤)ì‚¬ë³¸ê³¼ì˜ ì‹œê°„ì°¨</entry><entry>ì‚¬ë³¸ì˜ ìˆ˜</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>헤로ë„투스(Herodotus)</entry> +<entry>448-428 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> +<entry>1300ë…„</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 A.D.</entry><entry>1100 A.D.</entry> +<entry>1000ë…„</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>ì‹œì €(Caesar)ì˜ <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> +<entry>950ë…„</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>리비우스(Livy)ì˜ <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> +<entry>900ë…„</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>ì‹ ì•½</entry> +<entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry><entry>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. ì „ì²´ 사본</entry> <entry>30 - 310ë…„</entry><entry>5000(í—¬ë¼ì–´) & 10,000(ë¼í‹´ì–´) +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"ê·¸ë°–ì˜ ë§Žì€ ì¦ê±°ë“¤ì´ ì‹ ì•½ì˜ í…스트가 다른 ê³ ëŒ€ 산문들중ì—ì„œë„ ì ˆëŒ€ì ì´ê³ ì–´ë–¤ ì‚¬ë³¸ë„ ë²”ì ‘í• ìˆ˜ 없는 특별한 경우ë¼ëŠ” ê²ƒì„ ì¦ëª…한다." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>하나님께서 ì‚´ì•„ 숨쉬시는 ì±…</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>딤후 3:16ì—ì„œ ì„ í¬í•˜ê¸¸, "<emphasis>ëª¨ë“ ì„±ê²½ì€ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ê°ë™ìœ¼ë¡œ ëœ ê²ƒìœ¼ë¡œ[lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" ì´ê²ƒì„ ì •ë§ ë¯¿ìœ¼ì‹ë‹ˆê¹Œ? 대답하기 ì „ì—, ë§ì”€ì— 대한 ì˜ˆìˆ˜ë‹˜ì˜ íƒœë„를 ìƒê°í•´ë³´ì‹ì‹œì˜¤. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>ì¡´ R.W. ìŠ¤í† íŠ¸, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>계ì†í•´ì„œ 딤후 3:16ì—서는, "<emphasis>ëª¨ë“ ì„±ê²½ì€ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ê°ë™ìœ¼ë¡œ ëœ ê²ƒìœ¼ë¡œ êµí›ˆê³¼ ì±…ë§ê³¼ 바르게 함과 ì˜ë¡œ êµìœ¡í•˜ê¸°ì— +ìœ ìµí•˜ë‹ˆ</emphasis>"ë¼ê³ ë§ì”€í•˜ì˜€ë‹¤. ë§Œì¼ ìš°ë¦¬ê°€ ì„±ê²½ì´ ì •ë§ë¡œ 하나님께서 우리ì—게 ë§ì”€í•˜ì‹œëŠ” 것ì´ë¼ 믿는다면, ë§ì”€ì´ ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ +ëª¨ë“ ë¯¿ìŒê³¼ í–‰ìœ„ì˜ ê·¼ê±°ê°€ ë 것ì´ë‹¤. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>ì—사하는 ì±…</title> +<para> +ì„±ê²½ì„ ê³µë¶€í•˜ëŠ” ê²ƒì´ ì–´ë–¤ ë„ì›€ì´ ë˜ëŠ”ê°€? ì‚´ì „ 2:13ì—ì„œ ë§ì”€í•˜ê¸°ë¥¼ "<emphasis>ë§ì”€ì´ ë˜í•œ ë„ˆí¬ ë¯¿ëŠ” ìž ì†ì—ì„œ +ì—사하ëŠë‹ˆë¼.</emphasis>" ê·¸ë°–ì˜ ë‹¤ë¥¸ ë§ì”€ë“¤ë„, ë§ì”€ì´ ì—사하는 ê²ƒì— ê´€í•´ 기ë¡í•˜ê³ 있다. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>ì„±ê²½ì„ ê³µë¶€í•˜ëŠ” ê²ƒì´ ê·¸ë¦¬ìŠ¤ë„ì¸ë“¤ì—게 ì–´ë–¤ ë„ì›€ì„ ì£¼ëŠ”ê°€?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>참조(Reference)</entry> +<entry>ì—사하는 것(Action)</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>ì—¡ 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>ì •ê²°ì¼€í•œë‹¤(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ 깨ë—하게 하사..." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +í–‰ 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +롬 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +ê²©ë ¤í•œë‹¤ -- "무엇ì´ë“ 지 ì „ì— ê¸°ë¡í•œ 바는 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ êµí›ˆì„ 위하여 기ë¡ëœ 것ì´ë‹ˆ 우리로 하여금 ì¸ë‚´ë¡œ ë˜ëŠ” ì„±ê²½ì˜ ì•ˆìœ„ë¡œ 소ë§ì„ 가지게 +함 ì´ë‹ˆë¼." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +롬 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +믿ìŒì„ 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿ìŒì€ 들ìŒì—ì„œ 나며 들ìŒì€ 그리스ë„ì˜ ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ ë§ë¯¸ì•”았ëŠë‹ˆë¼." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +ê³ ì „ 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +가르친다(instructs) -- "ì €í¬ì—게 당한 ì´ëŸ° ì¼ì´ ê±°ìš¸ì´ ë˜ê³ ë˜í•œ ë§ì„¸ë¥¼ 만난 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ê²½ê³„ë¡œ 기ë¡í•˜ì˜€ëŠë‹ˆë¼." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +마 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +ì–‘ì‹(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 ê°€ë¼ì‚¬ëŒ€ 기ë¡ë˜ì—ˆìœ¼ë˜ 'ì‚¬ëžŒì´ ë–¡ìœ¼ë¡œë§Œ ì‚´ê²ƒì´ ì•„ë‹ˆìš” í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ìž…ìœ¼ë¡œ 나오는 ëª¨ë“ +ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ ì‚´ 것ì´ë¼ 하였ëŠë‹ˆë¼' 하시니." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>ìžìœ 케하는 ì±…</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>ì´ê²ƒì€ ì¡°ê±´ì ì¸ ì•½ì†ìž„ì„ ì•Œìˆ˜ 있다, 특별히 í•˜ë‹ˆë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€ì„ 진리로 ë§í•¨ì— 있어서는 ë”ìš± ê·¸ëŸ¬í• ê²ƒì´ë‹¤.</para> + +<para>ì—¡ 4:14ì—ì„œ ì“°ì¸"바람"ì˜ í—¬ë¼ì–´ì›ë¬¸ì˜ ëœ»ì„ ì°¾ì•„ë³´ë©´ <emphasis>ê°•ë ¬í•œ +바람</emphasis>ì´ë‹¤. "<emphasis>ê²°ê³¼ì 으로 우리는 ë”ì´ìƒ êµë¦¬ë“¤ì˜ ëª¨ë“ ë°”ëžŒì— ì´ë¦¬ì €ë¦¬ë¡œ í”들리는 어린아ì´ì™€ 같아서는 +안ëœë‹¤...</emphasis>"ì„±ê²½ì„ ê³µë¶€í•˜ë©´ 우리가 얻게 ë˜ëŠ” ìœ ìµì¤‘ 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "ë°”ëžŒì— í”들리지" ì•Šë„ë¡ ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ë¯¿ìŒì„ +ì§„ë¦¬ì•ˆì— êµ³ê±´í•˜ê²Œ 한다는 것ì´ë‹¤.</para> + +<para><emphasis>예수께서 대답하여 ê°€ë¼ì‚¬ëŒ€ </emphasis>"<emphasis>너í¬ê°€ ì„±ê²½ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ëŠ¥ë ¥ë„ ì•Œì§€ ëª»í•˜ëŠ”ê³ ë¡œ[KJV +Ye do err] 오해하였ë„다.</emphasis>"마 22:29</para> +<para>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇ì¸ê°€?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ëŠ¥ë ¥ </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>ì˜ì ì „ìŸì„ 하는 ì±…</title> +<para> +ì—¡ 6:10-18ì€ ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ì˜ì ë¬´ìž¥ì— ê´€í•´ 보여준다.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>ì˜ì ì¸ ë¬´ê¸°</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>물ìŒ</entry> +<entry>답</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>ë¦¬ìŠ¤íŠ¸ì˜ ë¬´ê¸° 중 몇 가지가 ë°©ì–´ìš©ì¸ê°€?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>몇 가지가 공격용ì¸ê°€?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>ì–´ë–¤ 것ì¸ê°€? </entry><entry>ë§ì”€ - <foreignphrase>ë ˆë§ˆ(rhema)</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title> +<para> +딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>네가 ì§„ë¦¬ì˜ ë§ì”€ì„ 옳게 분변하여 부ë„러울 ê²ƒì´ ì—†ëŠ” ì¼êµ°ìœ¼ë¡œ ì¸ì •ëœ ìžë¡œ ìžì‹ ì„ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ +ì•žì— ë“œë¦¬ê¸°ë¥¼ 힘쓰ë¼.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +골 3:16 "<emphasis>그리스ë„ì˜ ë§ì”€ì´ ë„ˆí¬ ì†ì— í’성히 거하여 ëª¨ë“ ì§€í˜œë¡œ 피차 가르치며 ê¶Œë©´í•˜ê³ ì‹œì™€ 찬미와 ì‹ ë ¹í•œ 노래를 +부르며 마ìŒì— ê°ì‚¬í•¨ìœ¼ë¡œ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì„ ì°¬ì–‘í•˜ê³ .</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>네가 ì–´ë– í•œ ê²ƒì— í’성하다면(골 3:16ì˜ í’성한), ê·¸ê²ƒì˜ ì–‘ì€ ì–¼ë§ˆì¸ê°€? </para> +<para> +ì 지 않다!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>ì¡´ R. W. ìŠ¤í† íŠ¸, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>부ë¡(Supplement): 성경 ì½ê¸° 프로그램</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>ì¼ë…„ì— ì‹ ì•½ ì¼ë…하기: 주 5ì¼ê°„ í•˜ë£¨ì— í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>í•œë‹¬ì— ìž ì–¸ ì¼ë…하기: 한달간 ë§¤ì¼ ê·¸ë‚ ì˜ ë‚ ì§œì— í•´ë‹¹í•˜ëŠ” ìž ì–¸ í•œìž¥ì”©ì„ ì½ëŠ”다.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>í•œë‹¬ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ ì¼ë…하기: 20ì¼ì—는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140íŽ¸ì„ ì½ëŠ” ì‹ìœ¼ë¡œ, ë§¤ì¼ (30단위로) 5ìž¥ì˜ ì‹œíŽ¸ì„ ì½ëŠ”다.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>6ê°œì›”ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ & ìž ì–¸ ì¼ë…하기: ë§¤ì¼ ì‹œíŽ¸ê³¼ ìž ì–¸ì„ í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>2ë…„ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ê³¼ ìž ì–¸ì„ ì œì™¸í•œ 구약 ì¼ë…하기: êµ¬ì•½ì„ í•˜ë£¨ì— í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다면, 2ë…„í•˜ê³ 2주ë™ì•ˆì— (시편과 ìž ì–¸ì„ ì œì™¸í•œ) êµ¬ì•½ì„ í†µë…í• +수 있다. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19e2a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>성경 í•´ì„ì˜ ë²•ì¹™ (Hermeneutics)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>규칙 1 - ë‹¨ì–´ì˜ ì •í™•í•œ ëœ»ì— ì˜ê±°í•´ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>예 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>규칙 2 - 성경ì ì¸ ë¬¸ë§¥ì— ì˜ê±°í•´ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>예 2A</title> +<para>In a previous lesson we considered ìš” 3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>예 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>예 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>규칙 3 - ì—사와 문화ì ì¸ ë°°ê²½ì˜ ë¬¸ë§¥ì—ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>예 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>예 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>규칙 4 - 언어ì—ì„œ ë‹¨ì–´ì˜ ì¼ë°˜ì ì¸ ì‚¬ìš©ì— ë”°ë¼ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>예 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>예 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Every parable is an allegory, ì°¸ì¸ê°€ 거짓ì¸ê°€?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>예 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>예 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3d302a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>ë°”ì´ë¸”스터디 하우투</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>개요</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2873e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..248b459 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c117887 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e12465c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f37589f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13b0499 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에 +필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59b9fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로[lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" 이것을 정말 믿으십니까? 대답하기 전에, 말씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 +유익하니</em></span>"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의 +모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12bd46d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> +딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 +앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</em></span>" +</p><p> +골 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>그리스도의 말씀이 너희 속에 풍성히 거하여 모든 지혜로 피차 가르치며 권면하고 시와 찬미와 신령한 노래를 +부르며 마음에 감사함으로 하나님을 찬양하고.</em></span>" +</p><p>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가? </p><p> +적지 않다!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b08d433 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어서는 더욱 그러할 것이다.</p><p>엡 4:14에서 쓰인"바람"의 헬라어원문의 뜻을 찾아보면 <span class="emphasis"><em>강렬한 +바람</em></span>이다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 +안된다...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 +진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV +Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7baf75 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R. W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7f9335 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 +수 있다. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea4c891 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c669a9d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<span class="emphasis"><em>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 +역사하느니라.</em></span>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26 +</td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..." +</td></tr><tr><td> +행 20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +롬 15:4 +</td><td> +격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 +함 이니라." +</td></tr><tr><td> +롬 10:17 +</td><td> +믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라." +</td></tr><tr><td> +고전 10:11 +</td><td> +가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라." +</td></tr><tr><td> +마 4:4 +</td><td> +양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 +말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..896d162 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>신약</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</td><td>30 - 310년</td><td>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어) +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d1a20e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6cb78cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52dd294 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da6bf34 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..491ddc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ffd2d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25aef7f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons +bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een +sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Horen</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lezen</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Bestuderen</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memoriseren </title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Overdenken</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Onderwerp-studie</title> +<para>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Karakterstudie</title> +<para>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</title> +<para>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Inhoud</title> +<para>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Context</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Tekstverwijzingen</title> +<para>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test +van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</title> +<para>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.</para> +<para>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Jozua</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea87547 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Het belang van Gods Woord</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Een uniek boek</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Werk</entry> +<entry>Wanneer geschreven</entry> +<entry>Oudste kopie</entry> +<entry>Tijdsduur</entry><entry>Aantal exemplaren</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 v. Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> +<entry>1300 jaar</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 na Chr.</entry><entry>1100 na Chr.</entry> +<entry>1000 jaar</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 v. Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> +<entry>950 jaar</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>Roman History</emphasis> van Livy</entry> +<entry>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> +<entry>900 jaar</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Nieuwe Testament</entry> +<entry>40 - 100 n. Chr.</entry><entry>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</entry> <entry>30 - 310 jaar</entry><entry>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle +andere antieke proza." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "<emphasis>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., +die God ademde].</emphasis>" Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord +geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "<emphasis>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te +weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens +Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</emphasis>" Als +wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt +daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en +gedrag. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title> +<para> +Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel +"<emphasis>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</emphasis>" Schrijf naast elk +schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Naslag</entry> +<entry>Actie</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Hand.20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rom.15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der +Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rom.10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het +woord van Christus." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Cor.10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is +opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matt.4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen +van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods +gaat." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over +de waarheid van Gods woord.</para> + +<para>Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een +<emphasis>geweldige wind</emphasis> "<emphasis>Dan zijn wij niet langer +onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei +wind van leer...</emphasis>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat +het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet +zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</para> + +<para><emphasis>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de +Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</emphasis>" Matt.22:29</para> +<para>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Gods woord</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Gods kracht </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title> +<para> +Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Geestelijke wapenrusting</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Vraag</entry> +<entry>Antwoord</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Welke? </entry><entry>het woord - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Vermaningen</title> +<para> +2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<emphasis>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te +stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid +recht snijdt.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in +alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en +geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? </para> +<para> +Niet een beetje!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cfe83b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Tekstverwijzingen</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Voorbeeld 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze +woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <emphasis>"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij +dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed +uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren."</emphasis> Is dat +zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! </para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Voorbeeld 2A </title> +<para>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <emphasis>"geboren ...uit water +en geest."</emphasis> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier +gaat?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Voorbeeld 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Voorbeeld 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Voorbeeld 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Voorbeeld 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Voorbeeld 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Voorbeeld 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Voorbeeld 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..086154b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Overzicht</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cbdbb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..413c75e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcd8fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test +van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e9deb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e86cc1f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2ff2bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons +bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een +sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb15be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., +die God ademde].</em></span>" Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord +geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "<span class="emphasis"><em>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te +weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens +Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</em></span>" Als +wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt +daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en +gedrag. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad167d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te +stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid +recht snijdt.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in +alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en +geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</em></span>" +</p><p>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? </p><p> +Niet een beetje!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84459aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over +de waarheid van Gods woord.</p><p>Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een +<span class="emphasis"><em>geweldige wind</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Dan zijn wij niet langer +onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei +wind van leer...</em></span>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat +het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet +zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de +Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gods woord</p></li><li><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07f60ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4bd6190 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.</p></li><li><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9f9dac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77f6f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> +Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel +"<span class="emphasis"><em>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</em></span>" Schrijf naast elk +schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Hand.20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom.15:4 +</td><td> +bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der +Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom.10:17 +</td><td> +geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het +woord van Christus." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Cor.10:11 +</td><td> +onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is +opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matt.4:4 +</td><td> +voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen +van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods +gaat." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f6377b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>950 jaar</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span> van Livy</td><td>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>900 jaar</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nieuwe Testament</td><td>40 - 100 n. Chr.</td><td>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</td><td>30 - 310 jaar</td><td>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle +andere antieke proza." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17bb96b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water +en geest."</em></span> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier +gaat?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac108c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16b75c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc45647 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..429c0cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze +woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij +dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed +uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren."</em></span> Is dat +zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! </p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..156e92e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b2ceef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bases do Estudo BÃblico</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da BÃblia</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a BÃblia é lida, é necessário +que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Ouvir</title> +<para>Lc 11.28 <quote>Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Ler</title> +<para>Ap 1.3 <quote>Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +palavras desta profecia.. </quote></para> +<para>1 Tm 4.13 <quote>aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Estudo</title> +<para>At 17.11 <quote>Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tm 2.15 <quote>Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da +verdade.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizar</title> +<para>Sl 119.11 <quote>Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra +ti.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditar</title> +<para>Sl 1.2-3 <quote>Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos +Ãmpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos +escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita +de dia e noite. </quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipos de Estudo BÃblico</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Estudo de Tópicos</title> +<para>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Estudo de Personagem</title> +<para>Estudando a vida de um personagem da BÃblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Estudo Expositivo</title> +<para>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capÃtulo ou livro.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Conteúdo</title> +<para>O que ele diz? O que diz na lÃngua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexto</title> +<para>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito +importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a +passagem e livro.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referencia Cruzada</title> +<para>O que outros versÃculos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da BÃblia? Deus +não se contradiz, entà o nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de +outras escrituras.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>O que <quote>fazer as vossas boas obras</quote> significa? A passagem dá +algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? +<emphasis>Nossas motivações!</emphasis> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Quando você oferta</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Quando você jejua</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Quando você ora</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções especÃficas sobre como evitar +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Quando você oferta + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>faça-o em secreto</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar um versÃculo particular</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versÃculo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versÃculo</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Encontre esses versÃculos: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A história do rico e de Lázaro</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</title> +<para>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida +entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</quote> e 1 Co +2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</quote>. Talvez +sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como +"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir +daqui). </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Procure "julgar" </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Agora procure "julgado"</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Encontre o significado dos nomes</title> +<para>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.</para> +<para>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabé</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ea56b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importância da Palavra de Deus</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Um Livro que é Único</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Texto</entry> +<entry>Quando foi Escrito</entry> +<entry>Cópia mais recente</entry> +<entry>Diferença de Tempo</entry><entry>Número de Cópias</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>1300 anos</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 D.C.</entry><entry>1100 D.C.</entry> +<entry>1000 anos</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>950 anos</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livy's <emphasis>História Romana</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>900 anos</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Novo Testamento</entry> +<entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry><entry>130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anos</entry><entry>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente +inspirada</emphasis>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a +atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, +para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja +perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</emphasis>". Se nós +aceitamos que a BÃblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente +ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title> +<para> +O que o Estudo BÃblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a BÃblia +"<emphasis>opera em vós que credes</emphasis>". Do lado de cada escritura, +escreva o que a Palavra faz: +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>O que o Estudo BÃblico faz para os cristãos?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Referência</entry> +<entry>Ação</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef 5.25 +</entry> +<entry>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +palavra" +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +At 20.32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rm 15.4 +</entry> +<entry> +Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi +escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das +Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rm 10.17 +</entry> +<entry> +Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Co 10.11 +</entry> +<entry> +Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para +aviso nosso..." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mt 4.4 +</entry> +<entry> +Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +verdade da Palavra de Deus.</para> + +<para>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um +<emphasis>vento violento</emphasis>. "<emphasis> para que não mais sejamos +meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de +doutrina...</emphasis>". Uma coisa que estudar a BÃblia faz por nós é nos +firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </para> + +<para><emphasis>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</emphasis> Mt 22.29</para> +<para>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Palavra de Deus</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Poder de Deus </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title> +<para> +Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Armadura Espiritual</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Pergunta</entry> +<entry>Resposta</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Quantas são para atacar?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Qual? </entry><entry>a palavra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exortações</title> +<para> +2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que +não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" +</para> +<para> +Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; +ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos +espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" +</para> + +<para>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? </para> +<para> +Não só um pouquinho!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura BÃblica</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capÃtulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capÃtulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mês.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capÃtulo por +dia.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capÃtulo +por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, você lerá o +Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b9648e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regas de Interpretação BÃblica (Hermeneutica)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definição</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Referencia Cruzada</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemplo 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemplo 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Referencia Cruzada de chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lc 4.18 <quote> O EspÃrito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o EspÃrito Santo e com poder</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +Deus</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as +definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"Aleipho" é o uso prático +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis>.</para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 +<emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes +orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Essa unção +é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bÃblico</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemplo 2A</title> +<para>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>"nascer da água e do +EspÃrito"</emphasis>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemplo 2B</title> +<para>1 Co 14.34 <quote>as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> deve ser +considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher que ora ou +profetiza....</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemplo 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemplo 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemplo 4A</title> +<para><quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemplo 4B</title> +<para>Is 59.1 <quote>Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</quote></para> +<para>Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +eternos</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</title> +<para>Uma alegoria é: <emphasis>uma história onde cada elemento tem um +significado</emphasis></para> +<para>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemplo 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemplo 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48ef931 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Estudo BÃblico HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Resumo</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6afa260 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 “<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</p><p>1 Tm 4.13 “<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 “<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>” +</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 “<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da +verdade.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 “<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra +ti.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos +ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos +escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita +de dia e noite. </span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef8ef03 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>O que “<span class="quote">fazer as vossas boas obras</span>” significa? A passagem dá +algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivações!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando você oferta + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>faça-o em secreto</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1dfe0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito +importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a +passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de +outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a72aa48 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49a6b8b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo</p></li><li><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</p></li><li><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida +entre Mt 7.1 “<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</span>” e 1 Co +2.15 “<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”. Talvez +sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como +"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir +daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Procure "julgar" </p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Agora procure "julgado"</p></li><li><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1c27c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário +que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efc7c2a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda Escritura é divinamente +inspirada</em></span>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a +atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, +para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja +perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</em></span>". Se nós +aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente +ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78c540b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que +não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" +</p><p> +Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; +ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos +espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" +</p><p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? </p><p> +Não só um pouquinho!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42c3107 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +verdade da Palavra de Deus.</p><p>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um +<span class="emphasis"><em>vento violento</em></span>. "<span class="emphasis"><em> para que não mais sejamos +meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de +doutrina...</em></span>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos +firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28ba8ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfa08d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mês.</p></li><li><p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por +dia.</p></li><li><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo +por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, você lerá o +Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f42ba6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d9e4fa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> +O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia +"<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós que credes</em></span>". Do lado de cada escritura, +escreva o que a Palavra faz: +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.25 +</td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +palavra" +</td></tr><tr><td> +At 20.32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rm 15.4 +</td><td> +Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi +escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das +Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rm 10.17 +</td><td> +Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Co 10.11 +</td><td> +Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para +aviso nosso..." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt 4.4 +</td><td> +Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fc7c21 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span></td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..288e8a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do +Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 “<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>” deve ser +considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou +profetiza....</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aad3ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a289f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>” em Mt 6.23</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 “<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</p><p>Dt 33.27 “<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +eternos</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c477c28 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um +significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f33c5cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definição. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referencia Cruzada. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo</p></li><li><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam</p></li><li><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li><p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Referencia Cruzada de chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lc 4.18 “<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as +definições e note a diferença: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Aleipho" é o uso prático +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</em></span>.</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes +orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Essa unção +é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Como usar uma concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4a6f3b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Resumo The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd1af90 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>ОÑновы Ð¸Ð·ÑƒÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Цель, Ñ ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð¾Ð¹ мы приÑтупаем к изучению Библии </title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>Джон Ð . Ð’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ÑÑ‚Ñ€.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Ðет ни заÑлуги, ни пользы в чтении ПиÑÐ°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ñ€Ð°Ð´Ð¸ Ñамого чтениÑ, а только в +том Ñлучае, еÑли Ñто дейÑтвительно Ñближает Ð½Ð°Ñ Ñ Ð˜Ð¸ÑуÑом ХриÑтом. Ð’ÑÑкий +раз при чтении Библии, необходимо уÑердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение +вÑтретитьÑÑ Ñо ХриÑтом.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Слышать</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Читать</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Изучать</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Запоминать</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>РазмышлÑÑ‚ÑŒ</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Типы Ð¸Ð·ÑƒÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>ТематичеÑкое изучение</title> +<para>Выберите определённую тему и иÑÑледуйте её, иÑÐ¿Ð¾Ð»ÑŒÐ·ÑƒÑ Ð¿ÐµÑ€ÐµÐºÑ€Ñ‘Ñтные ÑÑылки +или Ñимфонию.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Изучение дейÑтвующих лиц</title> +<para>Изучение жизни библейÑких перÑонажей, например жизнь ИоÑифа в Быт.37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>ÐкÑпозиционное изучение</title> +<para>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>ОÑновы правильного иÑтолкованиÑ</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Содержание</title> +<para>Что Ñто значит? Что Ñто значит на Ñзыке оригинала? Будьте оÑторожны Ñо +значениÑми Ñлов. Ðе ищите в них того, о чём они не говорÑÑ‚.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>КонтекÑÑ‚</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>ПерекрёÑтные ÑÑылки</title> +<para>Что говорÑÑ‚ об Ñтой теме другие Ñтихи во вÑей Библии? Бог не противоречит +Себе, поÑтому наше иÑтолкование должно выдержать проверку других меÑÑ‚ +ПиÑаниÑ. </para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>ÐкÑпозиционное изучение отрывка ÐœÐ°Ñ‚Ñ„ÐµÑ 6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Теперь заполните конÑпект оÑобыми инÑтрукциÑми о том, как избежать неверных +путей проÑÐ²Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ñвоей праведноÑти:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Рабочий лиÑÑ‚: Как пользоватьÑÑ Ñимфонией</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Чтобы найти определённый Ñтих </title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Выберите ключевое Ñлово или наиболее редкое Ñлово в Ñтихе.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Ðайдите Ñто Ñлово по алфавиту.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ПроÑмотрите колонку ÑпиÑка и найдите нужный вам Ñтих.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Чтобы Ñделать тематичеÑкое иÑÑледование </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Чтобы выÑÑнить значение Ñлова в гречеÑком или еврейÑком Ñзыке</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Ðайдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Чтобы найти Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð¸Ð¼Ñ‘Ð½</title> +<para>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в гречеÑком или еврейÑком +Ñзыке.</para> +<para>Ðайдите Ñти имена и запишите их значениÑ:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Ðавал (Nabal)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ÐÐ²Ð¸Ð³ÐµÑ (Abigail)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ИиÑÑƒÑ Ðавин (Joshua)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Варнава (Barnabus)</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98ea05c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>ВажноÑÑ‚ÑŒ Слова Божьего</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ð£Ð½Ð¸ÐºÐ°Ð»ÑŒÐ½Ð°Ñ ÐšÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð°</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Сравнение новозаветних ПиÑаний Ñ Ð´Ñ€ÑƒÐ³Ð¸Ð¼Ð¸ древними текÑтами.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Труд</entry> +<entry>Когда напиÑаны</entry> +<entry>Самые ранние копии</entry> +<entry>Промежуток времени</entry><entry>ЧиÑло копий</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Геродот</entry> +<entry>448-428 г.г. до н.Ñ.</entry><entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> +<entry>1300 лет</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Тацит</entry> +<entry>100 г. н.Ñ.</entry><entry>1100 г. н.Ñ.</entry> +<entry>1000 лет</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Цезарь <emphasis>"ГалльÑкие войны"</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 г. до н.Ñ.</entry><entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> +<entry>950 лет</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Ливий <emphasis>"РимÑÐºÐ°Ñ Ð¸ÑториÑ"</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 г. до н.Ñ. - 17 г. н.Ñ.</entry><entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> +<entry>900 лет</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Ðовый Завет</entry> +<entry>40 г. н.Ñ. - 100 г. н.Ñ.</entry><entry>130 г. н.Ñ. ЧаÑтичные ПиÑÐ°Ð½Ð¸Ñ 350 г. н.Ñ. Полные ПиÑаниÑ</entry> <entry>30 - 310 лет</entry><entry>5000 ГречеÑких и 10000 ЛатинÑких +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"По иÑтинноÑти и полноте доказательÑтв текÑÑ‚ Ðового Завета оÑтаётÑÑ +абÑолютно и неоÑпоримо иÑключительным Ñреди других Ñтаринных прозаичных +рукопиÑей." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Книга, Ð²Ð´Ð¾Ñ…Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð»Ñ‘Ð½Ð½Ð°Ñ Ð‘Ð¾Ð³Ð¾Ð¼</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "<emphasis>Ð’Ñе ПиÑание богодухновенно +[Ñ‚.е. вдохновлено Богом].</emphasis>" Верите ли вы Ñтому? Прежде чем +ответить, обратите внимание на отношение ИиÑуÑа к ПиÑанию. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Джон Ð . Ð’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ÑÑ‚Ñ€.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "<emphasis>и полезно Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½Ð°ÑƒÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ, Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ, Ð´Ð»Ñ +иÑправлениÑ, Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½Ð°ÑÑ‚Ð°Ð²Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð² праведноÑти, да будет Ñовершен Божий человек, +ко вÑÑкому доброму делу приготовлен.</emphasis>" ЕÑли мы принимаем то, что +Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ñ - Ñто дейÑтвительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, Ñледовательно, она +будет нашим авторитетом во вÑех вопроÑах веры и поведениÑ. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>ДейÑÑ‚Ð²ÐµÐ½Ð½Ð°Ñ ÐšÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð°</title> +<para> +Что вам даÑÑ‚ изучение Библии? Ð’ 1 ФеÑ. 2:13 говоритÑÑ, что Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ñ +"<emphasis>дейÑтвует в ваÑ, верующих.</emphasis>" Ð Ñдом Ñ ÐºÐ°Ð¶Ð´Ñ‹Ð¼ отрывком, +запишите дейÑтвие, которое производит Слово. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Что даёт изучение Библии хриÑтианам?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>СÑылка</entry> +<entry>ДейÑтвие</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Еф.5:26 +</entry> +<entry>очищает -- "...чтобы оÑвÑтить ее, очиÑтив банею водною поÑредÑтвом Ñлова;" +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +ДеÑн.20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Рим.15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из ПиÑаний ÑохранÑли надежду." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Рим.10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +даёт веру -- "Итак вера от ÑлышаниÑ, а Ñлышание от Ñлова БожиÑ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Кор.10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +наÑтавлÑет -- "Ð’Ñе Ñто проиÑходило Ñ Ð½Ð¸Ð¼Ð¸, как образы; а опиÑано в +наÑтавление нам, доÑтигшим поÑледних веков." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Мтф.4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +питает -- "Он же Ñказал ему в ответ: напиÑано: не хлебом одним будет жить +человек, но вÑÑким Ñловом, иÑходÑщим из уÑÑ‚ Божиих." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Книга, ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð°Ñ Ð¾Ñвобождает</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Как видим, Ñто обещание Ñ ÑƒÑловием, говорÑщее конкретно об иÑтине Божьего +Слова.</para> + +<para>ГречеÑкое Ñлово "ветер", иÑпользованное в Еф.4:14 означает <emphasis>Ñильный +ветер.</emphasis> "<emphasis>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимиÑÑ +и увлекающимиÑÑ Ð²ÑÑким ветром учениÑ...</emphasis>" Изучение Библии даёт нам +укоренитьÑÑ Ð² иÑтине, и как результат --- Ð½Ð°Ñ Ð±ÑƒÐ´ÐµÑ‚ не проÑто "Ñдуть". </para> + +<para><emphasis>ИиÑÑƒÑ Ñказал им в ответ: </emphasis>"<emphasis>заблуждаетеÑÑŒ, не +Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ ÐŸÐ¸Ñаний, ни Ñилы Божией</emphasis>" Мтф.22:29.</para> +<para>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Божье Слово</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ð‘Ð¾Ð¶ÑŒÑ Ð¡Ð¸Ð»Ð° </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Книга, ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð°Ñ Ð²Ð¾ÑŽÐµÑ‚</title> +<para> +Ð’ Еф.6:10-18 еÑÑ‚ÑŒ опиÑание нашего духовного оружиÑ.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Духовное оружие</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>ВопроÑ</entry> +<entry>Ответ</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Сколько из перечиÑленного Ð¾Ñ€ÑƒÐ¶Ð¸Ñ Ð¸ÑпользуетÑÑ Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð·Ð°Ñ‰Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‹?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Сколько Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½Ð°Ð¿Ð°Ð´ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Какое? </entry><entry>Ñлово - <foreignphrase>рхема (rhema)</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>УвещеваниÑ</title> +<para> +2 Тим.2:15 "<emphasis>СтарайÑÑ Ð¿Ñ€ÐµÐ´Ñтавить ÑÐµÐ±Ñ Ð‘Ð¾Ð³Ñƒ доÑтойным, делателем +неукоризненным, верно преподающим Ñлово иÑтины.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Кол.3:16 "<emphasis>Слово ХриÑтово да вÑелÑетÑÑ Ð² Ð²Ð°Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ð¸Ð»ÑŒÐ½Ð¾, Ñо вÑÑкою +премудроÑтью; научайте и вразумлÑйте друг друга пÑалмами, ÑлавоÑловием и +духовными пеÑнÑми, во благодати воÑÐ¿ÐµÐ²Ð°Ñ Ð² Ñердцах ваших +ГоÑподу.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>ЕÑли вы чем-то богаты, то Ñколько у Ð²Ð°Ñ Ñтого? </para> +<para> +Ведь не чуть-чуть!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Приложение: "Однажды Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð²Ñех"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>Джон Ð . Ð’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ÑÑ‚Ñ€.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Дополнение: Программы Ñ‡Ñ‚ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Ðовый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Притчи за меÑÑц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, ÑоответÑтвенно чиÑлу +меÑÑца.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ПÑалмы за меÑÑц: читайте 5 ПÑалмов Ñ Ð¸Ð½Ñ‚ÐµÑ€Ð²Ð°Ð»Ð¾Ð¼ 30 каждый день, например +20-го чиÑла вы читаете ПÑ.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ПÑалмы и Притчи за 6 меÑÑцев: читайте по порÑдку ПÑалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ветхий Завет без ПÑалмов и Притч за 2 года: еÑли вы будете читать одну главу +в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуÑÐºÐ°Ñ ÐŸÑалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий +Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72eab2d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Правила Ñ‚Ð¾Ð»ÐºÐ¾Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸ (Герменевтика)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Правило 1 - ИÑтолковывать в ÑоответÑтвии Ñ Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ значением Ñлов.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>ПерекрёÑтные ÑÑылки</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Пример 1Ð</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применÑÑ Ñ‚Ð¾, что мы уже узнали об Ñтом +Ñлове: <emphasis>"Болен ли кто из ваÑ, пуÑÑ‚ÑŒ призовет преÑвитеров Церкви, и +пуÑÑ‚ÑŒ помолÑÑ‚ÑÑ Ð½Ð°Ð´ ним, помазав его елеем во Ð¸Ð¼Ñ Ð“Ð¾Ñподне."</emphasis> Ðто +"помазание" духовное или практичеÑкое? ПрактичеÑкое!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Правило 2 - ИÑтолковывать в библейÑком контекÑте</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Пример 2Ð</title> +<para>Ð’ предыдущем уроке мы раÑÑматривали Ин.3:5 <emphasis>"рождённый от воды и +Духа".</emphasis> Ð’ контекÑте, что такое вода, о которой говоритÑÑ Ð·Ð´ÐµÑÑŒ?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Пример 2Б</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Пример 2Ð’</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Правило 3 - Толковать в иÑторичеÑком и культурном контекÑте</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Пример 3Ð</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Пример 3Б</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в ÑоответÑтвии Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ñ‹Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ употреблением Ñлов в Ñзыке</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Пример 4Ð</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Пример 4Б</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Правило 5 - Ðужно понÑÑ‚ÑŒ цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>ÐšÐ°Ð¶Ð´Ð°Ñ Ð¿Ñ€Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‡Ð° ÑвлÑетÑÑ Ð°Ð»Ð»ÐµÐ³Ð¾Ñ€Ð¸ÐµÐ¹, верно или нет?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Пример 5Ð</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Её значение подвергаетÑÑ Ñ€Ð°Ð·Ð»Ð¸Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ иÑкажениÑм: Бог не желает защищать права +вдов, молитвы "доÑаждают" Ему, и Ñ‚.д.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Пример 5Б</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70aa108 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Как изучать Библию</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Резюме</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..941feab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df75629 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных +путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e9c921 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест +Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbd45fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92e1e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..433e5d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в +том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий +раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение +встретиться со Христом.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приближение к Слову Божьему</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..568a80b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Все Писание богодухновенно +[т.е. вдохновлено Богом].</em></span>" Верите ли вы этому? Прежде чем +ответить, обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "<span class="emphasis"><em>и полезно для научения, для обличения, для +исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек, +ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен.</em></span>" Если мы принимаем то, что +Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она +будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0eb81e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Тим.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем +неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Кол.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Слово Христово да вселяется в вас обильно, со всякою +премудростью; научайте и вразумляйте друг друга псалмами, славословием и +духовными песнями, во благодати воспевая в сердцах ваших +Господу.</em></span>" +</p><p>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого? </p><p> +Ведь не чуть-чуть!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2509dfa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего +Слова.</p><p>Греческое слово "ветер", использованное в Еф.4:14 означает <span class="emphasis"><em>сильный +ветер.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися +и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</em></span>" Изучение Библии даёт нам +укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>заблуждаетесь, не +зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1870a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..784e31a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +месяца.</p></li><li><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например +20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.</p></li><li><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу +в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий +Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd870bc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> +В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56f61ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> +Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия +"<span class="emphasis"><em>действует в вас, верующих.</em></span>" Рядом с каждым отрывком, +запишите действие, которое производит Слово. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26 +</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Деян.20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Рим.15:4 +</td><td> +утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Рим.10:17 +</td><td> +даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Кор.10:11 +</td><td> +наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в +наставление нам, достигшим последних веков." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Мтф.4:4 +</td><td> +питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить +человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9d50ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Новый Завет</td><td>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</td><td>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</td><td>30 - 310 лет</td><td>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся +абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных +рукописей." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6608f92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и +Духа".</em></span> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..364489f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9a8134 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..575f143 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d8cc14 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом +слове: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и +пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне."</em></span> Это +"помазание" духовное или практическое? Практическое!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3776dc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.am b/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 1a39c03..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = how2-basics.docbook how2-importance.docbook how2-interpretation.docbook index.docbook - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-basics.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-basics.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-importance.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-importance.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-interpretation.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-interpretation.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/index.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/index.docbook; - -uninstall-local: - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-basics.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-importance.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-interpretation.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/index.docbook; diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in b/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index b53537f..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,579 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/howto/unicode -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = how2-basics.docbook how2-importance.docbook how2-interpretation.docbook index.docbook -#>- all: all-am -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -tags: TAGS -TAGS: - -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: - - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-am -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-am - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-data-local - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-local - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ - dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ - install-data install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi \ - install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ - install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-basics.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-basics.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-importance.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-importance.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-interpretation.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-interpretation.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/index.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/index.docbook; - -uninstall-local: - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-basics.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-importance.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-interpretation.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/index.docbook; -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-am - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/index.docbook b/docs/howto/unicode/index.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 77ea8a3..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/index.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.1-Based Variant V1.0//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> - <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> - <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> - <!ENTITY % English "INCLUDE"><!-- change language only here --> - - <!-- user entities --> - - <!ENTITY how2-chap1 SYSTEM "how2-importance.docbook"> - <!ENTITY how2-chap2 SYSTEM "how2-basics.docbook"> - <!ENTITY how2-chap3 SYSTEM "how2-interpretation.docbook"> - -]> - -<book lang="&language;"> - -<bookinfo> -<title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> - -<authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> -</authorgroup> - -<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> - -<copyright> - <year>2001-2008</year> - <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> -</copyright> - -<legalnotice> - <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and - is licensed under the terms of the license - <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> - "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </para> -</legalnotice> - -<abstract> -<title>Abstract</title> -<para> -The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the Bible. -</para> -<para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This -particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to -advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We expect you to read -and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start -with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your -heart He will not disappoint you.</para> -</abstract> - -<keywordset> -<keyword>Bible</keyword> -<keyword>Study</keyword> -<keyword>HowTo</keyword> -</keywordset> - -</bookinfo> - -&how2-chap1; -&how2-chap2; -&how2-chap3; - -</book> -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-step:0 -sgml-indent-data:nil -End: --->
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/license.html b/docs/license.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ba38db --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/license.html @@ -0,0 +1,470 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xml:lang="en" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"><head> + +<br> +TRANSLATED TEXT +<hr> +<center> +<h3> +<a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html">GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE</a> +</h3> +<p> +Version 2, June 1991 +</center> +</p> + +<pre>Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA + +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies +of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. +</pre> + +<h3>Preamble</h3> + +<p> + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. +</p> + +<p> + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. +</p> + +<p> + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. +</p> + +<p> + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. +</p> + +<p> + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. +</p> + +<p> + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. +</p> + +<p> + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. +</p> + +<p> + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. +</p> + + +<h3>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION</h3> + + +<strong>0.</strong> + This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". +</p> + +<p> +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. +</p> + +<strong>1.</strong> + You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. +</p> + +<p> +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. +</p> + +<strong>2.</strong> + You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: +</p> + +<dl> + <dt></dt> + <dd> + <strong>a)</strong> + You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + </dd> + <dt></dt> + <dd> + <strong>b)</strong> + You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + </dd> + <dt></dt> + <dd> + <strong>c)</strong> + If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + </dd> +</dl> + +<p> +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. +</p> + +<p> +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. +</p> + +<p> +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. +</p> + +<strong>3.</strong> + You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: +</p> + +<!-- we use this doubled UL to get the sub-sections indented, --> +<!-- while making the bullets as unobvious as possible. --> + +<dl> + <dt></dt> + <dd> + <strong>a)</strong> + Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + </dd> + <dt></dt> + <dd> + <strong>b)</strong> + Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + </dd> + <dt></dt> + <dd> + <strong>c)</strong> + Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + </dd> +</dl> + +<p> +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. +</p> + +<p> +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. +</p> + +<strong>4.</strong> + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. +</p> + +<strong>5.</strong> + You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. +</p> + +<strong>6.</strong> + Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. +</p> + +<strong>7.</strong> + If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. +</p> + +<p> +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. +</p> + +<p> +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. +</p> + +<p> +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. +</p> + +<strong>8.</strong> + If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. +</p> + +<strong>9.</strong> + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. +</p> + +<p> +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. +</p> + +<strong>10.</strong> + If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. +</p> + + +<p> +<strong>11.</strong> + BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. +</p> + +<strong>12.</strong> + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. +</p> + +<h3>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</h3> + +<h3>How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</h3> + +<p> + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. +</p> + +<p> + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. +</p> + +<pre><var>one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.</var> +Copyright (C) <var>yyyy</var> <var>name of author</var> + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License +as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 +of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +</pre> + +<p> +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. +</p> + +<p> +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: +</p> + +<pre>Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) <var>year</var> <var>name of author</var> +Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details +type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome +to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' +for details. +</pre> + +<p> +The hypothetical commands <samp>`show w'</samp> and <samp>`show c'</samp> should show +the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the +commands you use may be called something other than <samp>`show w'</samp> and +<samp>`show c'</samp>; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever +suits your program. +</p> + +<p> +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: +</p> + + +<pre>Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright +interest in the program `Gnomovision' +(which makes passes at compilers) written +by James Hacker. + +<var>signature of Ty Coon</var>, 1 April 1989 +Ty Coon, President of Vice +</pre> + +<p> +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the +<a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html">GNU Lesser General Public License</a> +instead of this License. +</p> + +</body></html> diff --git a/docs/bibletime.1 b/docs/manpages/bibletime.1 index b711923..b711923 100644 --- a/docs/bibletime.1 +++ b/docs/manpages/bibletime.1 diff --git a/docs/bibletime.de.1 b/docs/manpages/bibletime.de.1 index c681971..c681971 100644 --- a/docs/bibletime.de.1 +++ b/docs/manpages/bibletime.de.1 diff --git a/docs/pending_patches/remove-boost.patch b/docs/pending_patches/remove-boost.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..047a0aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/pending_patches/remove-boost.patch @@ -0,0 +1,980 @@ +Index: src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ + #include "util/cpointers.h" + #include "backend/managers/cswordbackend.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> +- + //Qt includes + #include <QString> + #include <QProgressDialog> +Index: src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ + //char buf8[1000]; + //standard::WhitespaceAnalyzer analyzer; + //lucene_utf8towcs(m_wcharBuffer, searchedText.utf8(), MAX_CONV_SIZE); +- //boost::scoped_ptr<Query> q( QueryParser::parse(m_wcharBuffer, _T("content"), &analyzer) ); ++ //QSharedPointer<Query> q( QueryParser::parse(m_wcharBuffer, _T("content"), &analyzer) ); + //StringReader reader(m_wcharBuffer); + //TokenStream* tokenStream = analyzer.tokenStream( _T("field"), &reader); + //Token token; +Index: src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ + #include "frontend/cprinter.h" + + #include "util/ctoolclass.h" +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + //Qt includes + #include <QClipboard> +@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ + filterOptions.textualVariants = false; + + CHTMLExportRendering::Settings settings(addText); +- boost::scoped_ptr<CTextRendering> render ( ++ QSharedPointer<CTextRendering> render ( + (format == HTML) + ? new CHTMLExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) + : new CPlainTextExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) +@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ + filterOptions.textualVariants = false; + + CHTMLExportRendering::Settings settings(addText); +- boost::scoped_ptr<CTextRendering> render ( ++ QSharedPointer<CTextRendering> render ( + (format == HTML) + ? new CHTMLExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) + : new CPlainTextExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) +@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ + filterOptions.textualVariants = false; + + CHTMLExportRendering::Settings settings(addText); +- boost::scoped_ptr<CTextRendering> render ( ++ QSharedPointer<CTextRendering> render ( + (format == HTML) + ? new CHTMLExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) + : new CPlainTextExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) +@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ + filterOptions.textualVariants = false; + + CHTMLExportRendering::Settings settings(addText); +- boost::scoped_ptr<CTextRendering> render ( ++ QSharedPointer<CTextRendering> render ( + (format == HTML) + ? new CHTMLExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) + : new CPlainTextExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) +@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ + filterOptions.textualVariants = false; + + CHTMLExportRendering::Settings settings(addText); +- boost::scoped_ptr<CTextRendering> render ( ++ QSharedPointer<CTextRendering> render ( + (format == HTML) + ? new CHTMLExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) + : new CPlainTextExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) +@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ + filterOptions.textualVariants = false; + + CHTMLExportRendering::Settings settings(addText); +- boost::scoped_ptr<CTextRendering> render ( ++ QSharedPointer<CTextRendering> render ( + (format == HTML) + ? new CHTMLExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) + : new CPlainTextExportRendering(settings, m_displayOptions, filterOptions) +@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ + incProgress(); + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); ++ QSharedPointer<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); + + if (!progressWasCancelled()) { + printer->printKeyTree(tree); +@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ + tree.append( new CPrinter::KeyTreeItem(startKey, module, settings) ); + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); ++ QSharedPointer<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); + printer->printKeyTree(tree); + return true; + } +@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ + CPrinter::KeyTree tree; + tree.append( new CPrinter::KeyTreeItem(key->key(), key->module(), settings) ); + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); ++ QSharedPointer<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); + printer->printKeyTree(tree); + return true; + } +@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ + } + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); ++ QSharedPointer<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); + printer->printKeyTree(tree); + return true; + } +@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ + incProgress(); + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); ++ QSharedPointer<CPrinter> printer(new CPrinter(0, displayOptions, filterOptions)); + + if (!progressWasCancelled()) { + printer->printKeyTree(tree); +Index: src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ + #include "frontend/display/cdisplay.h" + #include "frontend/display/creaddisplay.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + // Sword includes + #include <listkey.h> +@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ + if (!m) + return; + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(m) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(m) ); + key->key( key_text ); + + CDisplayTemplateMgr* mgr = CPointers::displayTemplateManager(); +@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ + return QString::null; + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + key->key(keyname); + key->renderedText(); //force entryAttributes + +@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ + + QString text; + if (module) { +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + key->key( (*it).mid(1) ); //skip H or G (language sign), will have to change later if we have better modules + text = key->renderedText(); + } +@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ + QString text; + //Q_ASSERT(module); + if (module) { +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + + //skip H or G (language sign) if we have to skip it + const bool isOk = key->key( skipFirstChar ? value.mid(1) : value ); +@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ + return QString::null; + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + key->key( data ); + if (key->key().toUpper() != data.toUpper()) { //key not present in the lexicon + return QString::null; +Index: src/frontend/display/creaddisplay.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/display/creaddisplay.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/display/creaddisplay.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -26,11 +26,6 @@ + + #include "frontend/cexportmanager.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> +- +-//KDE includes +- +- + CReadDisplay::CReadDisplay(CReadWindow* readWindow) : + CDisplay(readWindow), + m_activeAnchor(QString::null), +Index: src/frontend/display/cplainwritedisplay.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/display/cplainwritedisplay.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/display/cplainwritedisplay.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ + + #include "backend/keys/cswordkey.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + //Qt includes + #include <QDragEnterEvent> +@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ + for (it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); ++it) { + + CSwordModuleInfo* module = backend()->findModuleByName((*it).module()); +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + key->key( (*it).key() ); + QString moduleText = key->strippedText(); + +Index: src/frontend/display/bthtmlreaddisplay.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/display/bthtmlreaddisplay.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/display/bthtmlreaddisplay.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ + #include "util/ctoolclass.h" + #include "util/cpointers.h" + #include "util/directoryutil.h" +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + #include <QString> + #include <QMenu> + +@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ + + if (CSwordModuleInfo* module = backend()->findModuleByName(moduleName)) + { +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + key->key( keyName ); + + return key->strippedText(); +@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ + + if (CSwordModuleInfo* module = backend()->findModuleByName(moduleName)) + { +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + key->key( keyName ); + + //TODO: This is a BAD HACK, we have to fnd a better solution to manage the settings now +Index: src/frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ + #include "backend/managers/cswordbackend.h" + #include "backend/keys/cswordkey.h" + #include "backend/config/cbtconfig.h" +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + #include <QObject> + + using namespace InfoDisplay; +@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ + //add real Bible text from module/key + if (CSwordModuleInfo* module = CPointers::backend()->findModuleByName(moduleName)) + { +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + key->key( keyName ); + mimedata->setText(key->strippedText()); // This works across applications! + } +Index: src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.h +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.h (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.h (Revision 1215) +@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ + + #include "backend/btmoduletreeitem.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + #include <installmgr.h> + +@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ + InstalledFilter(QString sourceName); + bool filter(CSwordModuleInfo*); + sword::InstallSource m_source; +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordBackend> m_swordBackend; ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordBackend> m_swordBackend; + }; + + BtSourceArea(const QString& sourceName); +Index: src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -32,9 +32,6 @@ + #include "util/cresmgr.h" + #include "util/directoryutil.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> +- +- + #include <QAction> + #include <QApplication> + #include <QWidget> +Index: src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallthread.h +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallthread.h (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallthread.h (Revision 1215) +@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ + + #include <QThread> + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + class BtInstallProgressDialog; + +@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ + sword::InstallSource m_installSource; + //TODO: it would be best to get the backend from the bookshelf manager install page + // where it has already been created. Could fasten the progress dialog startup. +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordBackend> m_backendForSource; ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordBackend> m_backendForSource; + + signals: + /** Emitted when the install progress status is updated. */ +Index: src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ + + #include "frontend/bookshelfmanager/instbackend.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + //Qt includes + #include <QLayout> +@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ + + sword::InstallSource CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog::getSource() { + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog> dlg( new CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog() ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog> dlg( new CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog() ); + sword::InstallSource newSource(""); //empty, invalid Source + + if (dlg->exec() == QDialog::Accepted) { +Index: src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ + + + +-CKeyReferenceWidget::CKeyReferenceWidget( CSwordBibleModuleInfo *mod, CSwordVerseKey *key, QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/) : ++CKeyReferenceWidget::CKeyReferenceWidget( CSwordBibleModuleInfo *mod, CSwordVerseKey *key, QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/) : + QWidget(parent), + m_key(new CSwordVerseKey(mod)) + { +@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ + editorAndButtonsLayout->setContentsMargins(0,0,0,0); + dropdownButtonsLayout->setSpacing(0); + editorAndButtonsLayout->setSpacing(0); +- ++ + dropdownButtonsLayout->addWidget(m_bookDropdownButton, 2); + dropdownButtonsLayout->addWidget(m_chapterDropdownButton,1); + dropdownButtonsLayout->addWidget(m_verseDropdownButton,1); +@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ + bool CKeyReferenceWidget::setKey(CSwordVerseKey *key) + { + if (!key) return false; +- ++ + m_key->key(key->key()); + updateText(); + return true; +@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ + { + m_key->key(m_textbox->text()); + updateText(); +- +- emit changed(m_key.get()); ++ ++ emit changed(m_key.data()); + } + + /* Handlers for the various scroller widgetsets. Do we really want a verse scroller? */ +@@ -172,28 +172,28 @@ + void CKeyReferenceWidget::slotUpdateUnlock() + { + updatelock = false; +- if (oldKey != m_key->key()) emit changed(m_key.get()); ++ if (oldKey != m_key->key()) emit changed(m_key.data()); + } + + void CKeyReferenceWidget::slotStepBook(int n) + { + n > 0 ? m_key->next( CSwordVerseKey::UseBook ) : m_key->previous( CSwordVerseKey::UseBook ); + updateText(); +- if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.get()); ++ if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.data()); + } + + void CKeyReferenceWidget::slotStepChapter(int n) + { + n > 0 ? m_key->next( CSwordVerseKey::UseChapter ) : m_key->previous( CSwordVerseKey::UseChapter ); + updateText(); +- if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.get()); ++ if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.data()); + } + + void CKeyReferenceWidget::slotStepVerse(int n) + { + n > 0 ? m_key->next( CSwordVerseKey::UseVerse ) : m_key->previous( CSwordVerseKey::UseVerse ); + updateText(); +- if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.get()); ++ if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.data()); + } + + +@@ -201,29 +201,29 @@ + { + if (m_key->Verse() != n) { + m_key->Verse( n ); +- setKey( m_key.get() ); ++ setKey( m_key.data() ); + } + updateText(); +- if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.get()); ++ if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.data()); + } + + void CKeyReferenceWidget::slotChangeChapter(int n) + { + if (m_key->Chapter() != n) { + m_key->Chapter( n ); +- setKey( m_key.get() ); ++ setKey( m_key.data() ); + } + updateText(); +- if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.get()); ++ if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.data()); + } + + void CKeyReferenceWidget::slotChangeBook(QString bookname) + { + if (m_key->book() != bookname) { + m_key->book( bookname ); +- setKey( m_key.get() ); ++ setKey( m_key.data() ); + } + updateText(); +- if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.get()); ++ if (!updatelock) emit changed(m_key.data()); + } + +Index: src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.h +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.h (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.h (Revision 1215) +@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ + + #include <QWidget> + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + + class CLexiconKeyChooser; +@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ + friend class BtChapterDropdownChooserButton; + friend class BtVerseDropdownChooserButton; + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordVerseKey> m_key; ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordVerseKey> m_key; + + QLineEdit* m_textbox; + +Index: src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ + #include "util/directoryutil.h" + #include "util/ctoolclass.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + //Qt includes + #include <QInputDialog> +@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ + qWarning("Tried to print empty bookmark list."); + return; + } +- boost::scoped_ptr<Printing::CPrinter> printer( ++ QSharedPointer<Printing::CPrinter> printer( + new Printing::CPrinter( this, CBTConfig::getDisplayOptionDefaults(), CBTConfig::getFilterOptionDefaults() ) + ); + printer->printKeyTree(tree); +Index: src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkitem.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkitem.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkitem.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ + + #include <QDebug> + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + + BtBookmarkItem::BtBookmarkItem(CSwordModuleInfo* module, QString key, QString& description) +@@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ + CPointers::backend()->setFilterOptions(filterOptions); + + QString ret; +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> k( CSwordKey::createInstance(module()) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> k( CSwordKey::createInstance(module()) ); + k->key(this->key()); + + const CLanguageMgr::Language* lang = module()->language(); + CBTConfig::FontSettingsPair fontPair = CBTConfig::get + (lang); + +- Q_ASSERT(k.get()); ++ Q_ASSERT(k.data()); + if (fontPair.first) { //use a special font + ret = QString::fromLatin1("<b>%1 (%2)</b><hr>%3") + .arg(key()) +Index: src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -40,10 +40,8 @@ + #include <QDebug> + #include <QMenu> + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> + + +- + CBookshelfIndex::CBookshelfIndex(QWidget *parent) + : QTreeWidget(parent), + m_searchDialog(0), +Index: src/main.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/main.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/main.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -22,8 +22,6 @@ + #include <stdio.h> + #include <signal.h> + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> +- + #include <QLocale> + #include <QTranslator> + #include <QDebug> +Index: src/backend/filters/bt_thmlhtml.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/backend/filters/bt_thmlhtml.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/backend/filters/bt_thmlhtml.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ + + #include "backend/config/cbtconfig.h" + #include "util/cpointers.h" +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> + + //Sword includes + #include <swmodule.h> +@@ -319,7 +318,7 @@ + + CReferenceManager::ParseOptions options; + options.refBase = QString::fromUtf8(myUserData->key->getText()); +- ++ + options.sourceLanguage = myModule->Lang(); + options.destinationLanguage = QString("en"); + +Index: src/backend/rendering/cbookdisplay.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/backend/rendering/cbookdisplay.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/backend/rendering/cbookdisplay.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ + #include "backend/drivers/cswordbookmoduleinfo.h" + #include "backend/keys/cswordtreekey.h" + +-//Util +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++// Qt ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + /** Returns the rendered text using the modules in the list and using the key parameter. The displayoptions and filter options are used, too. */ + const QString Rendering::CBookDisplay::text( const QList<CSwordModuleInfo*>& modules, const QString& keyName, const CSwordBackend::DisplayOptions displayOptions, const CSwordBackend::FilterOptions filterOptions ) { +@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ + // the number of levels which should be display together, 1 means display no entries together + int displayLevel = book->config( CSwordModuleInfo::DisplayLevel ).toInt(); + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordTreeKey> key ( ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordTreeKey> key ( + dynamic_cast<CSwordTreeKey*>( CSwordKey::createInstance(book) ) + ); + key->key(keyName); //set the key to position we'd like to get +@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ + //const bool hasToplevelText = !key->strippedText().isEmpty(); + key->firstChild(); //go to the first sibling on the same level + +- setupRenderTree(key.get(), &tree, keyName); ++ setupRenderTree(key.data(), &tree, keyName); + + const QString renderedText = render.renderKeyTree(tree); + +Index: src/backend/rendering/ctextrendering.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/backend/rendering/ctextrendering.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/backend/rendering/ctextrendering.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ + #include "backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h" + #include "backend/managers/creferencemanager.h" + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + #include "util/ctoolclass.h" + + //Sword +@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ + m_key( key ), + m_childList(), + m_stopKey( QString::null ), +- m_alternativeContent( QString::null ) ++ m_alternativeContent( QString::null ) + { + m_moduleList.append( const_cast<CSwordModuleInfo*>(mod) ); //BAD CODE + } +@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ + m_key(QString::null), + m_childList(), + m_stopKey(QString::null), +- m_alternativeContent(QString::null) ++ m_alternativeContent(QString::null) + { + } + +@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ + m_key( i.m_key ), + m_childList(), + m_stopKey( i.m_stopKey ), +- m_alternativeContent( i.m_alternativeContent ) ++ m_alternativeContent( i.m_alternativeContent ) + { + foreach(KeyTreeItem* item, (*i.childList())){ + m_childList.append(new KeyTreeItem((*item))); //deep copy +@@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ + m_childList.append( + new KeyTreeItem(start.key(), module, KeyTreeItem::Settings(false, settings.keyRenderingFace)) + ); +- + ++ + ok = start.next(CSwordVerseKey::UseVerse); + } + } +@@ -183,14 +183,14 @@ + QString t; + + //optimization for entries with the same key +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( + (modules.count() == 1) ? CSwordKey::createInstance(modules.first()) : 0 + ); + + foreach (KeyTreeItem* c, tree) { + if (modules.count() == 1) { //this optimizes the rendering, only one key created for all items + key->key( c->key() ); +- t.append( renderEntry( *c, key.get()) ); ++ t.append( renderEntry( *c, key.data()) ); + } + else { + t.append( renderEntry( *c ) ); +@@ -204,15 +204,15 @@ + + CSwordModuleInfo* module = modules.first(); + //qWarning( "renderKeyRange start %s stop %s \n", start.latin1(), stop.latin1() ); +- +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> lowerBound( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> lowerBound( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + lowerBound->key(start); + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> upperBound( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> upperBound( CSwordKey::createInstance(module) ); + upperBound->key(stop); + +- sword::SWKey* sw_start = dynamic_cast<sword::SWKey*>(lowerBound.get()); +- sword::SWKey* sw_stop = dynamic_cast<sword::SWKey*>(upperBound.get()); ++ sword::SWKey* sw_start = dynamic_cast<sword::SWKey*>(lowerBound.data()); ++ sword::SWKey* sw_stop = dynamic_cast<sword::SWKey*>(upperBound.data()); + + Q_ASSERT((*sw_start == *sw_stop) || (*sw_start < *sw_stop)); + +@@ -223,10 +223,10 @@ + KeyTree tree; + KeyTreeItem::Settings settings = keySettings; + +- CSwordVerseKey* vk_start = dynamic_cast<CSwordVerseKey*>(lowerBound.get()); ++ CSwordVerseKey* vk_start = dynamic_cast<CSwordVerseKey*>(lowerBound.data()); + Q_ASSERT(vk_start); + +- CSwordVerseKey* vk_stop = dynamic_cast<CSwordVerseKey*>(upperBound.get()); ++ CSwordVerseKey* vk_stop = dynamic_cast<CSwordVerseKey*>(upperBound.data()); + Q_ASSERT(vk_stop); + + bool ok = true; +@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ + + /*TODO: We need to take care of linked verses if we render one or (esp) more modules + If the verses 2,3,4,5 are linked to 1, it should be displayed as one entry with the caption 1-5 */ +- ++ + if (vk_start->Chapter() == 0){ //range was 0:0-1:x, render 0:0 first and jump to 1:0 + vk_start->Verse(0); + tree.append( new KeyTreeItem(vk_start->key(), modules, settings) ); +Index: src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ + #include "backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.h" + + #include "util/cpointers.h" +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + #include <iostream> + +@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ + CHTMLExportRendering::~CHTMLExportRendering() {} + + const QString CHTMLExportRendering::renderEntry( const KeyTreeItem& i, CSwordKey* k) { +- ++ + if (i.hasAlternativeContent()) { + QString ret = QString(i.settings().highlight ? "<div class=\"currententry\">" : "<div class=\"entry\">"); + ret.append(i.getAlternativeContent()); +@@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ + return QString(""); //no module present for rendering + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> scoped_key( !k ? CSwordKey::createInstance(modules.first()) : 0 ); +- CSwordKey* key = k ? k : scoped_key.get(); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> scoped_key( !k ? CSwordKey::createInstance(modules.first()) : 0 ); ++ CSwordKey* key = k ? k : scoped_key.data(); + Q_ASSERT(key); + + CSwordVerseKey* myVK = dynamic_cast<CSwordVerseKey*>(key); +Index: src/backend/rendering/centrydisplay.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/backend/rendering/centrydisplay.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/backend/rendering/centrydisplay.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ + #include "cdisplayrendering.h" + + #include "backend/config/cbtconfig.h" +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> + + //Qt includes + #include <QApplication> +@@ -27,7 +26,7 @@ + using namespace Rendering; + + /** Returns the rendered text using the modules in the list and using the key parameter. +- * The displayoptions and filter options are used, too. ++ * The displayoptions and filter options are used, too. + */ + const QString CEntryDisplay::text( const QList<CSwordModuleInfo*>& modules, const QString& keyName, const CSwordBackend::DisplayOptions displayOptions, const CSwordBackend::FilterOptions filterOptions ) { + CDisplayRendering render(displayOptions, filterOptions); +@@ -44,7 +43,7 @@ + CSwordVerseKey k1(module); + k1.Headings(1); + k1.key(keyName); +- ++ + // don't print the key + CTextRendering::KeyTreeItem::Settings preverse_settings(false, CTextRendering::KeyTreeItem::Settings::NoKey); + +Index: src/backend/rendering/cplaintextexportrendering.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/backend/rendering/cplaintextexportrendering.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/backend/rendering/cplaintextexportrendering.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ + #include "backend/keys/cswordkey.h" + + //Util +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + namespace Rendering { + +@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ + } + + QList<CSwordModuleInfo*> modules = i.modules(); +- boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(modules.first()) ); ++ QSharedPointer<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(modules.first()) ); + QString renderedText = QString(i.key()).append(":\n"); + + QString entry; +Index: src/backend/drivers/cswordbiblemoduleinfo.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/backend/drivers/cswordbiblemoduleinfo.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/backend/drivers/cswordbiblemoduleinfo.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ + //Sword + #include <versekey.h> + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + + CSwordBibleModuleInfo::CSwordBibleModuleInfo( sword::SWModule* module, CSwordBackend* const usedBackend ) +@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ + max = -1; + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<sword::VerseKey> key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); ++ QSharedPointer<sword::VerseKey> key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); + (*key) = sword::TOP; + + for (key->Testament(min+1); !key->Error() && (key->Testament()-1) <= max; key->Book(key->Book()+1)) { +@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ + unsigned int CSwordBibleModuleInfo::chapterCount(const unsigned int book) { + int result = 0; + +- boost::scoped_ptr<sword::VerseKey> key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); ++ QSharedPointer<sword::VerseKey> key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); + (*key) = sword::TOP; + + // works for old and new versions +@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ + unsigned int CSwordBibleModuleInfo::verseCount( const unsigned int book, const unsigned int chapter ) { + unsigned int result = 0; + +- boost::scoped_ptr<sword::VerseKey> key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); ++ QSharedPointer<sword::VerseKey> key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); + (*key) = sword::TOP; + + // works for old and new versions +@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ + //find out if we have ot and nt, only ot or only nt + initBounds(); + +- boost::scoped_ptr<sword::VerseKey> key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); ++ QSharedPointer<sword::VerseKey> key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); + (*key) = sword::TOP; + + #ifdef SWORD_MULTIVERSE +Index: src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp +=================================================================== +--- src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp (Revision 1214) ++++ src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp (Revision 1215) +@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ + #include "backend/config/cbtconfig.h" + + +-#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp> ++#include <QSharedPointer> + + //Qt includes + #include <QRegExp> +@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ + } + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<lucene::index::IndexWriter> writer( new lucene::index::IndexWriter(index.toAscii().constData(), &an, true) ); //always create a new index ++ QSharedPointer<lucene::index::IndexWriter> writer( new lucene::index::IndexWriter(index.toAscii().constData(), &an, true) ); //always create a new index + writer->setMaxFieldLength(BT_MAX_LUCENE_FIELD_LENGTH); + writer->setUseCompoundFile(true); //merge segments into a single file + writer->setMinMergeDocs(1000); +@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ + } + } + +- boost::scoped_ptr<lucene::document::Document> doc(new lucene::document::Document()); ++ QSharedPointer<lucene::document::Document> doc(new lucene::document::Document()); + + //index the key + lucene_utf8towcs(wcharBuffer, key->getText(), BT_MAX_LUCENE_FIELD_LENGTH); +@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ + } + } // for attListI + +- writer->addDocument(doc.get()); ++ writer->addDocument(doc.data()); + //Index() is not implemented properly for lexicons, so we use a + //workaround. + if (type() == CSwordModuleInfo::Lexicon){ +@@ -422,8 +422,8 @@ + wchar_t wcharBuffer[BT_MAX_LUCENE_FIELD_LENGTH + 1]; + + // work around Swords thread insafety for Bibles and Commentaries +- boost::scoped_ptr < CSwordKey > key(CSwordKey::createInstance(this)); +- sword::SWKey* s = dynamic_cast < sword::SWKey * >(key.get()); ++ QSharedPointer < CSwordKey > key(CSwordKey::createInstance(this)); ++ sword::SWKey* s = dynamic_cast < sword::SWKey * >(key.data()); + QList<sword::VerseKey*> list; + + if (s) { +@@ -438,15 +438,15 @@ + lucene::analysis::standard::StandardAnalyzer analyzer( stop_words ); + lucene::search::IndexSearcher searcher(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toAscii().constData()); + lucene_utf8towcs(wcharBuffer, searchedText.toUtf8().constData(), BT_MAX_LUCENE_FIELD_LENGTH); +- boost::scoped_ptr<lucene::search::Query> q( lucene::queryParser::QueryParser::parse((const TCHAR*)wcharBuffer, (const TCHAR*)_T("content"), &analyzer) ); ++ QSharedPointer<lucene::search::Query> q( lucene::queryParser::QueryParser::parse((const TCHAR*)wcharBuffer, (const TCHAR*)_T("content"), &analyzer) ); + +- boost::scoped_ptr<lucene::search::Hits> h( searcher.search(q.get(), lucene::search::Sort::INDEXORDER) ); ++ QSharedPointer<lucene::search::Hits> h( searcher.search(q.data(), lucene::search::Sort::INDEXORDER) ); + + const bool useScope = (scope.Count() > 0); + // const bool isVerseModule = (type() == CSwordModuleInfo::Bible) || (type() == CSwordModuleInfo::Commentary); + + lucene::document::Document* doc = 0; +- boost::scoped_ptr<sword::SWKey> swKey( module()->CreateKey() ); ++ QSharedPointer<sword::SWKey> swKey( module()->CreateKey() ); + + + for (int i = 0; i < h->length(); ++i) { +Index: CMakeLists.txt +=================================================================== +--- CMakeLists.txt (Revision 1214) ++++ CMakeLists.txt (Revision 1215) +@@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ + # + #SET(QT_DBUSXML2CPP_EXECUTABLE "/usr/bin/qdbusxml2cpp") #TEMP HACK? + +-FIND_PACKAGE(Boost REQUIRED) + # + #custom includes + # +@@ -58,7 +57,6 @@ + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work + ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers + ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h +- ${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS} + ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR} + ) + +Index: README +=================================================================== +--- README (Revision 1214) ++++ README (Revision 1215) +@@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ + -QT 4.4+ + -Sword 1.5.9+ (http://crosswire.org/sword) + -CLucene 0.9.16a+ (http://clucene.sf.net) +- -Boost header files (libboost-dev) + -cmake 2.4.0+ (http://cmake.org) + + 1.2 DEVELOPER-ONLY REQUIREMENTS |
